NYPL RESEARCH LIBRARIES 3 3433 06825233 1 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 2- Cri^Vs^c^v^ ( ^Oo\\o^A* zfi?r LIGHT ON PEOPHECY A Coordinated, Constructive Teaching BEING THE PROCEEDINGS and ADDRESSES at the PHILADELPHIA PROPHETIC CONFERENCE May 28-30, 1918 NEW YORK THE CHRISTIAN HERALD BIBLE HOUSE U\\\ ' TlIJi NEW YIRK PUBLIC LIDi: 3B ASTOR Li TiUiEK Fm L Printed by T7&e Christian Herald for the Executive Committee of the Phila- delphia Conference on the Eeturn of Our Lord, the Committee having revised and approved the same for publication. Copyright, 1918 By THE CHRISTIAN HERALD PREFATORY NOTE "Is it possible I am in the wrong place? Is this the Bible Conference on the Return of Our Lord?" A woman who had just climbed to the fourth gallery of the Academy of Music in Philadelphia asked this question. Evidently she had just arrived from a distance, as she deposited her bags on the floor by her seat, patting a boy for lugging them up the precipitous stairways for her. She had taken a glance at the crowded galleries and floor below, and then at the stage. The latter did have rather a theatrical appearance. The speakers and Conference leaders were grouped in the center, sur- rounded by a white-clad choir of three or four hundred women singers, with a sprinkling of men singers. "Yes, Madam, this is the Bible Conference," said a gentleman on one side of her, while another, on the other side, remarked, "The Lord has a whole lot of people who love His appearing." With arms akimbo she stood gazing at the crowd and exclaimed, "Well, I do declare!" The visiting woman had not expected a Korean revival crowd. Indeed she was fortunate to get in at all that day. The seating capacity of the Academy of Music is 3300, and on the first evening and the second and third afternoon and evening the Academy overflowed. On the third evening the overflow filled two floors of a church, the Chambers-Wylie Memorial, and in turn the overflow overflowed into the Witherspoon Hall. The attendance and enthusiasm at the Bible Conference on the Return of our Lord, held in Philadelphia, Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday, May 28, 29 and 30, 1918, passed far beyond the expectations of the management of the Conference. A Philadelphia business man was so impressed by the great Advent meetings held in London in the autumn of 1917 that he was led to confer informally with a few earnest fellow Christians, and, with their prayerful approval, call together a larger group of ministers and laymen of Phila- delphia to consider holding a widely representative Conference on the Return of the Lord. Accordingly, on January 19, 1918, thirty-seven ministers and laymen met for prayer and counsel, and unanimously decided to issue a Call for such a Conference. The following Executive Committee was appointed : Charles L. Huston, Chairman; Vice-President and General Manager of the Lukens Steel Co., at Coatesville, Pa., and Chairman of the General Assembly's Committee on Evangelism of the Presbyterian Church, U. S. A. Roger B. Whittlesey, Recording Secretary; Secretary-Treasurer of the China Inland Mission, whose headquarters for North America are 235 W. School Lane, Germantown, Pa. 4 PREFATORY NOTE John L. Steele, Treasurer; William Steele & Sons Company, Phila- delphia, Engineers and Contractors. Rev. John R. Davies, D.D., Pastor of Bethlehem Presbyterian Church, corner Broad and Diamond Streets, Philadelphia. Robert B. Haines, Jr.; Haines Gauge Company, and Secretary of the American Branch of the Scripture Gift Mission, 119 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia. Dr. Frank W. Lange; General Secretary of the Philadelphia School of the Bible, 1720 Arch Street, Philadelphia. Rev. L. W. Munhall, D.D.; Editor of the "Eastern Methodist," and well known as a successful evangelist. Ormond Rambo, of Rambo, Rambo & Mair, Attorneys at Law. Max I. Reich, President of the Philadelphia Local Branch, Hebrew Christian Alliance of America. T. Edward Ross, of Ly brand, Ross Brothers & Montgomery, Certified Public Accountants. W. W. Rugh, of the Philadelphia Branch of the National Bible Insti- tute, 200 North Fifteenth Street, Philadelphia. Rev. J. R. Schaff er, Pastor of the Spruce Street Baptist Church, Phila- delphia. Joseph M. Steele, of William Steele & Sons Company, Engineers and Contractors, Philadelphia. Rev. Benjamin Stern, Pastor of Emanuel Reformed Church, Phila- delphia. Allan Sutherland, Manager of Sunday School and Church Supply Department, Presbyterian Board of Publication and Sabbath School Work. Rev. H. S. Tillis, Pastor of Weston Memorial Baptist Church, Phila- delphia. Charles Gallaudet Trumbull, Editor of the Sunday School Times, 1031 Walnut Street, Philadelphia. Bishop Robert L. Rudolph, Bishop of the New York and Philadelphia Synod, Reformed Episcopal Church. J. Davis Adams, Printing, 119 South Fourth Street, Philadelphia. The overwhelming interest in the Conference justified the most san- guine expectations of the committee. The addresses published in this volume are presented to the Christian public both in the nature of a Report of the Conference proceedings and as a " constructive, coordinated teaching of just what the Word of God does say about the return of our Lord." With the hope that the reading of this book may provoke a careful, systematic study of God's Word itself the Committee prayerfully com- mends it to your consideration. Rev. William L. Pettingill 1 Signed: Rev. J. R. Schaffer \ Editorial Committee. J. D. Adams J CONTENTS Prefatory Note by the Committee A Call for a Bible Conference Greeting by the Chairman . Chairman Huston's Address A Call for a World Conference Hath God Spoken? Address by Rev. Harris H. Gregg, D.D. Dr. Scofield's Telegram Explaining Absence Resolution of Regret and Sympathy to Dr Scofield What is Prophecy, and Why Study It? Address by Rev. John M. MacInnis, B.D., Ph.D. The Doctrine of Our Lord's Return Address by Rev. Mark Matthews, D.D. . The Greatest Question Christ Ever Asked Address by Rev. Wm. B. Riley, D.D. Dh> the Cross of Christ Fulfil All the Promises? Address by Pastor William L. Pettingill Where Is Jesus Now, and What Is He Doing? Address by Rev. John M. MacInnis, B.D., Ph.D. God's Plan in This Dispensation Address by Rev. James M. Gray, D.D. The Capture of Jerusalem Address by Rev. A. E. Thompson .... The Regathering of Israel in Unbelief Address by Rev. James M. Gray, D.D. War on German Theology Address by Rev. Cortland Myers, D.D. . 6 CONTENTS PAGE Coming Events Cast Their Shadows Before Address by Rev. P. W. Philpott 193 The President's Proclamation 213 What Is to Become of the Church? Address by Rev. Dr. Harris H. Gregg . . . 215 Will There Be Any Tears in Heaven, and Why? Address by Rev. P. W. Philpott . . . . .233 The Coming Glory Address by Rev. W. L. Pettingill .... 248 Has God a Program? Address by Rev. B. B. Sutcliffe 266 Does This Truth Paralyze or Energize? Address by Pastor Herbert Mackenzie . . . 274 What Manner of Person Ought We to Be? Address by Dr. Wm. B. Riley 292 The Return, the Resurrection, and the Rapture Address by Rev. Wm. B. Riley, D.D 312 The Gospel for War Times Address by Rev. Wm. B. Riley, D.D 329 Questions and Answers Conducted by Rev. Wm. B. Riley, D.D. . . _ . 343 The Lord's Return Address by Rev. J. Wilbur Chapman, D.D. . . 354 One of the Convention Prayers . . . • v . 360 LIGHT ON PROPHECY A CALL FOR A BIBLE CONFERENCE ON THE RETURN OF OUR LORD In the shadow of the tragedy of world-wide war Christians everywhere have been burdened in spirit and bewildered in mind by the complex conditions of the hour. But with an eagerness springing from a sense of personal need and a newly awakened desire to know the purposes of God as revealed in His Word, many are turning with intense interest, and many indeed with rest- ful assurance, to the prophetic utterances of the Word of God for light. Among all the questionings in the hearts of God's people none seem to press so urgently for a clear answer as those concerning the personal return of the Lord Jesus. Many Christians have never until now sought to know what the Scrip- tures really teach about "the blessed hope," and others have been diverted from such study by the confusion of voices on this theme, even though it occupies such a pivotal place of importance in the Bible. Moved, therefore, by the hope that a Bible Con- 7 8 LIGHT ON PROPHECY ference on the return of our Lord and related events, such as the regathering of Israel and the fulfilment of prophecy concerning the end of the age, may be used by the Holy Spirit for the en- lightenment of many believers and for the salva- tion of the lost, the undersigned invite all who "love his appearing' ' or who are earnestly seek- ing light on this subject to meet in the Academy of Music, Philadelphia, .on May 28th, 29th and 30th, 1918, with eminently safe and .sane pastors and Bible teachers of different denominations, to con- sider prayerfully the teachings of Scripture as to the Lord's return. We believe that great personal blessing and a widely extended testimony may result from fel- lowship and study at a Conference in which eager hearts turn to the unerring Word of God, to learn in unhurried, prayerful study what that Word plainly teaches about the personal return of the Lord Jesus, and the practical bearing of this truth upon our duty as Christians to-day. In view of the world-wide desire for clear light on this theme, we rejoice in the statement of truths concerning our Lord's return and a call to the churches recently issued by a notable group of British brethren, and the unusual response to that call on the part of the churches; and in numerous signs -of interest from the home churches, the mission field, the army camps, and from trained and untrained students of the Bible everywhere. It is to unite in securing and in giv- ing light on this theme and to present an unhesi- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 9 tating Scriptural testimony that all interested are earnestly invited to this conference, the details of which will be announced later. WILLIAM D. B. AINEY WILLIAM L. PETTINGILL R. V. BINGHAM WM. B. RILEY JOHN R. DAVIES MAX I. REICH FREDERIC W. FARR WM. H. RIDGWAY H. W. GRIFFITH-THOMAS EDWARD RONDTHALER HARRIS H. GREGG ROBERT M. RUSSELL ROBERT B. HAINES, JR. T. EDWARD ROSS CHARLES L. HUSTON ROBERT L. RUDOLPH FRED KELKER JOHN L. STEELE L. W. MUNHALL C. I. SCOFIELD W. J. MONTGOMERY GEORGE C. SHANE THOMPSON W. McKINNEY D. M. STEARNS MARK A. MATTHEWS JOSEPH M. STEELE CORTLAND MYERS R. A. TORREY GEORGE F. PENTECOST CHARLES GALLAUDET TRUMBULL P. W. PHILPOTT C. F. WIMBERLY JAMES M. GRAY A. E. THOMPSON HERBERT MACKENZIE Conference Headquarters 1310 Morris Building Philadelphia GREETING BY THE CHAIRMAN Charles L. Huston, Chairman of the Conference Committee, Vice-President and General Manager of the Lukens Steel Co. at Coatesville, Pa., and Chairman of the General Assembly's Committee on Evangelism of the Presbyterian Church, U. S. A., presiding, Tuesday morning session of the Con- ference, introduced Rev. Orson R. Palmer, Pastor Berachah Church, Philadelphia, Home Director, Africa Inland Mission for North America, who conducted the devotional period, assisted by Rev. Harry D. Tillis, Rev. W. W. Rugh, Rev. Win. B. Riley, and Rev. P. W. Philpott. Mr. Huston, in opening the conference, said: 10 LIGHT ON PROPHECY CHAIRMAN HUSTON'S OPENING ADDRESS Our beloved friends and brothers and sisters in Christ: I take it that it is not ont of place for those who have issued the call for this conference, to give such a greeting to you who have so splen- didly responded. To you who have come in re- sponse to the call, at the very outset we want to say that the attitude of the conference committee, of the speakers, and, we trust and believe, of all those who are here, is that of absolute patriotism, absolute loyalty to the " powers that be." Our Lord has commanded us in His Word to "render to Caesar the things that are Caesar's and to God the things that are God's.' ' Paul, in the 13th chapter of his Epistle to the Romans, tells us that "the powers that be are ordained of God. Who- soever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God." Again, the apostle exhorts believers to be subject to the powers "not only for wrath, but also for conscience sake. For for this cause pay ye tribute also," recognizing the civil authorities and rendering obedience unto them because they are ordained of God. It seems particularly fitting that at this time the program notices of the different days of the conference should be given. The keynote for the first day is "Humiliation"; the second day, "Ex- altation of Christ"; and the third, and closing day, "Praise." This program is one that recog- nizes the need of absolute dependence upon God and of humiliation before him. We are also to LIGHT ON PROPHECY 11 bear in mind the proclamation that has just been issued by President Wilson, calling upon the people of the United States to spend, not only one day, but the entire week, in humiliation and prayer before Almighty God, confessing our sins and placing ourselves in the right attitude before Him, in order that His blessing may be upon us in this time of stress and strain and conflict; praying that our leaders may be guided, that we all may be guided, and that God will bless our nation and our allies. We trust that the especial blessing of God will be upon the sessions of this conference, be- cause of the light that shall be thrown upon pres- ent conditions from the Scriptures. We are seek- ing to find out what the Scriptures have for us; what saith the Lord; not to fit a private or pet theory, but to learn what God hath spoken. In Deut. 29:29, we read: "The secret things belong unto the Lord our God: but those things which are revealed belong to us and to our children for ever, that we may do all the words of this law"; so the things that are revealed belong to us. It behooves us to seek the illumination of the Holy Spirit upon the revelation of God through the Spirit in His blessed Word, that we may know what He has given us; and we are here for this purpose. The call that was issued by thirty-five Christian men inviting you to this Bible Confer- ence on the Keturn of Our Lord, is before us, and it seems proper that it should be read at this time. 12 LIGHT ON PROPHECY A CALL FOR A WORLD CONFERENCE This Bible Conference on the Return of Our Lord, held at Philadelphia this May 28th, 29th and 30th, 1918, adopts the following statement of belief : First: We believe that the Bible is the inerrant, one and final Word of God ; and, therefore, is our only authority. Second: We believe in the Deity of our Lord Jesus Christ ; that He is very God ; and in His sub- stitutionary death, as an atonement for sin ; in His bodily resurrection and ascension and the cer- tainty of His second appearance "without sin unto salvation. ' ' Third: We believe that our Lord's prophetic Word is at this moment finding remarkable ful- filment; and that it does indicate the nearness of the close of this age, and of the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. Fourth: We believe that the completed church will be translated to be forever with the Lord. Fifth: We believe that there will be a gathering of Israel to her land in unbelief, and she will be afterward converted by the appearance of Christ on her behalf. Sixth: We believe that all human schemes of reconstruction must be subsidiary to the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, because all nations will be subject to His rule. Seventh: We believe that under the reign of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 13 Christ there will be a further great effusion of the Holy Spirit upon all flesh. Eighth: We believe that the truths embodied in this statement are of the utmost importance in determining Christian character and action in reference to the pressing problems of the hour. And Resolves, if our Lord tarry, that a great world Bible Conference be held at Philadelphia May 27th to June 1st, 1919. It might be well also to give an outline of the program of the conference. You will notice that on Tuesday the general topic will be, "Teachings Fundamental to the Eeturn of Our Lord," in order to establish the basis of the whole confer- ence. As stated before, the keynote of the first day's conference is "Humiliation"; on the second day, to-morrow, the general topic will be, "The Return of Our Lord as Related to Present Con- ditions, ' ■ and all the teachings will bear upon that part of the whole subject. The keynote of to- morrow is ' ' Exaltation of Christ. ' ' On Thursday, the closing day, the general topic assigned is ' l The Return of Our Lord in the Program of Prophecy," and the keynote of that day is "Praise." The doctrine of the return of our Lord will be taught fr&m the Word of prophecy, coupled with the question, ' ' What Manner of Persons Ought We to Be?" What application has the doctrine to our conduct and to our daily activities? We are to have the pleasure of hearing from Rev. Harris H. Gregg, formerly pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of St. Louis, where Dr. 14 LIGHT ON PROPHECY James H. Brookes, that valiant servant of God and teacher of God's Word, formerly ministered. Mr. Gregg is now the pastor of the Elim Chapel, Winnipeg, Canada, and he will address us on the subject, "Hath God spoken?" in order to start off with the foundation of God's own Word for the entire basis of all our teachings and all our conclusions. HATH GOD SPOKEN? Rev. Harris H. Gregg, D.D. Pastor of Winnipeg, Canada, Presbyterian Church, and former pastor of Dr. James H. Brookes' Church at St. Louis, Mo. Our Lord Jesus Christ and the Scriptures are our theme this morning, in reply to the question of the topic "Hath God Spoken !" The subject, of course, is the inspiration of the Word of God. Our Lord Jesus Christ fills the eye of God, fills the lips of the Holy Ghost, He fills the mouth of the Word of God; He fills the heart of His church. Our Lord is the only thing that the church is in God's sight, He is its only righteousness, its only holiness, its only redemption, its only foundation, its only way to God. He is all the truth of God. He is our dwelling place, our food, and our blessed hope. Christ is all. The attention is called, in the first place, to the fact that OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE THEME OF THE SCRIPTURES He is the Lord and Seed of the woman in Genesis, the Lord and Seed of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob and 15 16 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Judah. When the Holy Spirit is telling us of the first man, He has our Lord in mind as the Last Man. When He is telling us of the substitute, He has Christ in mind as our Substitute. When He is telling us of Noah, who, on the basis of that sacrifice which pointed to Calvary, takes posses- sion of the renewed earth, He has in mind our Lord Jesus Christ, who, on the basis of His sacri- fice for sin, some day is going to take possession of the new earth. When He is telling us of Abraham, the stranger coming from a far country and living a life of faith and having nothing but a grave there, He has in mind a greater Stranger, coming from a farther country, and living a life of faith in this Word in that same land, and getting nothing but a cross. When He is telling us of the miraculous birth of Isaac, his being laid on the altar, and on the third day rising, is a figure of speech; He is thinking of the virgin birth of our Lord Jesus, and the story of His Calvary and His resurrection on the third day. When He is telling us of Israel, a prince of peace with God and man, He is thinking of our Lord. When He is telling us of Jesus, that great Sufferer of the Old Testa- ment, who through suffering entered into His glory again, He is thinking of ' ' the sufferings of Christ, and the glories that should follow.' ' Our Lord is the Lamb of God in Exodus; the High Priest of Leviticus; the Star out of Jacob in Numbers; the Prophet like unto Moses in Deuteronomy; the Captain of the host of the Lord in Joshua; the Messenger of Jehovah in Judges; our Kins- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 17 man in Ruth; the Lord and Seed of David in Samuel; the King of kings and Lord of lords in Kings and Chronicles; the Lord of heaven and earth in Ezra and Nehemiah; our Mordecai sitting on the throne in Esther. In Job, He is our risen Redeemer. In the Psalms, He is just about every- thing. He is the happy Man of the first Psalm; the Son of God of the second; the Son of man of the eighth, under whose feet some day all of crea- tion shall be placed; the risen Man of the 16th Psalm; the persecuted Man of the 22d; the Shep- herd of the 23d; the King of glory of the 24th; our Saviour in the 51st; the King of the 72d; our great High Priest after the order of Mel- chizedek, of the 110th; the One who leads every- thing that hath breath in praising God in the 150th Psalm. He is the suffering and then the glorified One in Isaiah; He is the Lord our right- eousness in Jeremiah ; the Man of sorrows in Lam- entations; the Messiah who comes and is cut off in Daniel, getting nothing, and coming the second time as the Son of man in the clouds of heaven and getting everything then. He is our risen Saviour and Son of God in Hosea. He fills each one of the minor prophets. He is the King of the Jews, re- jected but risen, in Matthew; the Servant in Mark; the Lord and Seed of the woman in Luke ; the Son of God in John; our ascended Lord and Christ in Acts; our Righteousness in Romans; the First- fruits from the dead in Corinthians; the Author- ity and Theme of Paul's apostleship in Galatians. He is the Head of the church and Head over all 18 LIGHT ON PROPHECY things to the church in Ephesians; our Lord Jesus Christ in Philippians; the fulness of the Godhead in Colossians; our great High Priest who is passed into the heavens, in Hebrews; and in the Book of Revelation He is the Throne-sitter, now upon a throne of grace, later a throne of judg- ment, and then the throne of his glory. "In the volume of the book it is written of me," He says, in the 40th Psalm and in the 10th chapter of Hebrews. How familiar our Lord was with the Scripture! When his ministry is recorded in the Gospels, He speaks of creation and of marriage, and refers to Satan in the beginning as we have recorded in the third chapter of Genesis. He speaks of Abel in the 4th chapter of Genesis, He speaks of Noah, Lie speaks of Abraham, He speaks of Moses, He speaks of David and Elijah, and Elisha, and of John, and of Daniel the prophet. How constantly He used the Scriptures, and always as being the words of God! Our Lord is not only the Theme of the Scrip- tures. In the second place, your attention is called to the fact that OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE PERFECT EXAMPLE OF ITS PERFECT STANDARD In other words, he lived the Word of God, and His life was as true as that Word of God. That Word of God molded in Him and produced the only perfect, sinless life that there is any record of in the Word of God. He lived it. Were it LIGHT ON. PROPHECY 19 possible for Him to have lived a lie, it were pos- sible for that not to be the Word of God. It is impossible for it to be anything but the absolute and eternal Word of God. In the third place, your attention is called to the fact that OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE VIEWPOINT OF THE WORD OF GOD Let us get our bearings. This book is largely the history of two men. In God's sight, only two men have ever done anything — the first man and the Last Man. We read that in the beginning God created the heaven and earth, and the last thing he created was man; that man became a chaos, and turned his dominion into a chaos through sin. But before God created the heaven and the earth, He purposed that a man should be over his work, and not an angel; but He purposed that His Sor should be that Man. So when this first man went to pieces through sin, and death marked his entire being — spirit, soul, and body — God did not have to change an iota of His purpose. For His pur- pose and counsels all centered in His Son, who should be the Last Man. He did not send His Son into this world im- mediately upon this first man's sinning. He waited a long time, until the fulness of time, in order to allow this first man to show what he be- came when he became a sinner; and all human history, from the sin of Adam in the Garden of 20 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Eden unto the cross of Jesus Christ, is but the story of what that man became when he became a sinner. That man, through sin, brought death upon himself, and upon his whole race. He murdered the whole human race; he became like Satan — a murderer and a liar — upon his becoming a sinner. That man started this war — not the Kaiser. That man started all your sin and all your suffering, and dug all of your graves. When he had fully shown himself to be nothing but dead in tres- passes and sins, from which God could get nothing for himself, nor for man, God sent His Son, born of a virgin, and growing up through thirty years of obscurity. And when He showed Himself and the first man met him, through his Jewish and Gentile seed, the first man put Him to death. He could not stand the holiness of the Son of God, for he was a sinner. He could not stand His humili- ation, for Satan promised to make him as God. He could not stand His unselfishness, for he is the embodiment of self. So he crucified Him; but, on the third day, God raised Him from the dead, and, raised from the dead, He becomes the beginning of the new creation of God, and the Last Man in reference to that man. The first man was made a living soul; the Last Man, a quick- ening spirit; and He breathed His own eternal, risen, saving life in the upper room the day of His resurrection upon those who had received Him. Now He is seated at God's right hand, con- tinuing His work of new creation; forming His church, every member of which is a new creature LIGHT ON PROPHECY 21 in Christ Jesus. After He completes His church, He will return and establish the kingdom of His father David ; that will be a part of the new crea- tion. After that, there will be the new heaven and the new earth, and the former heaven and earth shall be remembered no more for ever ; and Satan, sin, and death can never stain with the distant touch a portion of the new creation in Christ Jesus. Out of the side of the Adam, God took Eve, and from Eve a race has been born. Out of the wounded side of God, a new creation — a race — is formed, that is nearer and dearer to God than all the principalities and powers that worship around that burning throne at this moment. This Book is the viewpoint of this Last Man, (pointing upward), and every other book that has ever been written is the book and viewpoint of this man (pointing downward). All other books are the books of the dead. This Book alone is the Book of the Living One. Satan played this trick on mother. He intruded his lie (placing man's book between eye and Bible) between God's Word and our mother, and got her to look at God's Word, which said, "In the day that thou eatest, thou shalt surely die." He persuaded her to look at this book through his lie, and she gave this up (God's Word), and became like Satan and gave birth to her firstborn, a murderer and a liar. This is the method of God. Through this Book (holding Bible between eye and man's book), look at every other book that has ever been written and you will give this book (man's book) 22 LIGHT ON PROPHECY tip. The Pharisees (placing man's book between eye and Bible), through their schoolbooks, looked at Christ in His Word, and crucified Him. The Sadducees, through Greek learning and Babylon- ian culture, looked at Christ and Moses and the Prophets, and joined in crucifying Him. Those who received Him simply as Christ and the Word of God, looked at all else and received Him and proclaimed Him to be the Son of God. When the church in Eome, listening to Babylonian culture, locked this Book up and only looked at it through what it had formed through Babylonian culture, they came to the point where they would not allow this Book to be even read. But all that God gave to Luther was just to bring this Book out, this way (bringing the Bible out from under man's book and placing it as the glass through which to see every other book), and look at the church of Rome and of Reformation again. All unbelief is but one method from the Garden of Eden till Satan shall be put in the pit. It is just this. It does not matter what form of Hin- dooism, or Pantheism or science, if you permit anything to intrude itself between the Word of that living and enthroned Last Man, you will give Him up and be lost. But if, through Him and His Book, you look down into the tomb of that first man, you will live for evermore. That man got himself into a fix when he sinned; he got himself into a box, and that was his casket, and we were all born in his casket. He has built universities around his head in Babylonia, in Egypt, in Greece, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 23 in Germany, in England, and in New England, and throughout Canada, but he cannot think himself out of being dead in trespasses and sins. He has marvelous hands, and he has wrought inventions beyond human description. Arts have been created and lost, so numerous have been all the works of his hand, but he has never worked himself out of that casket. He has built cities, and civilizations, and eras around those feet, but he has never walked out of that casket. No one ever comes out of that casket, but by the words of the Son of God. ' ' The hour is coming, and now is, ' ' He says, "when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live," and when He takes us out of that casket, he never shoves us back. The blood washes sin away. Sin cannot wash blood away. How did God plan this new creation of His? By having His Son become the Son of man, to fall in this old sin-and-death-stricken cre- ation as a grain of wheat falls into the ground and dies ; and out of the death of Jesus Christ, out of His tomb, He takes you and He takes me, He takes His church; He takes all the titles that he possesses as a man ; He takes His high priesthood ; He takes His kingdom; He takes His right as a Man to sit on God's throne, before which angels stoop and veil their faces and worship. Out of that tomb He has taken his church; out of it He has taken, already in title, the kingdom of His father David; out of it He has taken the new heaven and the new earth. And so we have this 24 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Book as the viewpoint of the Lord Jesus Christ. But, more than that, THE LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE ARCHETYPE OP THIS BOOK Creation is His written Word. The Bible is His written Word, and He Himself is the living Word. The unwritten Word of God in creation runs into the written Word for its fulfilment, for the inter- pretation of its payables and types and teachings, a,s the Old Testament runs into the New Testa- ment for its fulfilment and interpretation of the promises, types and parables; and both center in the Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, He points to creation as familiarly as He pointed to the taber- nacle, as he tells His own story. Pointing to the sun, He says, u Iam the Lighf of the world. ' ' You know Him as the Rock of ages. You know Him as the Hyssop. You know Him as the Seer. You know Him last as the Lamb. You know Him as the Lion 01 the tribe of Judah. You know Him as the Last Man, of which the first man Adam was a type. He made all creation turn its face toward Himself and tell the story of His coming, His person, and His work. The Lord Jesus Christ was born of a virgin by the Holy Ghost, representing life from the dead. God, in creation, in history, and in redemption, has always shown Himself to be life from the dead — the resurrection of life. He put Adam to sleep, and Eve, and all the human race; and He LIGHT ON PROPHECY 25 never looks into the face of a human being, but He is reminded that, when He created the human race, He showed Himself to be the God of resur- rection. When he gave Isaac Sarah, who never had a son, He represented life from the dead; and He never looks into the face of a Jew without remembering that, as God of the covenant of Abra- ham and Jacob, He showed Himself to be the God of resurrection. When He sent His only Son into the world, He must needs again show Himself to be the God of resurrection and was virgin-born. Later, on the third day, He was raised from the dead, and He has provided a like redemption for all who receive Him for their Saviour and their Lord. Eve spoke of God as her Saviour, know- ing herself in her nature to be a sinful woman, and produced a sinless Christ ; and the same Holy Spirit is able to take forty fallible men, sinful men, and produce a sinless Word of God. And the divine and the human in Christ is but the arch- etype of the divine and human, and, though human, sinless and errorless — the verbally in- spired words of a living God. The highest reach of man's intellect in all the centuries of things has been this, that God must be, and God therefore is. The human intellect cannot reach the bottom of that revelation by a billion centuries of life, traveling at one hundred and eighty-six thousand miles a second. Our Lord Jesus Christ, being God, often speaks of Himself in a threefold manner, for God is One in Three and Three in One. He 26 LIGHT ON PROPHECY says, ''lam the way, the truth, and the life." He also speaks of Himself, in Revelation, as the One that was, and is, and is to come, and this is the only Book capable of treating all subjects, that speaks of that threefold manner in which Christ Himself is the Archetype of the past, and the pres- ent, and the future. That is the only Book that will tell you of man's past, his origin; that will explain man to-day to himself, and tell man's future. That is the only Book that will tell you of the past of sin, the present fear and power of sin, and the future of sin. It is alone the Book that will tell you of the past of salvation, its ori- gin; its present aspect, and its future destiny. That is the only Book that will tell you of the past of Satan, how he became the devil ; his pres- ent sphere and place, and his future destiny. That is the only Book that will tell you of the past of Israel, its origin; why Israel is wandering among the nations apart from Christ Jesus, and the future of Israel. That is the only Book that will tell you of the past of the church, explain the present condition of the church as well as of Christendom, and tell you of the future destiny of the church. That is the only Book that will tell you of the past of creation, explain the present chaotic condition of creation, and tell you of the new heavens and the new earth. It is the only Book that will tell you of your past, that will give you any light upon your present, and that will calmly foretell your future. The past, the present, and the future of our Lord as the Archetype of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 27 that threefold aspect in which all subjects are treated in a completeness that only God can speak on any and all of these themes. THEN OUR LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE MESSAGE OF THIS BOOK When this first man became a sinner, he became a sin problem and a death problem; and if he can- not settle his sin problem and his death problem, he is incapacitated for eternity, and for settling any of the other problems that grow out of the consequences of sin and death. But there is a Man who has settled the sin question and the death question, and who has been ordained of God to likewise settle every other problem for this man who is perfectly helpless in his box to settle any- thing for himself, in time or eternity. All of God's expectations for the human race, for salvation, for labor and capital, for commerce, for education, for government, lie in that Man (pointing above), and never in this man (pointing beneath). "My soul, wait thou only upon God, for my expectation is from Him." Therefore, God's message is a message concerning His Son, and He wants the world to know what He has done for the world, even the world that crucified His Son, even the world that loves darkness rather than light. The Lord Jesus Christ is the message of that Book; He is the message of God to our hearts, and "sat- isfies our longing as nothing else can do. ' ' 28 LIGHT ON PROPHECY He is not only the message of this Book, but, in the next place, THE LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE LIFE OF THIS BOOK Isn't it wonderful that he not only was controlled by this Book, that it molded and formed His life, but that He is the very Life of this Book to-day ? Through the Holy Spirit, He sent this Book to be sown as seed from Jerusalem unto the uttermost parts of the earth; and wherever it is sown in a human heart, Jewish or Gentile, from Jerusalem to the uttermost parts of the earth, and where it is received, Christ Jesus acts upon that heart and life. That is great sowing, is it not f He could not come up in the life of those that hear this Word, unless He is the Life of that Word. You cannot sow Shakespeare from Jerusalem and get even a Shakespearette, but you can sow that book in 556 languages and dialects, and each one will get Christ coming up in the heart, where He is re- ceived. He is the Life of this Word, and He is reproducing Himself, though absent from this earth, in all who receive Him. He is, in the next place, THE SUPREME WITNESS OF GOD TO THE FACT THAT THE BIBLE IS THE WORD OF GOD In His message to the Laodicean church, the seventh church in the Book of Eevelation, our Lord Jesus Christ is spoken of to those Laodicean LIGHT ON PROPHECY 29 Christians as being the Faithful and True Witness — the One who knows. Lincoln and Douglas used to debate in Illinois before Lincoln sat in the President's chair, and one time in a debate, Lin- coln took as his subject that a kingdom divided against itself cannot stand. He argued that this government could not stand with slavery in the south and freedom in the north, and when he got through, Mr. Douglas debated that it could stand. When he had a chance to reply to Mr. Douglas, Mr. Lincoln, rising to speak for the second time, said, "Mr. Douglas has taken this debate out of my hands, and it is no longer between Mr. Douglas and myself. It is between Mr. Douglas and a Man who spake as never man spake before, who said that a kingdom divided against itself cannot stand. If Mr. Douglas says it can stand, the de- bate is between him and that Man who spake as never man spake." Mr. Higher Critic, the Lord Jesus Christ says the Scriptures cannot be broken. If you say that they can, we have no time to debate with you. We will just sit down and watch the debate through with you in your casket and that Man on the cross; and, Mr. Higher Critic, the debate will be finished at the judgment of the great white throne. The One who said on the cross, "It is finished!" meant not only atonement for sin, but He meant also that that first man is finished — all his thinking and all his works. In God's sight, the human came to an end at the cross of Jesus Christ. "It is finished!" "Heaven and earth 30 LIGHT ON PROPHECY shall pass away, (kisses Bible) but My Word shall not pass away." In the last place, THE LORD JESUS CHRIST IS THE WEARER OF THE CROWN FOR THIS BOOK In the Garden of Eden the Lord showed Him- self to be a Prophet. He told Satan that He was going to become the Seed of the woman, and as such would bruise his head. When He became the Seed of the virgin at the place of the skull, He bruised the head of the serpent, thus showing Himself to be a Prophet. Then He showed Him- self to be a Priest. He killed the sacrifices, shed- ding blood, and with the skins of the animals clothed father and mother with the garments of salvation, telling typically the story that when He became the Seed of the woman and shed His blood, He Himself would become the righteous- ness, sanctification and redemption of all who re- ceived Him. We are accepted in the Beloved; we are in glory in the Person of God's Son. Then He showed Himself to be a King — the first Prophet, the first Priest, and the first King. Opening the door of the Garden of Eden, the King ushered our parents out and said, "In My Kingdom, sin and death cannot remain. I am Alpha and Omega/ ' When He became the Seed of the woman, He was a Prophet; now in the glory He is our great High Priest; and when He comes again, he will be King of kings and Lord of lords. All other prophets are LIGHT ON PROPHECY 31 between His first prophetic office and His last. All ordained priests of God are but priests of God until He comes. All other kings are but kings until He becomes the King; and He wears all the titles and all the crowns of this Book, because He has worn the crown of thorns of that old creation. He wears all the titles and crowns of the new cre- ation. The Lord Jesus Christ is the center, and the circumference, and the crown of glory of the living Word of God. Let us pray. (PRAYER) Our Father, which art in heaven. In our Lord, we are before Thee in the glory this morning, ac- cepted in the Beloved, and, though here in these bodies of humiliation, living in a world that still rejects thee, we thank Thee, Lord Jesus, that Thou art living Thy life in our hearts and in our lives. Be it unto each one of us in this conference ac- cording to the word of Thy salvation; be it unto each one of us according to Thy word of sancti- fication; be it unto each one of us according to Thy word of perfect redemption; be to us, Lord Jesus, all Thou wouldst be to those whom Thou hast loved and redeemed with Thy precious blood. Be all in us that Thou wouldst be, and through us until we shall look into Thy face and be like Thee. For we shall see Thee face to face ; and, our Father, we thank Thee for it. In Christ Jesus' name. 82 LIGHT ON PROPHECY The chairman of the afternoon of session said : Dr. Scofield, having suffered a physical break- down, though holding out to the last minute, hop- ing and praying for sufficient strength, found him- self unable to come to the conference and sent the following telegram: [COPY] Ashuelot, New Hampshire, May 25, 1918. To the Philadelphia Conference on the Eeturn of Our Lord, Greeting : I pray that God may guide all your proceedings, especially in the putting forth of a fearless warn- ing that we are in the awful end of the Times of the Gentiles, with no hope for humanity except in the personal return of the Lord in glory; and also a statement of the fundamentals of Christian belief, which may form a clear basis for Christian fellowship in a day of apostasy. C. I. Scofield. Mr. Charles G. Trumbull, Editor of "The Sun- day School Times " of Philadelphia, presented the following Resolution of regret and sympathy: [COPY] Dr. C. I. Scofield, Ashuelot, N. H. The following Resolution was unanimously LIGHT ON PROPHECY 33 adopted by the Conference to be telegraphed to yon this afternoon: To onr beloved friend and teacher in the fellow- ship of onr Lord Jesus Christ, Dr. Scofield: We thank our God upon all our remembrance of you, always in every supplication of ours on behalf of you making our supplication with joy, for your fellowship in furtherance of the gospel from the first day until now; being confident of this very thing, that He who began a good work in you will perfect it until the day of Jesus Christ: even as it is right for us to be thus minded on behalf of you, because we have you in our heart. We who have met together in Christ at the Philadelphia Bible Conference on the Return of Our Lord unite in sending to you our heartfelt love, and want you to know of our real sorrow in not having your personal presence and fellow- ship and messages at this time. Thousands had counted joyfully upon seeing you and hearing you, and the fact that the loving heavenly Father has, in His providence, not seen best to permit this, does not alter the sense of deep personal loss through your absence, while at the same time we confidently count upon the Father to provide all things in your absence. We are praising God at this time for having, through His grace in the Lord Jesus Christ, called you many years ago, first to believe on Jesus, then to break the Bread of Life and minister His bless- ings freely, through his Word, to the whole world. S4~ LIGHT ON PROPHECY We praise God that you were willing thus to be made an ambassador of Christ, and willing to de- vote your life to the study of God's Word, to the gathering together of the fruits of the study of others in that Word, and then to bring together the results of this rich study in the edition of the English Bible which God is now distributing throughout the world, to the eternal blessing of multitudes. Because of this ministry into which God called you, and because of your response, we not only love the Lord, bnt we also love you. God has given you a place in our hearts' love that it is difficult to describe and express. A great warmth of tenderness and affection springs up in our hearts as we think of you, and as we turn the pages of the Kef erence Bible, and as we remember you in prayer, asking God to more than make up to you and to us the losses of this temporary sepa- ration. While looking eagerly, with you, for the coming again of our Lord, to receive us unto Himself, that where He is, there we may be also, at the same time we rejoice that, however near or far may be our Lord's coming, your ministry in His name in the opening up of the riches of His Word will go right on, uninterrupted and increasingly as we believe, until He come. We therefore pray God's special and increasing blessing upon all the results, past, present, and future, of your personal ministry; and we count confidently upon your prayers that God bless and use the testimony of this pres- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 35 ent Conference on the Eeturn of Our Lord to the salvation of many, and to the consecration and purifying and empowering of still more. Beloved, we pray that in all things thou may- est prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. And the God of peace Himself sanc- tify you wholly, and may your spirit and soul and body be preserved entire, without blame at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful is He that calleth you, who will also do it. Looking for that blessed hope and glorious appearing of the great .God and our Saviour Jesus Christ, we are, Affectionately your friends in Him, The Philadelphia Bible Conference on the Eeturn of Our Lord. The Committee, being advised of Dr. ScofiehTs physical condition and having in mind their obli- gation to the Conference as well as the teaching structure of the program, at the last moment in- vited Dr. John M. Maclnnis, of Syracuse, N. Y., to prepare two of the addresses assigned to Dr. Scofield. At considerable inconvenience to him- self Dr. Maclnnis very graciously consented to serve us. WHAT IS PROPHECY AND WHY STUDY IT? By Rev. John M. MacInnis, B.D., Ph.D. Pastor of South Presbyterian Church, Syracuse, N. T. I wish you might bear in mind that this subject was only given to me late last week, and that I was requested to stick to my text, as the program aims to be a constructive program, presenting a constructive idea of the truth connected with the Lord's second coming. We should also remember that the work aims to be of a teaching and con- structive nature rather for inspirational pur- poses. Having this in mind, we shall approach the sub- ject, not so much from the point of view familiar to most of us who hold the premillennarian view of the coming of the Lord as from the point of view of the difficulties which present themselves to candid minds who are not yet able to see their way to accept this truth. Jesus Christ is the greatest — incomparably the greatest — of the prophets, and the supreme and final authority in all things pertaining to proph- ecy. The nearer we get to Him in our defini- tion of prophecy, the richer, fuller, and more LIGHT ON PROPHECY 37 comprehensive will our definition be. While our Lord was on earth, few men got as close to Him as Peter. He was one of the three who formed the inner circle. We know that they often talked about the prophets and prophecies. It is most reasonable to assume that Peter asked our Lord many questions regarding the prophecies of the Old Testament and how they came. It is reason- able to assume that Peter's definition of prophecy was influenced by these conversations with our Lord. He says that ' ' men spake from God, being moved by the Holy Spirit," or, literally, " being carried along by the Holy Spirit." This defini- tion has in it three things worthy of our attention. First: He says, "Men spake from God." These men were real men, with real relationships, am- bitions, aspirations, and affections. They were men with real interests in the things with which they came in contact: men, for example, like Isaiah, who was one of the greatest of the Old Testament prophets. He was a husband, a father, a citizen, and a true patriot. He was a man of his own day, a citizen of the Jewish nation, loving it and deeply interested in the things that con- cerned it. He was in every way a true, strong, robust, clearheaded, enthusiastic patriot, and a warm friend of the king who played the greatest part in the great crisis in which Isaiah prophesied to the nation. It was that kind of a man that God laid hold on when He wanted to speak to the people. It is important in our study of prophecy to remember this fact. We must also remember 38 LIGHT ON PROPHECY that these men, when they spoke from God, spoke primarily concerning the problems with which they were face to face at that time, and spoke in the language and forms of speech that the people conld understand. It is important that we should emphasize this particular fact, because it is gen- erally stated that those who accept the premillen- narian point of view forget the human element in the prophecies of the Bible. If we do, it is very unfortunate, because it is only as we understand the circumstances under which these messages were given that we can fully appreciate the per- manent value and universal message which they contain. In the second place, Peter tells us that these real men, speaking to a real situation and facing real and immediate problems, spake "from God." The idea is that they spake not only from God but for God. They did not speculate about God and God's universe primarily, but they spoke a mes- sage for God to the people. There is a funda- mental difference between speaking from God and for God, and speculating about God and His uni- verse. The one is giving men God's truth, the other is expressing one 's opinion about God. That is the difference between the ordinary man and a real prophet. In a great crisis like the present world-crisis, it makes all the difference in the world as to whether a man speaks about the Presi- dent of the United States and his policies, or for the President, declaring his policies. The one is mere opinion — the other is a message of authority LIGHT ON PROPHECY 39 and fundamental importance. These men, while they were real men with earth relations and view- points, spoke from and for God. It is not, for the present, a question as to how they came to find God's message, but simply a recognition of the fact that they did speak from God. In all prob- ability, Peter learned that fact from Jesus Christ. So, in the third place, he emphasizes the fact that they did not originate their message. They "spake as they were carried along by the Holy Spirit," the Holy Spirit inspiring them so that they could know what God wanted them to say. This was essential to their speaking from God and for God. They could not speak for God if they did not know God's mind and God's message. This statement does not say how the Holy Spirit imparted that information to them. It is not a discussion of the psychology of revelation, but simply the declaration of a fact. The important thing is that God could make His mind known to these men. The only way in which He could se- cure that was through their thinking faculties. There is no other way to get into human person- ality. You hear what I have to say at this time. I am not able to take the words that I am uttering and transfer them from myself and put them into your brain, but I am doing something that is stimulating you as thinking beings to think the things that I am saying; and, while you may not have all the content of the words I utter, nor the full world-consciousness from which I am speak- ing, yet with all our limitations we feel that we 40 LIGHT ON PROPHECY are making a reasonable success in conveying to you the thought that I have in mind. But which one of you can explain the psychology and mys- tery of personality and personal relationships that make that possible? If we, then, with all our limitations, and weaknesses, and our ignorance re- garding personality and its possibilities, are able to communicate one with the other in such a way as to feel reasonably sure that we understand one another, we should not think it impossible that God could so stimulate human minds as to give them the exact message that He wanted given to the people. Peter said that He did and, therefore, the prophets were able to speak from. God and for God. These men were so stimulated and carried along by the Holy Spirit that they found the mind of God and were able to speak, knowing that they were speaking the mind of God. Therefore, in many of the great crises when they spoke, they prefaced their message with a "Thus saith the Lord." In some instances they were not able to fully understand the manner of the times spoken of in the message, and they made their own message a subject of searching investigation and study, in order that they might fully under- stand the significance of it. Primarily, then, prophecy is the message of men who spoke from and for God. The next question that naturally arises is, "What did these men talk about f" It is only necessary for us to let our minds run casually through the subject matter of the Old and New LIGHT ON PROPHECY 41 Testaments to realize that they talked about the things that were of immediate and fundamental interest to the people that were living in their day and involved their relations with God and with one another. Hence, the messages of men like Abraham, and Moses, and Elijah, and Amos, and Isaiah, and Jeremiah, and John the Baptist were primarily messages to the people of their own day about what they ought to do in order that they might be true to God, to their fellows, and to them- selves. In speaking to them about these relation- ships and these responsibilities, they naturally had to speak about the outlook of the individual and the nation in their world relations, for these prophets always emphasized that what they were and what they did in their life-time influenced the generations to follow. Not only that, but they also emphasized that what was to follow ought to have a stimulating influence upon them in the performance of their task in their day. It was not possible for them to get a right perspective of their own task and their own gen- eration without some idea of the goal toward which their life was moving. Hence, as the Holy Spirit carried these men along, He gave them a vision of the goal of history and God told them what was going to come to pass in the latter days. It is this that gives us the predictive element in prophecy. The tendency in our day has been to ignore this phase of prophecy. Men have thought because they discovered the 42 LIGHT ON PROPHECY historical element, which we have already em- phasized, there was no longer any room for the predictive element. This is especially true with those who have been endeavoring to get rid of the supernatural in the Bible and have tried to iexplain it as a natural product like the religious literatures of other religious peoples. However, it is absolutely impossible to make a strictly sci- entific and historical study of the Bible, both Old and New Testaments, and not see that in it we have more than mere human insight. In the vision of the future that is given by the prophets, we have a revelation that no human insight could have given to man. This brings us to another question which nat- urally suggests itself at this point: "Is there any- thing in prophecy as we find it that would sug- gest that Peter's definition is a correct defini- tion !" "Is there anything in it that would indi- cate that these men actually spoke as they were moved by the Holy Spirit and were able to give insights that indicated that they had the mind of God concerning the things of which they spoke V y There are many lines along which we could answer this question, giving detail incidents of how these men, speaking hundreds of years before Christ came, gave particular facts concerning Him that were fulfilled in minute detail. We could also point out how prophecy concerning nations like Babylon, and Assyria, and Egypt were fulfilled in minute detail. Thus, all you who were here this morning heard many suggestions LIGHT ON PROPHECY 43 as to how this Book is simply throbbing with lines of' activities and interests that dovetail in a con- structive unfolding of a great plan. In the Old Testament we have the seed ; in the New we have the bloom. There are two things I wish to call your atten- tion to at this time, and I have only time to just refer to them, in order to suggest that the insight of these men must have been something more than the mere insight of human intelligence. A par- ticular scientific study of these things is to my mind a conclusive demonstration of the fact that these "men spake as they were carried along by the Holy Spirit.' ' The first is the dream and the ambition of the people of Israel. That is one of the most interest- ing phenomena of all history. Beginning away down with the time of Abraham, this obscure people began to think of themselves as a peculiar people, who were to become a great nation and prove a blessing to all the nations of the earth. In the face of failure, opposition, and persecution, they persisted in not only dreaming this, but in enlarging the conception and adding little details to it that made the fulfilment increasingly diffi- cult. In fact, by the time we come to the prophets of the Babylonian crisis, the prospects of a de- tailed fulfilment became exceedingly remote and improbable. Yet in the face of the calamities and failures which came to the people, they per- sisted in their dream, and their hope became cen- tered in a Messiah who could finally lead them 44 LIGHT ON PROPHECY into the realization of this dream. It is impos- sible to take these dreams in their historical setting and see in them a probability of fulfilment, but the fact of history is that they have been largely fulfilled; and even if nothing else were to come of the people of Israel than what has already been fulfilled, what seems like a human impossibility has already been accomplished. This littl'e, insignificant, weak, struggling nation, that only seemed like Poland among the nations of to-day, among the great nations of antiquity, has actually come to be a blessing to all the nations of the earth through Jesus of Nazareth, who is the fulfilment of her prophecies and hope, and the nations of the earth have already come to dwell in the tents of Shem. Now, the question is, How did they come to dream that, and, having dreamed that, how did they come to insist on dreaming that which seemed like a human improbability if not impossibility? Peter's definition of prophecy would explain it, but" I do not know of any other explanation that satisfies all the facts in the case. There is one explanation that is reasonable, one explanation that is adequate, and it is this, "Men spake from God, being moved, or carried along, by the Holy Ghost.' ' In the second place, we have in the Old Testa- ment a wonderfully interesting outline of world history that was given thousands of years ago. Here it stands as it was given before Alexander had conquered the world or Rome had come to her LIGHT ON PROPHECY 45 glory. Beginning with Babylon the Great, it says that there would be four great world-empires, and then the world would continue in small kingdoms until the end, when the kingdom of the Son of Man or the Ancient of Days would be set up. Hegel, the great German philosopher, in giving us a philosophy of history from the point of view of the philosopher, without any reference to the Book of Daniel at all, gives us practically the same divisions of history that Daniel gave us to the present time. Some of the most ambitious and greatest characters of history have tried to make this outline different. They have been ambitious to establish a fifth world-empire to correspond with that of Alexander 's or Caesar 's. Charlemagne and Napoleon failed to establish such an empire, and he who is now baptizing the world with blood and fire shall not succeed in establishing it, because this Word says that there shall be no fifth world- empire until Jesus shall set up His kingdom and " reign where'er the sun doth his successive jour- neys run. ,, Taking it from the point of human probability or political insight based upon a study of history, no one in the day of Daniel could have given such an outline as this, yet here the outline stands. How did this man happen to get this insight? There is one reasonable and adequate explanation that I know of, and it is the explanation given us by Peter: " Godly men spake as they were carried along by the Holy Spirit.' ' Now a word regarding the last part of our sub- 46 LIGHT ON PROPHECY ject — "Why study prophecy f" We are told to-day that it is a waste of time, and that we be- come visionary and impractical when we give our time to a study of prophecy. Some insist that the study of prophecy leads to paralysis in real con- structive Christian work. This being the case, it is proper that we should answer this question — "Why study prophecy ?" We should be able to give a reason for coming to a place like this and giving several days to the consideration of these subjects, when the world is calling for the most real and vital kind of service. It is a day when we are being challenged to great and real things, and a day in which men ought to live at their best and give the best that is in them to the real in- terests of the world. Let me suggest two or three reasons why the study of prophecy enables us to do this very thing. First, we ought to study it in order that we may know the mind of God. If God has spoken, it is our duty to know what He hath said. If He has spoken, it makes all the difference in the world concerning the things about which He has spoken. If He has given any indication as to what He is now doing, or what His purpose in history is, it is of superlative importance that we should find it out; believing that this Book is the message of men who spoke from God and for God, it is our duty to study it in order that we may find out what God has said concerning the coming days. In the second place, we should study prophecy in order that we may have a right perspective of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 47 history and that we may be enabled to understand our times, the meaning of the movements of our day, and the significance of the crisis through which we are passing. You may be surprised to have me mention this — that those of us who hold the idea of the second coming of Christ are accused of ignoring the plain teaching of history. On the contrary, I am con- vinced as never before that it is impossible for a man to get the right perspective of history apart from a true appreciation of the significance and meaning of the truth of the coming of Christ. We are accused of bringing the truth into dis- repute and turning the minds of careful and scientific scholars against the study of the Bible and especially of the last things, because of the narrow arbitrary way in which we present this truth. One of the main objections is that we are so materialistic and literal in our interpretations, that we deny that God can accomplish His great moral purpose through spiritual means, and that we dishonor God in suggesting that He is not able to accomplish His ends through spiritual means. Now, a thorough study of prophecy and all the prophets would have made such a statement absurd. If modern scholars had lived in the days of Micah or of Isaiah and could have heard them speak about God giving us a Son, and of a Child born, and of a suffer- ing Servant coming, and of a Saviour being wounded and dying for the sin of the world, they would have rebuked these prophets, giving them 48 LIGHT ON PROPHECY to understand that to suggest that God would have to do these things in order to accomplish the redemption of the race was to dishonor Him, be- cause it was to deny that He was able to consum- mate His great ends in a spiritual way. However, the question is not as to what God could do, but as to what He did do. The prophets prophesied that God would come into our life and in Jesus Christ would redeem us, and in the fulness of time Jesus came. The Babe was born; Jesus walked, a Man among men, in Galilee and Judea; He was crucified on the cross; He was laid in the tomb, and on the third day He rose again. That was very materialistic, but, nevertheless, no one can deny that in that material form God accomplished the thing that is essential to the redemption of the race. That is not theory, it is fact. If God chose to accomplish that part of redemption in that way, why should it be a dishonor to Him to choose to consummate it by a new revelation of Jesus Christ, this time apart from sin unto sal- vation? The fact of the matter is, so far as our opinions are concerned, they are mere opinions. The only way that we can find out as to how God is going to consummate this age, or any other age, is by revelation. Of course, we know that any revelation that is given us will not be inconsist- ent with the justice and righteousness of God, which is another way of saying that it cannot be inconsistent with the moral nature of the universe. Jesus has revealed to us that this age is to be con- summated by His coming again, and the New LIGHT ON PROPHECY 49 Testament makes it very clear that that coming will be in like manner as the disciples saw Him ascend into heaven. How that could be inconsist- ent with the morality, the righteousness, or spirit- uality of God is more than I can understand. A modern writer contends that such a consum- mation would be a contradiction of established scientific knowledge; for example, the evolution- ary theory. As His coming is the consummation of activities, instead of its being a break with the real progress of history, it is the consummation of this progress. We are not opposed to a real evolu- tion; that is, a progress that is carrying out the intelligent plan that is moving to a definite con- summation. We are against an evolutionary theory that would limit God in His own universe, and that would contradict what God has revealed in His Son Jesus Christ. The thing that is clear from a study of the world that we are now in, and from the study of prophecy, is that things are not as they were, and that things are not going to continue as they are, but there is change on every hand, and the only thing that is unchangeable is the will and the purpose of God, which are being carried out through all change and moving toward a con- summation. Jesus says that the consummation of this partic- ular -age is going to be precipitated by His com- ing again, and until that time comes He tells us that there will be wars and rumors of war; nation rising against nation, and kingdom against king- 50 LIGHT ON PROPHECY dom, and that wheat and tares shall grow together until the great day of adjustment. Men said that there could never be a war like this again, but the fact is that there is a war like this. Men said that if a war like this ever came, it could never last very long, but the fact is that it has lasted over three years; and the strange and interesting thing about it is that it has lasted because man took the simplest instruments known to him and brought the great machines of destruction to con- fusion by digging himself into the earth and defy- ing the genius of the twentieth century. So these inferences of men have been defeated because our world is a world of active beings who have the power of choice, and consequently we cannot know just exactly what they are going to do, excepting as it may be revealed to us by some- one who knows the future. We may come to gen- eral conclusions, but no one can speak emphatic- ally regarding these conclusions. What happens depends not on a closed machine but on the choice made by intelligence. Christ, who has lived the only perfect life that has been lived, and who alone can speak as know- ing the mind of God perfectly, says that He is coming again, and that God is going to consum- mate this age in that way. Whose word shall we accept? Christ's word or the critics' word? One more word in conclusion. We ought to study prophecy in these days, not only in order to get the exact mind of God regarding these things, but that they may become great convictions LIGHT ON PROPHECY 51 with us through experiencing them, so that we may be prophets to our day. I do not say proph- ets in the sense that we shall do the exact kind of work that Isaiah and Jeremiah did when they wrote down their messages, but prophets in the sense that we speak for God and from God to our day as they spoke to their day. You remember that Jesus said that "as the Father sent Me into the world, so I send you into the world. ' ; Un- questionably the thing that He had in mind was that, as He was here to speak for the Father and from the Father, so His disciples are in the world to speak for Him and from Him. We are living in a day when men speculate about God, and tell us what they think about God, and what He ought to do, and the way in which He ought to accomplish the tasks undertaken. In this crisis men are not looking for our opinions; they are asking as to whether God has spoken or not. If God has spoken, they want to hear what He has said. If we have a word from God, this is the word to utter. In order to speak the mes- sage of this Book, we must first experience it, for it is not God's message for us until first of all we have accepted it as such and experienced it in our own lives; but, having experienced it, God asks us to go out to the world and speak it for Him and from Him. This is the thing that will bring back the note of authority into preaching and will make our messages living and vital. But we should be very careful that we do not elevate our own inter- pretation into the place of God's Word. The 52 LIGHT ON PROPHECY, facts of God's Word are one thing; our interpre- tations of these facts are quite another thing. The supreme need in this moment is men and women who have the courage to respond to the challenge of the divine truth as revealed by the prophets, and who speak it as a living reality to the bleed- ing heart of a perishing world. I believe that a careful, intelligent, serious study of prophecy under the guidance of the Holy Spirit will make it possible for men to thus speak for God and from God. It will also enable them to brace their minds as Peter literally says, giv- ing them a clear, comprehensive outlook on his- tory that will enable them to be calm and confi- dent in the midst of falling and crumbling nations, and in the throes of all human conflicts as the shadows deepen and the darkness gathers, and men's hearts fail them because of fear. They who are true students of the prophets will stand confident and strong, knowing that God is in all these things moving toward the great consum- mation in which Jesus shall come, fulfilling the dream of prophets and realizing the hope of all true prophecy. Charles L. Huston, Chairman, in introducing Dr. Matthews, said: The next on our program will be an address by Dr. Mark A. Matthews, D.D., Pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Seattle, Washing- ton, and former Moderator of the General As- sembly of the Presbyterian Church, U. S. A. Dr. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 53 Matthews, has, I think it is said, the largest Pres- byterian congregation in the United States in that far Western city. He has come on here from his attendance at the General Assembly in Co- lumbus, in order to help us in this program, and we shall be glad to hear from him. He is affec- tionately known in the West as the "Tall Pine of the Sierras,' ' and we are glad to welcome Dr. Matthews with us. His subject will be "The Doctrine of Our Lord's Eeturn — Is It Safe and Sane, Does It Appeal to Scholars or Only to the Uninformed f" THE DOCTRINE OF OUR LORD'S RETURN Rev. Makk Matthews, D.D. Pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Seattle, Wash- ington. Former Moderator of the General As- sembly of the Presbyterian Church in the United States of America My place on this program is to announce and prove from Scripture the doctrine of the second advent of Jesus Christ. You will notice from the program that I am not privileged to discuss the two phases, features, times, and instances of the second advent of Jesus Christ; but to present to you, based upon Scriptural authority, the fact of His coming. Those of us who have been asked to take part in this program understand that this is to be a teaching program, rather than an inspira- tional program, because what is said here is to be reported to the world. What we say therefore ought to stand, if it is supported by the Word of God, or it ought to fall if it fails to receive the support of the divine, infallible Word. It is said, by the critics of this doctrine, that it is a theory formulated by a certain coterie of people. If it is, then I have no place on this program, but if it is 54 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 55 a doctrine taught by God's infallible Word, then I not only have a right on this program but have authority to say what I shall attempt to say. In order that we may get the whole picture of what I shall undertake to teach, let us begin where the Scriptures say the beginning should be ; Christ was, Christ is, Christ shall be, for ever and for ever. He was with God. The Word which was with God before the beginning became flesh and dwelt among us. That same Word shall in the form in which it ascended dwell among us again. That is a general statement of the doctrine. It is true or it is false. If it is true, it is true because Grod's Word states it. If it is false, it is false because its origin is no higher than human in- tellect or human reasoning. When Jesus Christ came into this world, the Incarnate Son of God, His incarnation guaranteed and made absolutely certain every other step he took and is yet to take. It was impossible for Jesus Christ to take upon Himself human form and remain in that form. Therefore, the incarnation guaranteed and forced the crucifixion. Sometimes men talk as if they doubted the virgin birth of Christ, and at the same time admit that He was crucified on Calvary. If He was crucified on Calvary, then He was, by the Holy Ghost, conceived in the womb of the virgin. He could not have been crucified had He been born of human parents. The incarnation of Jesus Christ guaranteed and forced the crucifixion upon Calvary. Clothed upon, He had to be unclothed. The crucifixion of Christ guaranteed His resurrec- 56 LIGHT ON PROPHECY tion. His resurrection guaranteed His ascension. He said in John 14 :3, "If I go and prepare a place for you, / will come again." Is that not sufficient? The angels said He would come again. Acts 1 :11 : "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." The Holy Ghost said that, and I believe every word Jesus Christ said, and every word Jesus Christ and the Holy Ghost have written. First: Jesus Christ was. He came the first time according to prophecy — why not the second time according to prophecy? If prophecy was correct the first time and was infallible the first time, and was to the most minute detail fulfilled the first time, why not the second time? If prophecy was worthy of literal construction and absolute belief when it spoke of the first advent of Jesus Christ, why is it not now to be literally construed, and why is it not worthy of absolute belief when it speaks of the second advent? If I may, let me talk to my fellow lawyers (as I am a member of the bar of this country), I appeal to you, if the evidence and the witnesses are unim- peached in the first part of the case, how are you going to impeach the same witnesses in the second part of the case? When you have accepted their credibility and admitted their infallibility, and when both have been proven to be true in the first statement, how are you going to discredit them when they speak of the second event in the life of the same person about whom they are testify- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 57 ing? Let us study the prophecy of the first coming : Isaiah 7:14 — "Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a Son, and shall call His name Im- manuel. ' ' Micah 5 :2— < ' At Bethlehem. ' ' All these prophecies I am going to mention are speaking about the movements of Jesus Christ up to and after His first advent. Jeremiah 31 :15 speaks of the "children being killed.' ' Hosea 11:1 — ' ' Called out of Egypt. ' ' Zechariah 9 :9 speaks of His entering into Jerusalem. Psalms 41:9 and 55:12-14 speak of the betrayal. Zechariah 13:7 speaks of His being forsaken by His disciples. Zechariah 11:12 speaks of His being sold for thirty pieces of silver ; Zechariah 11 :13 — the pot- ter 's field bought ; Isaiah 50 :6 — that He would be spit upon and scourged ; Exodus 12 :46 and Psalm 34:20 — that not a bone should be broken; Psalm 69:12 — that gall and vinegar should be given Him; Psalm 22 — that His hands and feet should be pierced and His garments parted. Isaiah 52 told of His sufferings, His rejection, His patience and His death. All these prophecies f ortelling the first coming of Christ were fulfilled to the letter. I am talking about the doctrine based upon the infallibility of God's Word, which infallibility foretold the first coming. Why not believe it when it tells of His premillennial second advent? Now, if you do not believe the second coming doctrine as taught in the Scriptures, then tear out the passages that tell of the first coming. You must take the Bible as a whole and believe it, or 58 LIGHT ON PROPHECY you must be like the Satanic cults and agents of the country — tear it up. Let us apply this rule. HE IS — Where is Jesus Christ now? A while ago, in describing this program, I said that the crucifixion guaranteed the resurrection, the resur- rection guaranteed the ascension, and I left Him in your minds as ascended. Where is the resur- rected Son of God now? First John 2:6— "We have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous." Where is Christ? He is at the right hand of God, making intercession for you and for me. The Bible tells me where He is. I believed the Bible when it told me that He would come the first time; I believe the Bible when it tells me where He is now, and what He is doing now ; and I believe the Bible when it tells me what He is going to do, namely, that He is coming for me. Second: He is coming. He said, "I will come again and receive you unto myself, that where I am, there ye may be also." The Scriptures teach that Jesus Christ is coming. Let me bring the doctrine a little closer, if I may, in the following passages: Luke 1:31-33, inclusive, makes a very strong case. Let us see. The 31st verse says: "And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a Son, and shall call His name Jesus." 32nd: "He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest : and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David/' I believe the 31st and 32nd verses. What I want to know is, why some very learned LIGHT ON PROPHECY 59 people reject the 33rd verse. Listen! "And He shall reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end." Now, if verses 31 and 32, foretelling the first advent, are accepted, why not the 33rd, foretelling the second advent, and what will take place ? Why not accept all three as true? Let us take another step. From the 40th chapter, beginning with the 10th verse, of Isaiah, through chapter 63 to verse 4, you will find Christ's second return fore- told. In these chapters it is stated He will come to execute judgment upon the nations and restore Israel, and they also show the glory that will fol- low in the Davidic kingdom. Now, my friends, there are not two Isaiahs. You know some people get in a condition where they see double. When they get in that condition, if you are talking about worldly people walking the streets, you say they are intoxicated. So, if there are ministers of the gospel who say they see two Isaiahs, I say they have been inoculated by that infamous virus, German rationalism and Ger- man theology, which was prepared by the devil himself. Wny? Because I challenge the real scholarship of the world to produce two Isaiahs. When that scholarship becomes fair and honest and sincere and sees the true divisions of this Book, it will say, the first forty chapters deal with the judgments to come upon Jerusalem and Judah and the nations ; and the last chapters mentioned deal with Christ returning to Israel, restoring the kingdom, and establishing His power for ever, 60 LIGHT ON PROPHECY bringing judgment to the nations and bringing glory to the house of Jacob. That is the correct divi- sion, and every Hebrew scholar knows it. Isaiah 42:1 — "He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles.' ' First Corinthians, 1st chapter, the 7th verse, says, "waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ' ' — "parousia," a personal presence. In Malachi 3:1 — "Behold, I will send my mes- senger, and he shall prepare the way before me. ' ' Now, that part of the verse refers to John the Baptist and is quoted in the New Testament — Matthew 11 :10 — in reference to John the Baptist, but that is not all the verse. The second part of the verse reads: "And the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to His temple, even the mes- senger of the covenant, whom ye delight in; behold, He shall come, saith the Lord of hosts." This part is nowhere quoted in the New Testa- ment and refers to the second coming of Christ, because Malachi in his vision of the advents of Christ speaks of both the first and second advents of Christ in the same general prophecy, using the same general terms as he does in this verse. He refers to the first advent in the first part and to the second advent of Christ in the last part of the verse. In Zechariah 12th to 14th chapters in- clusive, you find one prophecy the general theme of which is the return of our Lord, and the estab- lishment of His kingdom. Study Isaiah 59 :20 for the time of the coming. Study Matthew 24, be- ginning with the 3rd verse, for the description of His coming. Study the three aspects of His re- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 61 turn in Matthew 25, which shows that there will be a testing of profession and of service, and a testing of a Gentile nation. Matthew, my friends, was written to the Jews and is a kingdom book. Eemember that, when you are dealing with it. Jesus Christ said in John 14:2, 3, and in John 14:28— "I will come again." In John 14:16— "I will see you again.' ' There is another great fact — this doctrine is our hope. I speak of the church. It is our hope. Hebrews 9:28 says: "Unto them that look for Him shall He appear the second time without sin unto salvation." He is not coming back to re-enact Calvary, but He is coming back to bring the judgments of Calvary to the nations, and the glory of His atonement to Himself and to His church. His work is not finished yet. First Corinthians 1:7 says, "waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ"; Titus 2:13, "looking for the blessed hope." But somebody is going to say, "These Scriptures you mention tell of the coming of Christ, but Christ has come, and Christ comes every time one is saved, and Christ comes every time a man confesses Him." I am not talking about the vicarious atonement of Jesus as it is applied by the Holy Ghost to the soul of the re- pentant. I am talking about the -second coming, the visible, personal appearance of Christ. That is what the Scriptures I have quoted are talking about. First Thessalonians 4:16 — "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout. ' ' Why did they say ' * The Lord himself" f Put that 62 LIGHT ON PROPHECY little sentence out, if you do not believe the doc- trine ; but you cannot put it out. It is impossible. First Thessalonians 4:16 — "The dead in Christ shall rise first.' ' First Corinthians 15:22-23— "They that are Christ's at His coming." First Thessalonians 4:15 — "We which are alive and re- main unto the coming of the Lord shall not pre- vent them which are asleep. ' ' My friends, Christianity rests its entire claim upon the resurrection of Jesus Christ. You must put out of history the resurrection of Jesus if you would destroy Christianity. The whole world is challenged to destroy Christianity if it can. In order to do it, it must destroy the resurrection of Jesus Christ. Is Christianity supernatural? I point you to the empty tomb. Is Christianity sufficient? I point you to the empty cup. Is Christianity effective? I point you to the empty tomb. Is Christianity destined to rule the world? I point you to the empty tomb ; for the last enemy that shall be destroyed is death, and He who arose from the dead and became the firstfruit guar- anteed that you and I shall arise and shall share in that resurrection and its power. Now, if Christ arose, and no man can deny it, I again challenge the critics who understand handling evidence, and say to them that there is no fact in history more scientifically and legally and divinely established than the resurrection of Jesus Christ. If I did not have the empty tomb and its history, which is infallible evidence, I have the living evidence of men who have been saved because He arose, and LIGHT ON PROPHECY 63 who testify to that fact. Are there Christians in this room? Are there men who know experi- mentally that they have been born again? Are there men who know experimentally Jesus Christ, the Son of God? If there are, then they are in- fallible, living witnesses of the fact that Jesus Christ arose. There is no fact in history more perfectly proven than the resurrection of Christ (1 Cor. 15:12-26). His resurrection made com- pulsory His ascension. His ascension is an abso- lute guarantee of His second advent, for He said, "If I go, I will come again." Christianity is supernatural and infallible, because Jesus Christ, very God of very God, rose from the -dead, as- cended to the Father, and is seated at the right hand of God. The resurrection and ascension guarantee the second coming of Jesus Christ. He came to pre- sent to the world the love of God and to establish His Father's kingdom. God has never been de- feated. He came. They rejected both the King and the kingdom — didn't they? God Almighty has never been defeated. They went further; they said, "We will destroy this man who as- sumes to rule over Caesar, and who calls Himself God," and they, so far as they were concerned, crucified Him. God has never been defeated. They buried Him. They sealed the tomb with the power of the imperial government of Rome. They put a guard at its door. Jesus Christ arose, He was up before the angel announced the fact. The angel did not roll back the stone and let Jesus 64 LIGHT ON PROPHECY arise. He was up before the angel rolled back the stone and told the story. They rejected the kingdom, and Jesus Christ arose from the dead and ascended to the Father. Was He going to leave Himself without a witness in this world? No! What did He do? He said, "I will send a second paraclete," the third Person of the Trinity, the Holy Ghost, to convince the world of sin, of righteousness and judgment. What else? He came to testify to the things Christ came to do for those who love and accept Him. What else? To have in charge the work of regeneration, to take the blood of Christ and create a new creation ; and to build His body, the church. Then on the day of Pentecost the body of Christ began forma- tion, and on that same day the body of the Anti- christ began formation; and the two have been growing together like the tares and the wheat, and will continue so to grow until Christ destroys the tares. What else? Jesus Christ left the church in the world. The kingdom of God is not in the world now. "Lord, teach us to pray." (To whom did Christ teach that prayer? To some Jews who had been converted.) "Thy king- dom come, Thy will be done." That prayer will be prayed in the distant future, and every line will be answered. To-day the church of Jesus Christ is in the world, presenting to man the gospel of Christ as a savour of life to those who believe and savour of death to those who do not believe. Christ must come back to finish the work He began. The kingdom is not here, but these LIGHT ON PROPHECY 65 passages that I have quoted, and passages all through the Bible, say the kingdom of God shall be established. Now, there is one point on which we all agree. The man who does not believe on the coming of Christ talks about the kingdom of God being es- tablished, and the kingdom of God shall be estab- lished, but Christ has fixed the time. It cannot be established now. It cannot be established until the King comes back to establish the kingdom (Dan. 2:44-45). Who is Christ now? He is the High Priest, making the advocate's plea for me. "When will Christ be King of kings and Lord of lords, reigning in absolute sovereignty over the world? When He comes. All of that is based upon the resurrection of Jesus Christ. He came, He was crucified, He was buried, He arose, He as- cended. He will come; and the kingdom will be established. By whom? It will be established at the return of Christ, and by Christ when He returns, and not by the preaching of the gospel. Jesus arose from the dead and sitteth at the right hand of God. The resurrection and ascen- sion guarantee His return. Acts 1:11 — "This same Jesus shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into the heavens." Zechariah 14:4 — "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives.' ' Read Matthew 24:29-30, Mark 13:26, Luke 21:27. Mark 14:64, Matthew 26:64— "We shall see the Son of Man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. ' ' Is that enough? 66 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Zechariah 12:10 — "And they shall look upon Him whom they have pierced.' ' Listen! Zechariah 14:5 — "And the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with Him." First Thessalonians 3:12 — * ' The coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, with all His saints.' ' Third: This hope. The premillennial return of our Lord Jesus Christ is the stabilizing doctrine of the Bible. It produces watchfulness (Matt. 24:42-44). It assures sobriety, seriousness and piety (1 Thess. 5:2-6). It presents consolation, hope and joy (1 Thess. 4:14-18, inclusive). In Titus 2:13 we are taught that, "looking for that blessed hope," we are to grow in grace. My friends, this doctrine is the stabilizing doc- trine of the church and ought to be preached by everyone. I have recited history to prove the his- torical points mentioned, and the Scriptures just cited reveal the fact of the stabilizing, evangeliz- ing effect of this doctrine. Wherever the church of Jesus Christ has been true to His infallible Word, His vicarious atonement and His return, and has unfolded all the steps He has taken and is yet to take, souls have been born and have been daily added to the church. I appeal to the his- tory of the church to prove that whenever she has been true to the gospel of Christ and to His in- fallible Word, she has always prospered. I appeal to your experience. Wherever ministers of the gospel have preached Christ and Him crucified, and have indoctrinated the people, their pews have been filled and their ministry has been LIGHT ON PROPHECY 67 honored of God. Wherever they have preached philosophy and a "social program,' ■ made by Pharisees and unregenerate parasites, they have found death in the pews and cobwebs in their church buildings. No minister nor church can prosper when God and His infallible Word, the deity of His Son, the vicarious atonement and His blessed return have been left out of the preaching. History proves the truthfulness of that statement. Christianity is the life of Christ revealed in the life of the redeemed, under the control and direction of the Holy Ghost. Men ask, "Can you explain how men are born, regenerated, saved and join the church at every servicer' Cer- tainly! That is the purpose of the preaching of the gospel of Jesus Christ; that is the reason the church doors are opened and the gospel is preached. The minister is fishing for souls. I have often wondered why some preachers preach. They do not seem to be fishing for souls. Some preachers amuse me very much. Generally speak- ing, the best people on the earth are the ministers. They are the least appreciated, the most under- paid, and the most over-educated crowd on earth. (You laugh at that. I was sincere.) But I have often wondered why men stand up and preach a nice little essay they have made, and then (did you ever watch them?) they close the Bible and say, "Let us sing"; and after a short prayer and benediction they go out quietly to their homes. Did you ever see a service like that ? My friends, 68 LIGHT ON PROPHECY it is a crime against the unsaved man in the pew for you to close your sermon, if you preach a gospel sermon, without making an appeal for men to accept Christ. It is a crime against the unsaved man for you to close your service without making an appeal for him to accept Christ as his personal Saviour and confess Him before men. "Oh," some min- isters say, "we open the doors of the church at communion service once in every three months." In other words, you are fishing twice a day every Sunday and after you have caught a few minnows they must dangle on the hook until next com- munion day. Why aren't you just as fair as you are with the fish when you are really fishing out here in the creek? You waste too much time with worms and not enough with the gospel. If you caught a trout you would take him off your hook, wouldn't you? You aren't fishing for the science and pleasure of reeling in the cord, are you? You are fishing to catch fish. Jesus Christ said, "I put you in the world to preach the gospel." What is the gospel? Christ. Not your theory of Christ, but Christ. There is too much sermoniz- ing and not enough Bible-izing. Preach Christ and Him crucified. It will produce conviction, and conversion, and regeneration at every -service. He put the church in the world to do the evangelizing until He comes to establish the kingdom. His second coming is a stabilizing doctrine. This doctrine produces watchfulness. It produces sacrifice. It produces love and consolation. Is LIGHT ON PROPHECY 69 there a truth in all this world that hangs over the battlefield of Europe with such consolation as this truth? I heard Sir George Adam Smith, one of the great Hebrew scholars of the world, say: "We have gone astray, and some of us very far, but since the war the resurrection of Jesus Christ is nearer and dearer to us than ever before, and the field of carnage is illumined by the light that comes streaming from God's Word because He arose from the dead." Friends, Christ said He would come ; and that the dead in Christ shall rise first. Come, Lord Jesus, and bring the redeemed dead to life again ! The casualty lists will come. Eemember to go to your Word, to the unfailing Word of God, to the empty tomb, and to this blessed hope, for He will bring your boy safely back on the morning of the resurrection, if he was a Christian, a resurrected and glorified saint to meet the Lord in the air. I am asked to speak of the types. In the Old Testament from Eden to Calvary we had the altar. The altar unfolded three infallible facts — three! First: Every time a sacrifice was made, it testified to the depravity of man. Second: Every time a sacrifice was made, it testified to the inefficiency and to the weakness and failure of law to save. Third: Every time a sacrifice was made, it pointed to the sacrifice to be made on Calvary. Now, that is what the altar taught in the Old Testament. In the New Testament Jesus Christ from Calvary to the kingdom established a communion table. First Corinthians 11 :26 says — 70 LIGHT ON PROPHECY "For as often as ye eat this bread and drink this cup ye do show the Lord's death till He come." It makes me happy to serve the communion. He left the communion table as an infallible evidence of His certain, physical, personal, visible, tangible return. He is coming in person. He is coming in bodily form. He is coming in glory. He is com- ing for His saints. He is coming with His saints to establish the kingdom. Does the communion table say: "Do this in remembrance of Me until the whole world is converted f" No. Till every- body who belongs to the church has wings? No. But, "Till I come and raise the dead and change the living and catch them up to meet the Lord in the air." "We shall see Him, know Him, and dwell with Him here and hereafter, and in the new heavens, for ever and for ever. Addkess of Hon. Henky B. F. Macfarland In a leaflet of the pre-Conference literature, "The Testimony of the Centuries to the Coming of Christ,' ' there appeared a quotation from the old philosopher Plato, who twenty-five hundred years ago said: "It is necessary that a Lawgiver be sent from heaven to instruct. Oh, how greatly do I desire to see that man, and who he is. ' ' That the ancient heathen philosopher has many suc- cessors to-day, uninstructed in our "more sure LIGHT ON PROPHECY 71 Word of prophecy/ ' was evident from the state- ment of Hon. Henry B. F. Macfarland, of Wash- ington, D. C, who presided at the Tuesday even- ing session of the Conference. The statement is significant, coming from one of the ablest secular journalists of the country. Mr. Macfarland spent many of the earlier years of his career in the Senate and House press gal- leries in the nation's capitol, and there were few men on the floors below him enacting the nation's laws, who would not have admitted that he was the peer of the ablest of them. He was honored of the famous Gridiron Club, and was perhaps the dean of the National Press Club when he re- tired from journalism to practice law at the Washington bar, and to become a Commissioner of the District of Columbia. He is at present president of the Eed Cross in Washington. Mr. Macfarland said, in part: "Because I am a layman and know what many laymen are now thinking, may I say that the war has changed the thought of the whole world. When the war came, the intelligent world thought that it was going ahead in a constant improvement which would bring in its own millennium, a word which most people used without the slightest idea of where it came from or what it meant. Under the leader- ship of men of science and philosophy, and, in most cases, of men in Germany, somehow or other, by a process of education, of evolution, we were to have a constantly improving world in which presently peace would reign. There were those 72 LIGHT ON PROPHECY who thought that it would be necessary to provide for the judicious settlement of international dis- putes, and others who thought that it must be done by a federation or a league of nations that would enforce peace. Unquestionably the work- ing theory of many intelligent public men in this and in all countries was that we should go on and on and on in a constant process of improvement to make the world better, and to finally bring about a state of universal peace, education, en- lightenment and justice. Now all that has been shattered. Men of that type are now endeavoring to form a new theory, to readjust their minds to the startling facts which reveal the absolute fal- sity of that old theory, facts that disclose the real character of Germany, which was regarded by some of them as the leader in this process of civili- zation. Now they are all seeking, more or less distinctly and consciously, for a new working theory of life. "Many of them are not religious men. They are not men whom we, who belong to the church, would consider as being Christians, but they are serious minded patriots; world minded patriots; looking and inquiring, as men were looking and inquiring in Rome and Greece when Jesus came the first time to the world. Though there may be a veil before their faces, though they may not read what is written in the Word, there is unques- tionably in the minds of many of them, as it is revealed in private conversation, a hope that out of all this terrible storm may come a new order, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 73 which shall be better than anything they have dreamed; and it is very significant that many of them are looking to an appearing of God, as the only One who can help — mankind being at the end of its power — coming as the only One who can drive away the storm, make peace in the world, reconstruct the world's society and bring good out of overwhelming evil. Now, what is that, my dear friends, but the very thought which we consciously hold, the blessed hope of the glorious appearing of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ? John R. Mott confirmed my own experience and impres- sions when, returning from one of his recent journeys to Europe, he said to me: ' There is no hope in man; our only hope is in a miracle. It is a very significant thing that, while so little is being said in the pulpits, so much is being said in the pews, in the offices and in dinner conversa- tions by laymen and laywomen, of their hope that the Lord Himself may return to set all things right. ' "But in whatever way men and women are thinking of this great teaching about the future — as fundamentally important as the first coming, the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ — cer- tainly it is the most important subject before the American people and the world today." Rev. George H. Dowkontt conducted the devo- tional services, at the close of which the Chairman introduced Dr. William B. Riley. THE GREATEST QUESTION CHRIST EVER ASKED Rev. Wm. B. Riley, D.D. Pattor of the First Baptist Church of Minneapolis, Minn., and President of the Northwest Bible School, Bible teacher and lecturer Mr. Chairman, Brethren and Sisters : I am very happy to address this audience, and to bring to yon the theme announced for the evening. I want, however, preliminary to its discussion, to remind you of the context as well as the text suggested by this subject, and you will permit me to read some verses from the 16th chapter of the Gospel according to Matthew, verses 13 to 20. "When Jesus came into the coasts of Caesarea Philippi, He asked His disciples, saying, Whom do men say that I the Son of man am? And they said, Some say that Thou art John the Baptist; some, Elias; and others, Jeremias, or one of the prophets. He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. And Jesus answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jona : for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but My Father which 74 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 75 is in heaven. And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven : and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. Then charged He His disciples that they should tell no man that He was Jesus the Christ." It was as Jesus approached Caesarea Philippi that He, with His little company, halted; prob- ably to rest a few minutes from a weary journey, and, possibly, to receive and take the next meal. While waiting, He snatched the opportunity for some further instruction of those first students in the true "Christ's College." Like all great teachers, He questioned; and, like the wise teacher, He prepared His questions with reference to their progress in study and understanding. The time of His decease at Jeru- salem was not far away, and that it might be properly understood and sanely interpreted, they must properly understand Him and sanely inter- pret Him. Hence the question, "Whom do men say that I the Son of man am?" Beyond controversy, this is the greatest ques- tion Christ ever asked. The question, with Peter's reply and Jesus' remarks, involves the three cen- tral facts of the New Testament Scriptures. These facts might take the form of themes, and be expressed in three phrases, around which every 76 LIGHT ON PROPHECY word uttered, from Matthew 1 : 1 to Rev. 22 : 21, clusters and circulates. They would be these : the Christ of God, the church of God, and the king- dom of God. The order of their statement is the order of their appearance in Scripture, and sug- gests also the program inspiration follows in the development of the themes themselves. THE CHRIST OF GOD He was the occasion of this question of the centuries. "Whom do men say that I the Son of man am?" Before that question all others pale; even the most important ones seem insig- nificant indeed. To that question, there are three answers that claim attention, at least upon the ground of age : the answer of natural reason, the answer of scien- tific research, and the answer of divine revelation. THE ANSWER OF NATURAL REASON! Possibly the most ancient exponent of this was Satan himself. Whether he actually doubted the Deity of Christ, not recognizing Him when first he saw Him in the flesh, we do not know; but certain it is that in the wilderness, following our Lord's baptism, he called into question every essential feature of His deity. He questioned His power to work miracles, and proffered Him a stone to be turned into bread as a test, he questioned His captaincy of the an- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 77 gelic host, and dared Him to cast himself down and give proof of their allegiance in the swiftness of their descent from heaven to suspend Him in mid-air, and he questioned his inheritance of the earth — or his final lordship, in the same, and asserted a self ownership. The leading modern exponent of this reply was Strauss. In the last century that great skeptic gave to the world his mythical theory of Jesus, contending that no such person, as pictured in the New Testament, ever lived, save in the minds of the imaginative apostolate. Matthew, Mark, Luke and John, Peter, Paul and others "materialized Him out of the star dust of their Messianic hopes and training.' ' As one expresses the Strauss con- ception, by that infatuation which sometimes be- falls men, as a result of an inordinate affection for a natural leader, they magnified a plain peas- ant into a god of all grace and power, and, by a process of corporate scheming, palmed Him off on the world as a supernatural being. The weakness of the modern mind, and the in- tellectual incapacity of some modern ministers, was never more clearly demonstrated than by the fact that Strauss' irrational explanation has been so widely received. The time came, however, when the more thoughtful doubters reached the logical conclusion that the disciples of Jesus were no more able to invent such a character as the Christ of the Gos- pels, than they were to create the character itself. Beyond dispute, one colossal figure has crossed 78 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the centuries, and that figure is Christ. Who is He? This fact gave rise to the second reply. IT IS THE ANSWEK OF SCIENTIFIC KESEARCH ! That answer is in line with what some said, even in Jesus' time. Peter reports their opinion of Jesus after this manner: "He is John the Baptist, or Elias, or Jeremias, or one of the prophets. " They had seen too much of Him ; they had studied Him too carefully; they had exam- ined His conduct and character too scientifically, to join in the Strauss-skeptic reply. The true scientist tries conscientiously never to ignore facts! Even so long ago as Christ's time, honest students saw that, while He looked like a man, and behaved like a man, He was both in appearance and accomplishment more than the ordinary man. They deemed that He was at least such as John, or even Elias, or Jeremias. How modern that sounds ! How much in line with the clerical skeptic of this day! A modern religious leader consents that Jesus was not an ordinary man, but seeks to explain Him by saying, "He is only a man; yet He is the only Man." That paradox, however, while seek- ing a way of escape, puts its author into much more perplexing questions still. We cannot overlook its utter lack of logic. The poet says, "If Christ were a man, And only a man, I say, That, of all mankind, I would cleave to Him, And to Him would I cleave alway!" LIGHT ON PROPHECY 79 If Christ was a man and only a man, He is a dead man; and those who lean on Him lean on one who long since failed. If Christ was a man and only a man, He was a deceiving man, for He said, "I and My Father are one," and the de- ceiver is always an insufficient support. If Christ was a man and only a man, He is un- worthy of worship and to cleave to Him always is a violation of the first commandment. The skeptical scientist of the present moment likes to style himself an advanced thinker. He makes the same answer now that the scribe and Pharisee (the learned men of two millenniums ago) made then. His answer involves Mary in harlotry, Joseph in fornication, makes Jesus a bastard, leaves the church without an explanation and the kingdom of God without promise or pros- pect. But that Christ was not content with such a reply is evident in the fact that He pressed His disciples for yet another answer, and by Peter's lips it was voiced. THAT WAS THE ANSWER OF DIVINE REVELATION Simon Peter said, "Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. ' ' Jesus told him that that was the greatest thought he had ever had since his birth. It was not the flash of wit; it was not the expression of genius; it was not the speech of the clever ; it was a revelation from God. Like all other good and perfect gifts, that knowledge 80 LIGHT ON PROPHECY came down from above. Peter was at his best when he made that reply. But the human voice is only at its best when it expresses the divine mind. Someone says, "How do we know this is the divine mind?" Our reply is, Because in accord with the divine Word; in accord with the prophecy, "The Seed of the woman shall bruise the serpent's head"; in accord with the statement, "Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a Son, and shall call His name Immanuel"; in accord with the announcement of Gabriel, "Fear not, Mary : for thou hast found favor with God. And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a Son, and shalt call His name Jesus;" in accord with the angel's statement to Joseph, "Fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife : for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost"; in accord with the divine voice to Mary, "The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee : therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God"; in accord with the life He lived, the death He died, the resurrection He accomplished, the ascen- sion that occurred before the eyes of hundreds. Ah, Peter, God made to you the revelation of the ages! He was — He is "the Christ, the Son of the living God!" To deny that is to leave His birth, His life, His death, His ascension with- out explanation! To deny that is to dispute the history of the rise and growth and power of the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 81 Christian church, and to deny that is to put one 's self in opposition to the promised kingdom to come, with this Prince of Peace in the place of power. Certainly, one day, men who still believe in the authority of the sacred Scripture, will cease from denying the virgin birth, the attested miracles, the matchless words, the sacrificial death, the cer- tain resurrection, the glorious ascension, and even the promised second coming of the Christ, for if the Scriptures have any weight, any value, they testify to all these as they testify to Peter's dec- laration that He was "the Son of God." So much, then, for the first portion of the text, the Christ of God. Let us turn now to the second portion of the text. THE CHURCH OF GOD "I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my church ; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it." The church of God rests upon the divine Christ. It was not Peter upon whom the church was built, or it would have crumbled when they crucified Him. It was not even Peter's confession, "Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God"; for a mere statement is not sufficient for a foundation stone. It was the fact to which Peter replied, namely, that Jesus was the Christ, the Son of the living God; for facts are sufficient and stable. Upon that foundation-fact — the deity of Christ — 82 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the church stands, and upon that the church will for ever stand. You cannot build a church upon any other basis ! You can construct a house and call it a church; you can gather the people into Borne sort of an assembly, and call it a church; you can get the newspapers to say it is a church ; but you do injustice to the biblical term. A house and an assembly do not necessarily mean a church. Where Christ is not honored as God, there can be no church. The Millennial Dawnites cannot build a church; they deny that Jesus is the equal of the Father, calling Him "creature" instead of "Creator." Christian Scientists can never build a church; they deny that Christ is God, and call Him either that "Great Teacher" or "Truth." Unitarians can never build a church; they have left out of their airy fabric the only adequate foundation Stone. These, and others that might be mentioned, construct houses and call them churches; but they rest upon the sand, and are destined to go down in that dis- tressing storm which will surely sweep the earth, and illustrate for us the fact that ' * other founda- tion can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ." One has said, "When Milton speaks of the * earth's base as built on stubble,' he describes the attempt of those who set Christ, the very Son of God, aside, and then seek to build a church." Superficial and thoughtless men are always liable to be deceived by appearances. One passes a street and sees a house built in churchly form, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 83 and folks entering it with demure mien, and, standing up together, they read the Scriptures, and render songs, and pass out, at its close, in perfect decorum; and he says, "That is a church !" Not if it rests on any other foundation than Christ, the Son of God. It may have the form of a church, but it is without the power of it ; it may have the lines of a church, but it is with- out its life ! Dr. Jefferson has said, l i The difference between a pool and a spring is that a spring is fed from within, while a pool is fed from without.' ' That is the very difference between the true church and the counterfeit. Every counterfeit church lives as a parasite lives, by sucking its very existence from the life of another body ; it takes in, and con- tinues its existence as a pool does ; it never over- flows and refreshes the world as a spring does. Where did the Millennial Dawn movement get its membership? Whence do Christian Science churches bring their recruits? How does Unita- rianism manage to live at all? None of them make converts from the world, by seeing men and women regenerated — saved from sin; they draw upon other churches as a pool draws upon a foun- tain; and they have their existence only because the church that has accepted Jesus Christ as the Son of God has power to make converts, power to overflow as a spring overflows, power to con- tribute to every piece of low ground about it as a spring makes contribution, power to fill up the pools and save them from utter and even foul 84 LIGHT ON PROPHECY stagnation, by pouring fresh streams into them. It ought not to be difficult, then, for one to tell whether he is connected with a church of Christ, or with an institution that has stolen the livery of heaven to serve the devil in. But mark the second fact here stated concern- ing the church: THE GATES OF HELL SHALL NOT PREVAIL AGAINST IT. Death has claimed the bodies of the saints for centuries ; it is claiming them now with every tick of the clock; it comes as a demon, determined to depopulate the church ; it gathers to its rapacious maw the minister to-day ; it strikes down the dea- con to-morrow; on the third day it will lay low the noblest woman who ever graced the member- ship of the local body of believers; and the day* after it will throttle the life of the child who con- fessed Christ but yesterday; and one who looks upon this devilish, devastating work might im- agine that the church of Jesus Christ would, at least, perish before this persistent enemy! But no ! The birth-rate of those begotten by the Spirit has forever exceeded the death-rate of the re- deemed ; and we have the sure promise of the Son of God that it will for ever remain so. Tertullian was one day addressing the Roman officials, and he voiced that fact when he said, "We are but of yesterday; and yet we have filled every place belonging to you; cities, islands, cas- tles, towns, assemblies, your very camps, your LIGHT ON PROPHECY 85 tribes, companies, palace, senate, forum ; we leave you your temples only." Truly, of Christ, the Head of the church, it has been written, "He walks down the centuries with the tread of the Conqueror, and, though nineteen hundred years have passed since He died on the cross, in all these centuries He has been lifting empires off their hinges, and turning the stream of history into new channels.' ' Emerson was right, there- fore, when he said, "His name is ploughed into the world." Renan was right when he remarked, "His life has been made a corner-stone in the building of the race." Lecky was right when he declared, * ' The simple record of three short years of His active life has done more to regenerate and to soften mankind than all the disquisitions of philosophers, and all the exhortations of moral- ists." He who conquered in the regions of the sea of Galilee, and called to Himself the thou- sands upon the great Mediterranean, is still call- ing to Himself thousands by the great Atlantic and on the shores of the great Pacific; and His influence is felt in every continent of the world, and His conquests increase with every passing day. It must be evident even to the unthinking that He is making good to His church His word, "The gates of hell shall not prevail against thee." I pity the men who have linked their fortunes to a failing enterprise! I find a justifiable pride and an unspeakable pleasure in the fact that I linked my life to Jesus Christ, and allied my fortunes with that of an institution, the success of which 86 LIGHT ON PROPHECY is as sure as the Word of God, and the sweep of which is as wide as the world itself Premillennialists have been charged with a dec- laration of the failure of the church. It is a false indictment! In the divine program the church has had a place; and it is filling it, and will not fail. But that place was not the final place in the divine scheme of the world's redemption. That belonged, rather, to THE KINGDOM OF GOD Is not the progress marked in this Scripture both marvelous and suggestive — the Christ of God, first; the church of God, second; the king- dom of God, last. Listen! "I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatso- ever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven. Then charged He His disciples that they should tell no man that He was Jesus the Christ.' ' From the concluding Scripture, three sugges- tions : Christ has authority in the kingdom, of God. Christ, who is "Head over all" to the church by divine appointment, is also Lord of the king- dom. As the man who carries all the keys to the house, is master of the same, so Jesus of Naza- reth — God manifest in the flesh — is to be natural Master in that kingdom where all potentates shall fall before Him, and all nations shall serve Him. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 87 As one reflects upon this text, he wonders if there is not this further suggestion here. You will remember that Paul teaches that " flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God" (1 Cor. 15:50), and immediately explains by re- minding us that when the kingdom comes it will be made up of "incorruptible" and "immortal" men — men who, through His reappearance, have conquered against death, and have been changed in a moment from mortal to immortal, and men who, though dead, by the same event shall have been brought back in body, changed from the cor- ruptible to the incorruptible (1 Cor. 15:51-57). Christ Himself is the King that brings men from the bondage of mortality to the freedom of immortality, and from beyond the bars of death to the liberty of an everlasting life; and He fits them alike for place, privilege and power in the kingdom. Is not that the very significance of what John saw in the Patmos vision? On the part of Christian believers there is universal agreement that he had a vision of Jesus in His glory, and when he saw Him, he looked upon "One like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And he had in His right hand seven stars : and out of His mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and 88 LIGHT ON PROPHECY His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And he laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last: I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and death' ' (Rev. 1:12-18). "I have the keys' of helV — the word means " hades' ' or "the grave — the place of the dead" — "and of death." Yes, He holds the keys to both ! He can bring the Elijahs out of the prison house of mortality; and He can bring the Laza- ruses from beyond the bars of corruption; and when these types have been multiplied in the last living, or buried, believer, the kingdom of heaven will have come; not to be inherited by flesh and blood, as the church of God is constituted, but to be made up of the "immortal' ' and the "in- corruptible,' ' as God has ordained from the first, and as His ruling Son shall finally order. In that kingdom He will share office with the saints. To Peter, at first, He said, "I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven; and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven"; but at that moment He was speaking to Peter as a representative only; to Peter as a spokesman for the disciples. Turn but a single page in your New Testament and Jesus is speaking to His disciples, and to the whole company of them he said, "Verily I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven : and whatsoever ye shall loose LIGHT ON PROPHECY 89 on earth shall be loosed in heaven' ' (Matt. 18:18). Dr. John Monroe Gibson, commenting in the Expositor's Bible upon this passage, says, "When the Master's voice shall be silent, the voice of the rock disciple shall have the same au- thority to bind and to loose, to regulate church offices, as if He Himself were with them." But, unfortunately for such a comment, it misses the main point of both prophecy and history. His- torically, Peter had no such power, else Paul would not have successfully withstood him con- cerning his mistake; and from the Scripture standpoint, let it be understood that this was never spoken at all with reference to the church. When the statement was made to Peter, the king- dom was the subject of discussion ; and when the promise was made to all the disciples, the king- dom still remained the subject of which the Mas- ter was speaking. Scripture has a marvelous habit of harmonizing with Scripture, and in these sacred pages you will never find the church and the kingdom confused. Peter was given no special power in the church; the Papacy, therefore, have missed the whole point of the Master's promise; and, in imagining that the keys of the church were hung at the girdle of Peter, they have in- dulged in a monstrous assumption, involving at least two mistakes. The first is, that this promise was ever restricted to Peter; it was first spoken to him, but only a little later to all the disciples (Matt. 18:18). Among his brethren, Christ is no respecter of persons. The second mistake is to 90 LIGHT ON PROPHECY apply it to the church when it was promised for the kingdom. Having gotten the correct perspective, behold how the Scriptures harmonize ! Even the Old Testament prophets declare that, in the day of the Lord, saviours and judges should come upon Mount Zion; the New Testament tells us how this will be fulfilled, for Christ promised those who were to follow Him in the regeneration that they should reign with Him, and His apos- tolic company enjoyed special promise in this matter. To them Jesus said, "Ye are they which have continued with Me in My temptations. And I appoint unto you a kingdom, as My Father hath appointed unto Me ; that ye may eat and drink at My table in My kingdom, and sit on thrones judg- ing the twelve tribes of Israel' ' (Luke 22: 28-30). This Scripture provides no basis whatever for papal priesthood; and none whatever for the Catholic confessional ! It relates to that day when judgment will have come to the world, and when the saints shall share with Jesus in determining whose sins are remitted, and whose are retained ; and who shall be bound and consigned to everlast- ing punishment, and who shall be received into eternal life (Matt. 25:46). The Biblical distinc- tion between the church period and the kingdom period brings to instructed believers a blessed suggestion. Concerning the church, no believer has a right to be discouraged: "the gates of hell shall not prevail against it." But, anticipating the kingdom, every instructed believer should be buoyant with the assurance that it will prevail LIGHT ON PROPHECY 91 against death and hades, for when the kingdom shall come, death will have no more dominion over God's people, and the believer's grave will be instantly robbed of its last inmate; and the im- mortal and the incorruptible, robed in the glory of new life, shall shine forth as the sun in the king- dom of their father. "Who hath ears to hear, let him hear' ' (Matt. 13:43). It is a remarkable speech with which this sen- tence is followed and this study is closed : ' ' Then charged He His disciples that they should tell no man that He was Jesus the Christ." The kingdom, consummated, Christ will efface His official self. Here we have a suggestion that becomes a symbol, a statement that takes on the proportions of a type! Run through your New Testament and see how often it is recorded that Christ wrought a great work and then effaced Himself from the public scrutiny. He wanted the glory to be given to God, His Father. His whole plan is that that should be the final effect of His ministry. In the fifteenth chapter of First Co- rinthians, Paul, writing by the pen of inspiration, tells us that when He has rendered the last ser- vice He came to perform, namely, that of having put down "all rule and all authority and power," and having abolished death itself, which is the last enemy — that when all things shall be subjected to Him; when all saints, and all angels, will be ready to break forth in praises beyond anything He has heard or known in the eternity of the past ; at that very time, He will efface Himself again, 92 LIGHT ON PROPHECY having turned all over to God the Father, "that God may be all in all." When I contemplate Christ's character in the light of Christ's conduct, past and future; when I look upon the church and remember that it is but the expression of His love ; when I anticipate the kingdom and remember it will be all by His power and by His will; when I see Him at last Conqueror over the whole world, standing before God, angels, men, and devils, resplendent, glori- ous, triumphant; and then, while I look, he sud- denly effaces Himself, that His Father may have all the honor, He looms so large that I cannot refrain my lips, and I marvel not that believers break forth, from time to time, in singing: "All hail the power of Jesus's name! Let angels prostrate fall! Bring forth the royal diadem, And crown Him Lord of all. "Crown Him, ye morning stars of light, Who fixed this earthly ball ! Now hail the strength of Israel's might, And crown Him Lord of all. 'Ye chosen seed of Israel's race, Ye ransomed from the fall; Hail Him who saves you by His grace, And crown Him Lord of all. 'Sinners, whose love can ne'er forget The wormwood and the gall, Go spread your trophies at His feet, And crown Him Lord of all. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 93 "Let every kindred, every tribe, On this terrestrial ball, To Him all majesty ascribe, And crown Him Lord of all. "Oh, that with yonder sacred throng We at His feet may fall! We'll join the everlasting song, And crown Him Lord of all." Ah, Peter, you were right ! He is the Christ, the Son of the living God ! DID THE CROSS OF CHRIST FULFIL ALL THE PROMISES? Pastor William L. Pettingill Dean of the Philadelphia School of the Bible; pastor of North Church at Wilmington, Delaware; author of "Simple Studies in Romans" "Simple Studies in the Revelation" etc. In the 8th and the 9th verses of the 15th chap- ter of the Epistle to the Romans it is written: "Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God, to confirm the promises made unto the fathers : and that the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy. ' ' Our Lord's purpose in coming to the world is here shown to be threefold: First, He came for the truth of God. Second, He came to confirm the promises made unto the fathers. Third, He came in order that the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy. I. Our Lord Jesus Christ came, first of all, for the truth of God. The word "truth" here might better be read, "truthfulness." He came to dem- onstrate the truthfulness and righteousness of His Father; He came to show that God was 94 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 95 "not a man that He should lie." He came to manifest that all that God had said should be done, and that all God's ways are right ways. It was needful that the Lord Jesus Christ should come to the earth for that purpose, even if there had been no other purpose. If no one was to live on the earth after the cross had been set up and the blood of the Son of God had been shed, it was still needful that that cross should be set up and that that blood should be shed. In Eomans 3:25 it is written that the Lord Jesus Christ came in order to show the righteous- ness of God "in the passing over of sins done aforetime, in the forbearance of God. ' ' For thou- sands of years there had been going on what seemed to be a continual scandal, with reference to God's forgiveness of sins. God was apparently forgiving sins on inadequate grounds, and for unrighteous reasons. The blood of bulls and goats cannot take away sins, and yet God seemed to be forgiving sins on account of the blood of bulls and goats. Now, as a matter of fact, the blood of bulls and goats never took away sins; the blood of bulls and goats never furnished God with a righteous reason for forgiving a single sin. It is not true that men were forgiven in olden times by reason of the blood of lambs, and rams, and bullocks. It seemed to be true, but it was not. The seeming of it to be true made God seem to be unrighteous. The Lord Jesus Christ was ordained from before the foundation of the world to die on a certain day on the brow of Calvary in order 96 LIGHT ON PROPHECY that God might righteously forgive sins; and iri olden times God was passing over sins, not on account of the blood of bulls and goats, but on account of the blood to which the blood of bulls and goats pointed, the blood typified by the blood of bulls and goats. God was forgiving sins be- cause, in His reckoning from before the foun- dation of the world, the Lamb of God was already slain; and it was needful, in order that the right- eousness of God might be manifested in the pass- ing over of sins done aforetime, that Jesus should come and die on the cross of Calvary. The same thing is stated again in Hebrews 9, where, in verse 15, it is shown that our Lord Jesus' death was, in part at least, "for the re- demption of transgressions that were under the old testament. ' ' He died then for Adam and Eve, and the rest of the Old Testament folks, as well as for you, and for me, and for "whosoever will." He was "the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world" (1 Jno. 2:2). Our Lord Jesus, when He died on the cross, did a work that reached away back into the past even to Eden, and also reached away down into the future, even to the last man that shall live in the world. He died for all, and in God's reckoning, therefore, all died; and He died for all, that they which live should not hence- forth' live unto themselves, but unto Him who died for them and rose again (2 Cor. 5:15). Our Lord Jesus Christ was a Minister of the circumcision for the truth of God — for the truth- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 97 fulness of God. It was therefore necessary, as we have seen, that he should die on the cross of Cal- vary in order to manifest the truthfulness and righteousness of His Father. II. Our Lord Jesus Christ came down from heaven to confirm the promises made unto the fathers. The text says that He was a Minister of the circumcision: that is to say, His ministry had to do primarily with the circumcised nation, His people Israel. Certain great and wonderful promises had been made to Israel, and our Lord Jesus came, as the text shows, to confirm those promises. Most of the promises made unto the fathers were made unto fathers in Israel. It is true that there were promises made even before the days of Israel; but most of the promises were made to that nation after that nation had come into existence. The question is asked to-night, whether, by His death on the cross, our Lord Jesus fulfilled all the promises. He did not. But He did, by His death on the cross and by his testimony while here upon earth, con- firm all the promises. In 2 Peter 1:19 we read that "we have also a more sure Word of prophecy." Or, as the Eevision has it, "we have the Word of prophecy made more sure"; that is, confirmed. The word of prophecy has been "made more sure," or confirmed, in two ways: first, by the fulfilment of much of it, and, second, by our Lord's testimony as to the ulti- mate fulfilment of the remainder of it. Now, the Word of prophecy includes " the promises 98 LIGHT ON PROPHECY made unto the fathers" which our Lord came to confirm. He confirmed them, first, by fulfilling many of them; and He confirmed them, in the second place, by reiterating all of them. In Luke 24:44, our Lord Jesus declared that all things which were written in the Law, and in the Prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning Him, must be fulfilled. When He made use *)f that ex- pression, "the Law and the Prophets and the Psalms," He was referring, as all His hearers knew, to the whole of the Old Testament, which Old Testament was made up then, as it is made up now, of thirty-nine books, precisely the same thirty-nine books as we now have in the Old Testament. They were arranged in different order, but they were the same thirty-nine books, without any change whatever. In that passage, Luke 24:44, as well as in the 27th verse of the same chapter, our Lord Jesus Christ signed His name to the whole of the Old Testament, as the Word of God; and the endorsement of Jesus Christ is worth more to us than the endorsement of all the men in the wide world beside. We believe God. He fulfilled many of the promises. And He fulfilled them in a certain way. He always ful- filled them literally. And the fact that He so fulfilled them gives us an unmistakable clue to promises yet remaining unfulfilled. People are having much controversy in these days about the matter of interpretation of prophecy. There are those who say that prophecy is not to be taken LIGHT ON PROPHECY 99 literally and that we are not to look for its literal fulfilment; but the fact is that very much prophecy has already been fulfilled, and that not one word of prophecy has ever been fulfilled other- wise than with absolute literalness. For an ex- ample, let us look at a passage in the 3rd chapter of Hosea, the 4th and 5th verses of that chapter, concerning the people of Israel. Part of that pas- sage has been fulfilled, and part of it remains unfulfilled. All the fulfilment has been with ex- act literalness; and so, of course, we expect the rest of the prophecy to be fulfilled literally. Let us look at that Word of that prophecy to-night. It has to do with the circumcision, with the chil- dren of Israel. Hosea lived and preached about the same time as Isaiah. He tells us in the open- ing of his book that he prophesied during the reigns of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah, the very same kings named by Isaiah in his prophecy. This was nearly 800 years before Christ, when the words that Hosea uttered were very improbable, very incredible, absolutely unbelievable, from a human standpoint. Listen to what he says: 1. "For the children of Israel shall abide many days without a king." You remember how they lusted after a king, how they desired a king. Well, almost anybody can have a king who wants one. Even a band of gypsies can have a king. And when a nation wants a king so badly that it fights against God until He gives it a king in His wrath, and then afterward gives it a king of His own 100 LIGHT ON PROPHECY choosing; when to this king of His own choosing God has promised a seed that shall never come to an end; and when this king of God's own choosing has been succeeded by a line of kings which still occupies the throne after the lapse of centuries, it seems most unreasonable, most incredible, that there should come a time when this people should " abide many days without a king." But what has happened? For 2,500 years Israel has had no king of her own. And yet Israel is a nation, a great and powerful nation, to-day. Without a land, driven out of her own land. She has a land, indeed, given to her by God, with a title that no man can finally set aside, but men have driven her out of her land ; and for 1,900 years not even a remnant of Israel was allowed in that land. I say, Israel is a great and numerous people, but it has already dwelt "many days without a king." 2. The preacher did not stop there. He went on and said that during this time, during the "many days" referred to, this nation should also be "without a prince." You would suppose that if the nation did not have a king, it would then have a prince, under the sovereignty of some king. And, indeed, so it was for a little time with this nation; but that time long since has passed and the nation now for "many days" has been "without a prince." 3. Hosea goes further. He says that during this time he is talking about the children of Israel should be "without a sacrifice." You know that this nation began with a sacrifice. You know LIGHT ON PROPHECY 101 that the Passover was the fundamental thing with this nation. You know that it was on the night of the Passover that this nation sprang into being, and you know that God established the Passover, and said that it should go on and on and that the people must not depart from it. Well, you say, they are celebrating the Passover every year. That is true, but the text does not say they should not have a Passover; the text says they should be "without a sacrifice." A Passover without a sacrifice seems an impossible anomaly, worse by far than "Hamlet with Ham- let left out," and yet Orthodox Jewry the world over celebrates the Passover every year "without a sacrifice," and has been doing that for centuries together. "The Scriptures cannot be broken." 4. The man of God also declared that, during the "many days" of which he spoke, the children of Israel should be "without an ephod." The ephod was the most prominent thing in the in- vestiture of the high priest; it was the place in his robe where the breastplate was located. There- fore, because of its prominence, the word "ephod" came to be used as a synonym for the priesthood itself. What the prophet is saying is that they should have no priesthood. And so it has been even to this day for centuries together. They have been separated from their land and from their city, where only their priests could officiate according to their law. Therefore they have had no priesthood. 5. And then the prophet says that they should 102 LIGHT ON PROPHECY be "without an image." This means that during the long period referred to they should not be image worshipers. You remember, do you not, that this was a national sin in Israel — to worship idols — and the prophets were raised up betimes to warn them against the sin of idolatry. If Hosea had been left to his own wits about it, he would never have been foolish enough to make a prophecy like this. It was contrary to reason. And yet God took this people to the very cesspool of idol-wor- ship, he took them to Babylon, and left them there for seventy years, and they were cured of their idolatry for ever and ever. I do not know whether you would call that homeopathy, "like cures like," but I do not doubt that it certainly cured idolatry in that case; and to-day you cannot find a Jew, anywhere in the world, bowing down to worship an idol. Jews do not make good Koman Catholics. And the Eussian Jew, particularly, hates the sight of a church spire, because the thing called Christianity in Eussia is nothing but a system of ikon worship, and they will have nothing to do with images. 6. Hosea then declares, further, that during this long interim the children of Israel should be "without teraphim." You know about the tera- phim, do you not! They were the household gods, the images they worshiped in their homes. You remember that when Jacob slipped away from Laban, with his wives and families and servants and cattle and all the rest, Eachel stole the tera- phim from her father's house. When Laban came LIGHT ON PROPHECY 103 rushing after the caravan, what he was disturbed about was the disappearance of the teraphim ; but though the caravan was searched, the teraphim were not found, for Rachel was sitting on them. "Wherefore hast thou stolen my gods?" said Laban. Poor gods ! they could neither prevent a woman from stealing them, nor reveal their where- abouts when search was made for them! You know where this thing happened. You know how Laban came up, and how he and Jacob thrashed the thing out; and then how, after a search of the caravan failed to locate the missing teraphim, they finally established "the Mizpah benedic- tion"! They set a heap of stones between them, and said, "The Lord watch between me and thee while we are absent one from another!" That means, "The Lord keep His eye on you while I can't!" We call that a benediction, but it was rather a malediction. The teraphim were a thorn in the fles*h to Israel in the Land. Why, we read, even in the history of David, that on the night when he ran away from the face of Saul, his wife Michal put a teraph into his bed, and then showed the bed to those who were searching the house and said that David was sick and this was David in the bed. I wonder where she got that teraph. The teraphim must have grown since Rachel's time, for in Rachel's day you could have put a dozen in your vestpocket and they would not have been any trouble at all. Well, now, here is some prophecy which has been fulfilled, and fulfilled literally. Humanly con- 104 LIGHT ON PROPHECY sidered, it was unbelievable, it was incredible, it was contrary to reason and it was contrary to common sense; but it has come to pass. Every- thing that God does is above reason, human rea- son. I met a man the other day who said he would not believe anything in the Bible that was con- trary to reason. I said, " Whose reason?' 7 and he said, "Mine!" Well, of course, according to that man we all ought to bow down and worship his reason, for his reason is different from mine, dif- ferent from yours; and if his reason is the final appeal in these matters, his reason is greater than God, and we ought to worship his reason, instead of God. Listen to me: Do you call it reasonable that God should come into the world in the form of a little baby, without a human father; that He should grow up in the world to be a man; that He should take upon Himself the form of a servant ; that He should humble Himself; that He should become obedient to death, even the death of the cross, in order to save you and me? I say to you that this is above all reason; and yet I believe it with all my heart ; I revel in it with all my soul ; I rejoice in it with all my being. Let reason stand aside and give place to faith in the revelation of God. I dp not know all about it, I cannot reason it all out, I cannot explain it all, but I believe God. And He has helped me to believe Him; and God knows I need help to believe Him, for I am a sin- ful creature and I find it very difficult to believe God. Unbelief is my besetting sin, and yours, and LIGHT ON PROPHECY 105 yours; but God has come to our assistance here and given us an aid to faith by fulfilling through the centuries a most improbable, unbelievable, in- credible Scripture. But, beloved, the preacher did not stop there. The prophet went on and said this : 7. "Afterwards shall the children of Israel re- turn and seek the Lord their God, and David their king ; and shall fear the Lord and His good- ness in the latter days. ' ' They say that the Jew has no future. They say that the Jew has frittered away all his opportunities. They say that the Jew has so sinned against God that God has set him aside. Well, beloved, if sin could set aside the promises of God, the unconditional promises of God, if man's unfaithfulness could negative, or yitiate, or make null and void an unconditional promise of God, then, for one, I want to say that I never could love God, and I never could worship God. My love and worship must be directed toward a God who tells the truth, and who stands by His promises, and whose faithfulness cannot be affected by the unfaithfulness of men. Though we be faithless, He abideth faithful, for He cannot deny Him- self. Thanks be to God ; He has no wish to avoid His promises. He has reiterated His promises to Israel and the promises are just as true to-day as when Isaiah 27:6 was written: "He shall cause them that come of Jacob to take root : Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit.' ' The future of the world depends 106 LIGHT ON PROPHECY upon God's promises to Israel, for it has pleased God to promise to bring the universal blessing to this race through the despised and dispersed people called the Jews. God has said, in the 8th chapter of Zechariah, "As ye were a curse among the nations, O house of Judah, and house of Israel ; so will I save you, and ye shall be a blessing : f ear not, but let your hands be strong. ... In those days it shall come to pass, that ten men shall take hold out of all languages of the nations, even shall take hold of the skirt >of him that is a Jew, say- ing, We will go with you : for we have heard that God is with you." People do not generally love the Jew, and it may be admitted that the Jew is not always lovely or lovable. But, however black he may be painted, God will yet be glorified in this people. He will yet save them and make them a blessing. The day will surely come when not one of them shall say to his neighbor or his brother, Know the Lord, for they shall all know Him, from the least of them unto the greatest of them, for this is Jehovah's covenant unto them (Jer. 31:31-34). There is a promise to be fulfilled, a promise rhich God will fulfil as surely as God is God, because His mouth has spoken it. Sometimes the two lines of Messianic prophecy in the Old Testament converge in one passage of Scripture, these two lines having to do with "the sufferings of Christ and the glory that should fol- low" (1 Pet. 1: 11). For example, in Isa. 9: 6, 7, it is written, "Unto us a child is born, unto us a LIGHT ON PROPHECY 107 Son is given.' ' So much has been fulfilled with great exactness. The child has been born, and the Son has been given. It could not have been put the other way. For the Son as such was not born; the Son was given, while the child was born. Observe the change in the tense in that passage. It says, "Unto us a child is born, unto us a Son is given, and the government shall be upon his shoulder. ' ' The child was born and the Son was given; the government is not yet upon His shoulder, but it is bound to be, as sure as God is God. "The government shall be upon His shoulder, and He shall be called Wonderful, Coun- sellor, the Mighty God, the Father of the Ages, the Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His gov- ernment and peace there shall be no end, upon fhe throne of David, and upon His kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts shall perform this. ,, Even that is not too great a task for the zeal of the Lord of hosts. Just before our Lord was to be born of the virgin, that virgin was visited by Gabriel, and Gabriel said, in the words recorded in Luke 1 : 31-33 : ' ' Behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a Son, and shalt call His name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest." So far, the prophecy has been fulfilled with absolute literalness. It is contrary to reason, perfectly so; it is contrary to reason for a virgin to have a son, when that son 108 LIGHT ON PROPHECY has no human father. Nothing reasonable abont that. Yet God came down and did this thing. We call it a miracle. I suspect that the Lord has to smile at our gulping about miracles. We say, * ' what a miracle ! ' ? and He smiles. Why, what we call miracles are perfectly easy things with Him, and when we get up there we shall see how foolish it was for us to bother our heads about the impossibility of miracles. Nothing is impos- sible with God. So far, I say, the promise is ful- filled, but Gabriel does not stop there. He says: " And the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David, and He shall reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end." I submit to you, friends, that if human language is a vehicle for thought, then there is no possibility of misunderstanding the meaning of these words. This woman did bring forth a Son, she did call Him Jesus. He was great; He was called the Son of the High- est, and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of his father David, and He shall reign, not only over the house of Jacob ac- cording to this particular promise, but over all the nations of the world beside, for it is written in Zechariah 14:9, that "the Lord shall be King over all the earth ; in that day shall there be one Lord, and His name one. In this day there are too many lords, "war lords," and each one is trying to decide who is lord. I am not able to pre- dict how the present struggle is to end tempo- rarily, but I know that one day there will be only LIGHT ON PROPHECY 109 one kingdom and one King in the earth, for the month of the Lord has spoken it. May God bring it to pass in His own time and way. III. Our Lord Jesns Christ came down from heaven, not only to demonstrate the truthfulness and righteousness of God, and to confirm the promises made unto the fathers, but also "that the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy.' ' The Gentiles had no promises. If salvation was to come to them, it must come as a matter of pure mercy. I do not deny that salvation is always a matter of pure mercy, but after a promise is made, its fulfilment is primarily a matter of sim- ple righteousness. Therefore, a righteous God who had made promises to Israel was required by His own righteousness to fulfil them. But, since no promises had been made to the Gentiles, there was no such righteous requirement for God to save them, or even to offer salvation to them. In offering salvation to Gentiles, therefore, He acted in mercy ; and the Gentiles have special rea- son to "glorify God for His mercy.' ' Promises are now made even to Gentiles. And our righteous Father will surely fulfil every one of them. "Whosoever will may come." "Him that cometh I will in no wise cast out." In the gospel is "the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith . . . even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Christ Jesus unto all and upon all them that believe ; for there is no differ- ence : for all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God; being justified freely by His grace 110 LIGHT ON PROPHECY through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus: whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in His blood, to declare His right- eousness for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God; to declare, I say, at this time His righteousness : that He might be just, and the justifier of him that believeth in Jesus" (Rom. 1:17; 3:22-26). "Thanks be unto God for His unspeakable gift!" William H. Ridgway, of Coatesville, Pa., author of the "Busy Men's Corner" in the Sunday School Times; teacher of the "Iron Rose" Bible Classes, presided at the Wednesday morning session and said in part: "Mr. Huston and I come from the greatest steel place in the whole United States, a place upon which the eyes of the Government are now fixed, for we make plates for the ships. We make steel at Coatesville, and the quality of our steel depends upon what we put into it. If we put nickel in our steel we have a tremendously strong product; and if we put vanadium in our steel, we have a -still stronger product. The premillen- nial view of the Lord Jesus Christ is the vana- dium which, when put into the Christian life, will make it strong to endure." Mr. Ridgway introduced Dr. Herbert W. Bieber, of Tyrone, Pa., who conducted the opening ex- ercises. Commenting on Paul's triumphant testimony in First Corinthians 15 : 50-58, Dr. Herbert W. Bie- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 111 ber of Tyrone, Pa., said: U I should like to say- here that we are told in this passage that the pre- millennial doctrine does not paralyze, it ener- gizes/ ' Reading further in First Thess. 4: 13-18, Dr. Bieber commented upon the passage "where- fore comfort one another with these words " as follows: "That word comfort does not mean the saying of nice words; it means strength. There is nothing in these tempestuous days that gives me so much strength as the knowledge that I may hear the shout of the Lord at any moment. ' ' Dr. Bieber introduced Dr. D. M. Stearns, ask- ing him to lead in prayer. "Just a word before I lead you in prayer," said Dr. D. M. Stearns; "a brief comment upon a remark my brother made, that the doctrine of the coming of our Lord does not paralyze but energizes. I have seen it for forty years; and unless any of you brethren have been talking the coming of Christ for forty years, you can hardly tell what an inspiration it is to see what is going on here at this Conference. For thirty-eight years a pastor of a church and for several years an evangelist, it has been my inspiration, my life, to tell of the coming of Him who alone can make the earth a fit place to live in; to tell of Him who alone can bring peace on earth. And He will; and while we submit cheer- fully to the powers that be, and do what we are asked to do, we look higher than men — we cease from men and look to Him alone who can do these things. The premillennial coming of Christ to set up His kingdom on earth really does energize, 112 LIGHT ON PROPHECY and never paralyzes. For example, I have been a pastor in German-town for twenty-five and a Jialf years, previously in Scranton and in Boston, .and in a little church of 250 people this is what I have seen within the last year or two. For many years that little company has given over $10,000 a year for missions; current expenses about $3000 or $4000. Two years ago they gave $17,000 to -mis- sions ; last year they gave $25,000 to missions, and this year they have already given over $12,000 to missions. From a company of 250 people with no missionary committee, and no missionary organi- zation! God does it all. Now, these are facts, dear friends, and if any of your churches -are lack- ing in missionary zeal, there is only one reason why ; they do not understand the coming of Jesus Christ. We are not here to win the world to Christ, it is not in the plan. We are here to get a bride for God's Son. We are here to get an Eve for the last Adam, and when the last Adam shall receive His Eve .and the marriage of the Lamb shall take place, then He will come in His glory to set up His kingdom." After Dr. Stearns led in prayer, Mr. Eidgway said: "I am very sorry to have to announce that, owing to serious illness, Dr. Scofield has not been able to be with us. We will now be addressed by Dr. John Maclnnis upon the topic, 'Where is Christ Now, and What is He doing?' " WHERE IS JESUS NOW, AND WHAT IS HE DOING? Rev. John M. MacTnnis, B.D., Ph.D. Pastor of South Presbyterian Church, Syracuse, N. Y. "The day is in the morning'' and after a good night's rest our minds are fresh and we can get down to a quiet, earnest study of one of the most important subjects before the church of God. The topic we are asked to consider is, "Where is Jesus Now, and What is He Doing ?" What I conceive to be the answer to that question is one of the greatest challenges before the church at the present time ; and if our gathering together in this conference does not strengthen us to meet this challenge, our coming together has been in vain, for we must constantly hold in mind that a conference like this is not only a privilege, but also a tremendous responsibility. If the things that we specially profess to accept be true, there rests upon us the greatest responsibility resting upon any people in the world at the present time. This responsibility is indicated in a comprehen- sive answer to our question — "Where is Christ Now, and What is He Doing ?" On the authority of His own word, Jesus is 113 114 LIGHT ON PROPHECY here now. He said, "Wherever two or three are gathered in My name, there am I in the midst of theni." He also said, "Lo, I am with you all the days, even unto the consummation of the age. ' ' That means the bright days and the dark days; the days of peace and the days of conflict; all the days until the purpose of the age is consum- mated. We are gathered in His name, and there- fore have a right to believe that He is One in our midst. He is closer to us than we are one to another, and no one is more interested in all that we think, and do, and say, than He is. But He is not here in the sense that He was with the disciples when He spoke to them in the upper room. We do not see him with our natural eyes. He said to them, "I go away," and He did go away. He is not here in the sense in which He will be here when He comes again. We are told that every eye shall see Him in a sense in which we do not see Him now, but there is no contra- diction between the two statements. If we accept the one, it is not necessary that we should think that we ought to reject the other. Jesus spoke in the common people's language, and He used the ordinary vehicle of expression, and the dis- ciples understood thoroughly what He said. We believe He said what He meant and He meant what He said, otherwise it is hopeless for us to find His mind. We, with all our boasted learning, and science, and accuracy of thought and expres- sion, do not speak other than the Lord spoke. We speak about going away and still continuing with LIGHT ON PROPHECY 115 people while we are away; we speak of coming back again and having been with the people all the time that we were away, and the people un- derstand perfectly what we mean. There is a sense in which we are with people while we were absent from them in body. Therefore, we can very easily see that Jesus literally meant what He said when He told His disciples that He was going away and still that He would continue with them and that He would come again to them. He is with u?s in a sense that we cannot be in a place from which our body is absent, by the presence of His Holy Spirit. In this presence He can touch our lives, inspire us, comfort and guide us, so that we may constantly feel that presence. That is one of the most comforting truths in all God's Word, and we yield to no man of any school of thought in our allegiance to, and appreciation of, the fact of the actual presence of Jesus Christ in the life of His people and church, and in the life of the world to-day. At the same time we recog- nize that Jesus is not here in the sense that He is going to be here when He comes again. Where is He in that sense at present? He said, "I go to the Father.' ' The writer of the Hebrews says that He appears before the face of God, so that we know that He is with the Father, at His right hand. We are told that while the dis- ciples stood »on Mt. Olivet they saw Him ascend, and a cloud received Him out of their sight. Then we are told that a little while later Stephen, while he was being stoned, lifted up his eyes and saw 116 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Jesus standing at the right hand of God. A few days after that, we are told that Paul, while on his way to Damascus, heard the voice of Jesus speaking to him, and in his first letter to the Corinthians he tells us that he saw the Lord. Whatever the right hand of power may mean, it evidently does not put Jesus so far away that He cannot talk to people that are upon earth. The fact that these people said these things in this plain, common sense way, does not necessarily mean that they believed in "a flat earth" and all the other things so often associated with crude ideas of science. If we were to see what they saw at that time to-day, and were to write down an explanation of what we did see, should we not use the same kind of language as they used? With all our profound and comprehensive knowl- edge of science, we still talk about things that are going up from the face of the earth, as ascending into heaven, and even if we were to call a pro- fessor of science to describe the thing that the disciples saw, I feel confident that he would de- scribe it in pretty much the same language that they used to describe it. The people of that day understood what they meant, and if we accept their words in the simple way in which they used them, there is no reason why we should have any difficulty in understanding what they described. It makes very little difference to us as to the real location of heaven. It is impossible for us to think of these things without having a location in mind. When we say heaven is above us, we are LIGHT ON PROPHECY 117 no more defining a place than the man who says that God is everywhere. "Everywhere" is some- where. There is no trouble along these lines if we will only use the sanctified common sense that God has given to us. It is really pathetic to read a lot of the stuff that is written in the name of scholarship, trying to mix people up on these simple statements that were written for the com- mon people who heard Jesus and His disciples gladly. Jesus, then, being at the right hand of God the Father, our next question is, "What is He doing V 9 Of course, it is unthinkable that He is inactive. We are told that He is making inter- cession for His people, and as such we are told that He is our High Priest after the order of Mel- chizedek. That's a commonplace of Christian thought, and I have always accepted it in the or- dinary way. I have always rejoiced to know that I have a High Priest who is touched with all the feelings of my infirmities, because He has been tempted in all points like as I am, yet without sin; but when I was asked to speak on this subject this time, I felt that I must look a little closer into the subject, and find out just exactly what the significance of this fact is. I immediately turned to the great book of the high priesthood of Jesus Christ, the Book of Hebrews. The evening that I consented to speak on the subject, I read it through before I went to bed, I got up early the next morning and read it over again, and again, and still again, 118 LIGHT ON PROPHECY and I have been reading it ever since. It is a, wonderful book. The heart of the message is the high priesthood of Jesus Christ, and it shows that it is one of the most tremendously significant and fundamental things in all the Word of God. In fact, the significance of that priesthood is the heart of the gospel. Let us get it in its historical setting. In order to do this, we shall have to go away back and briefly review the story that leads up to the declaration of that book. Going back as far as Isaiah, the greatest of the Hebrew prophets, we find that his hope for Israel and for the world centered in a Messiah. With this message he was commanded to comfort the people of Jehovah. He told them that the way of the Lord would be prepared by one who would come and be as a voice crying in the wilderness. We are also told that, when the hearts of the people would turn toward Him in response to this preparation, the glory of God would be revealed and all flesh should see it. When we come over to the New Testament, we find that, when the forerunner of Jesus was an- nounced, the very words of Isaiah are used to describe his ministry, and furthermore, we are told that he was to come in the spirit and power of Elijah. His great message was, "Kepent, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand." He meant what he said. The kingdom of heaven was near, within the grasp of that generation, and every- thing that he did seemed to indicate that there was a great crisis which had a fundamental sig- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 119 nificance in the development of God's program concerning the world. God was moving in a special way, and doing something very particular and something that tremendously affected the whole life of the world. Therefore, he pleaded with the people to repent and to turn unto God. When the disciples were coming down from the Mount of Transfiguration, where they saw Jesus in communication with Moses and Elijah, they asked Jesus, Why is it that people say that Elijah should come before the end of the age? and you remember Jesus said, Indeed, Elijah has already come, and the disciples evidently under- stood that He had reference to John the Baptist. But Jesus explains what he meant, for He said, in speaking of John and the people's attitude toward him, "If ye will receive him, this is Elijah which is to come"; but the important thing is that they did not receive him. Elijah was to be sent in order that he might "turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest the coming of God might be a smiting of the earth with a curse." Now the people did not respond to the ministry of John, and, consequently, God could not carry out His program in the sense in which he could have carried it out had they responded. We must remember that there is a living option in every promise that God gives. This is made very clear in the promises that He gave to the people of Israel through Moses. He made it very clear that if they followed the course that He indicated, it 120 LIGHT ON PROPHECY would mean to them a blessing and they would be made a blessing. On the other hand, He indi- cated that if they disobeyed, then a different thing would come to them. But the thing that is very clear at this point is that God was ready to do a very definite thing, provided the people re- pented and turned unto Him. When Jesus began His ministry, He took up this same message and preached this same gospel, saying, "Kepent, for the kingdom is at hand," and here again we need to realize that Jesus meant just exactly what He said. The kingdom was near, within reach. A little later in His ministry, He spoke of the king- dom being in their midst. That unquestionably had reference to the fact that, in the person of the King who was realizing the life made possible by absolute submission to God, the very life and power of the kingdom were in the midst of the people. Not only that, but He could say to the disciples, There are some of you who are standing here who will see a glimpse of the power and glory of this kingdom before you die; and nine days after, He took them up to the mount where He was transfigured, and they saw the outshining of the very power and glory that were residing in Him, and that made possible the work that He accomplished, as well as the life that He lived. In Jesus Christ God came into a new and funda- mentally significant relationship with the human race, and, in the recognition of this fact, it seems to me, we are to find the explanation of a great many things that are embarrassing the people of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 121 God at this time in connection with some of the sayings of Jesus and His apostles regarding the coming of the Lord. The fact that Jesus came, and that He offered Himself in the sacrifice of the cross, and that He rose again, and has been ac- cepted at the right hand of God and has sent the Holy Spirit into the world, has made a funda- mental change in the universe, and things are not what they were before this sublime stoop and glorious ascent on the part of our Lord. With this in mind, let us look for a minute at what Peter said to the people on the day of Pente- cost. Having recounted these facts that I have already mentioned, he said that God declared this Jesus whom the people of Jerusalem had cruci- fied, to be Lord and Christ. He has accepted Him as His King, and Peter definitely says that He has so declared Him. In speaking to them a little later, he said to them, You have rejected and crucified Him, but now repent, that is change your mind, and turn toward God, that He may send seasons of refreshing from the pres- ence of the Lord, and that He may send the Christ, whom the heaven must receive until the times of restoration of all things whereof God spoke by the mouth of His holy prophets. We must believe that that was a real offer and con- tained a living option. Had the people repented and turned at that time, there would have been "times of refreshing from the presence of the Lord" such as would have made possible the coming of Jesus Christ. But again the people 122 LIGHT ON PROPHECY refused, again they rejected, and, consequently, God did not see fit to send Christ, and presumably for the same reason as indicated by Malachi when he said, "lest he smite the earth with a curse.' ' For Peter suggests this same thing in his second Epistle, when he said that the long suffering of God and the seeming delay of the return of Christ were explained by the fact that it is not His desire that any should perish. On the contrary, His heart is set on the redemption of the world. With this in mind, let us now come to the book of the high priesthood of Jesus, and let us try to follow the arguments as they are presented. I sometimes fear that the real point of the Epistle has been lost in the interest given to details. The thesis of the Epistle is stated at the very begin- ning: "God, having of old time spoken unto the fathers in the prophets by divers portions and in divers manners, hath at the end of these days spoken unto us in his Son." So that is the thesis: "God has spoken to us in His Son." Now he suggests certain things about this Son: He is ' ' appointed Heir of all things, through whom also He made the ages" (or dispensations) ; He is also "the effulgence of the divine glory and the very image of the substance of Deity and upholds all things by the word of His power." But the main thing here spoken of is that this One who is all this, when He had made purification of sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high. Now note that it was when He made puri- fication of sins that He assumed the place in LIGHT ON PROPHECY 123 which He now appears as our High Priest. The writer goes on to show that this One is greater than the angels, and that His throne is for ever, and the sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of His kingdom. So He is recognized as both Lord and Christ, while the angels are simply ' ' minister- ing spirits sent forth to do service for the sake of them that shall inherit salvation. ' ' In the light of this fact, we are warned to take earnest heed to the things that are said, lest we drift away. This word has brought us to a new order, and it is very clear that to drift from this new order to the old order would be a calamity. Hence, we are warned over and over again lest we lose sight of this fact; and the great question in connection with it, "How shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation f" Evidently, the salvation here spoken of is a salvation made possible through Him who made purification for sin, and who is our High Priest at the right hand of the Majesty on high. In the 8th chapter we are told that this is the chief point in all that has been said. Literally this is the pith of what we have been saying. We have such a High Priest, who sat down on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens. By reason of the sacrifice that He has offered and the place that He occupies, He is able to "save to the uttermost them that draw near unto God through Him, ' ' and we are told that we have the right to come into the very presence of 124 LIGHT ON PROPHECY God with boldness because He has opened up a new and living way. In the light of this fact, we are told not to cast away our boldness, which hath great recompense of reward, and that we have need of patience, knowing that if the will of God is done we may receive the promise, and that promise is asso- ciated with the coming of Him who is to come and shall not tarry; and we are urged to have the faith that is unto the saving of the soul. In the 11th chapter we are told what faith is, and what it has done in the past. But those who have triumphed through faith in the past have not yet "received the promise, God having provided some better thing concerning us, that apart from us they should not be made perfect. ' ' Therefore, we are challenged to "lay aside every weight, and the sin that doth so easily beset us," and to "run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus the Author and Perfecter of our faith," who has brought us not unto a mount that cannot be touched, but has brought us "unto mount Zion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to innumerable hosts of angels, to the general assembly and church of the firstborn who are enrolled in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made perfect, and to Jesus the Mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprinkling, that speaketh better things than that of Abel." This all involves a relation that makes the powers of the kingdom of God available to those who avail LIGHT ON PROPHECY 125 themselves of all that Jesus is by reason of His place at the right hand of God as our High Priest. Jesus, our High Priest, who is declared to be both Lord and Christ, is waiting until He can come a second time " apart from sin unto salva- tion" unto them that wait for Him. His sacrifice has been accepted of God; He is able to save to the uttermost; He is able to establish the new heaven and the new earth; and now He is waiting for His people to accomplish the task that has been entrusted to them, a task that can only be carried out through a recognition of the power that is set at our disposal by reason of the thing that Jesus has already done. This power is the power that was manifested in his own life, and the very power by which he was raised from the dead, and the power that was manifested in the life of the disciples as they proclaimed Him as Saviour, Lord, and Christ, on the day of Pente- cost. Our message to the world is a message of repentance, a message that declares that Jesus is appointed King and it is His right to reign, and a challenge to the people of the world to accept Him as their Lord and King. He is God's ac- cepted and appointed King, and He alone can save men. No man can believe this great fact and accept what is involved in the high priesthood of Jesus and not be a missionary. If we know He is God's appointed King, and if we know He is waiting to come and consummate His great pro- gram of redemption, which means "a new heaven and a new earth wherein dwelleth righteousness," 126 LIGHT ON PROPHECY how can we rest day or night until the last nation and man has heard this fact ! Men are gathering from all parts of this nation and other nations to consider a peace program. Those of us who understand the Scriptures and the truth involved in the high priesthood of Jesus Christ know that there can be no peace in earth until He is recognized as Lord and King. We know that we cannot have peace until He comes. We also know that He has entrusted a task to us. The task is to make the fact of His coining, first, for sin, and secondly, apart from sin unto salvation, known to all the world. He delays, not because He is not interested and not because He is not touched with the sorrows and tragedy of earth, but because He has set His heart on the redemp- tion of the world and it is not His will that any should perish; and, therefore, He wants His com- ing to be a blessing and not a curse. We may speak of the work that we have en- trusted to us, as finishing the church, His bride; but that is to be done by the proclamation of the gospel of grace and the gospel of His kingdom, for it is impossible to preach His grace comprehen- sively without relating it to the gospel of His kingdom. The gospel of the kingdom is the gos- pel that shows the goal toward which He is moving. The church is to be completed, but it is to be completed for a purpose, and the great purpose upon which Christ has set His heart is that indicated by the prayer that He has taught LIGHT ON PROPHECY 127 His people — "Thy kingdom come, Thy will he done in earth as it is in heaven.' ' Are we big enough and great enough to get that vision! Have we got sufficient faith in Jesus Christ and the word that He has spoken, to be- lieve with all our souls that that is not only His purpose, but that He is able to carry out His program, and that He will respond whenever His people are ready to do the thing that He has entrusted them to do in this age? He has brought us into touch with reality, He has opened up the new and living way, He has put the powers of the eternal kingdom at the disposal of His people, and He has given us a divine task to accomplish, and He is waiting for us to accomplish that task. Shall we obey Him? I want to tell you that if we who are here can fully realize that one fact associated with the high priesthood of Jesus Christ we shall go out from this prophetic conference on fire, witnessing morn- ing, noon and night concerning our divine Lord and the hope of His coming. I believe that the great hour has come. Christ is waiting. He is the only hope of the world. Can He depend upon us to make the message known in all the earth? Jesus is at the right hand of the Majesty on high, making intercession for His people, and waiting for the moment when He can consummate His program of world redemption. He is waiting for us. He has entrusted us with a task, and He is waiting for us to accomplish that task. Chris- tians have but one task — one all-important task, 128 LIGHT ON PROPHECY —and that is, to make our High Priest and the power of His life known in the world. That means more than talking — it means living the Christ life. The power to live that life is only pos- sible by coming into touch with reality through the priestly offering and intercession of Jesus. He is there to make this life a reality to every one that believes. Let us therefore come with boldness to the throne of grace, where God and the eternal realities are made real in us, that we may be true witnesses of Christ, who alone is the hope of the world. GOD'S PLAN IN THIS DISPENSATION Eev. James M. Gkay, D.D. I am asked to speak on "God's Plan in This Dispensation/ ' and I commence by reading the words of James, the brother of our Lord, as re- corded in the 15th chapter of the Acts, beginning at the 13th verse: "Men and brethren, hearken unto me : Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name. And to this agree the words of the prophets ; as it is written, After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up : that the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom My name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things. Known unto God are all His works from the be- ginning of the world.' To understand these words, and to place them where they belong in the divine program, we need to go back for nearly a thousand years before they were spoken. David is seated upon the throne of Israel, and God has given him rest from all his enemies around about. Jerusalem is his capital. It has become the city of David, and he 129 130 LIGHT ON PROPHECY would make it the city of God. The ark has been brought up there, and now he would build a house for the ark; but God will not permit him to do so, and sends to him His prophet Nathan to in- form him of that fact. The words of Nathan are recorded in the 7th chapter of 2 Samuel, where God, through him, says to David: "I will appoint a place for My people Israel, and will plant them, that they may dwell in a place of their own, and move no more; neither shall the children of wickedness afflict them any more, as bef oretime. . . . Also the Lord telleth thee that He will make thee an house. And when thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt sleep with thy fathers, I will set up thy seed after thee, which shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I will establish His kingdom. He shall build an house for My name, and I will stablish the throne of His kingdom for ever. I will be his Father, and he shall be My son." Notice that God is here speaking of a period in the history of Israel which has not yet been seen upon this earth, for He says, "I will appoint a place for My people Israel, and will plant them, that they may dwell in a place of their own, and move no more." They were in a place of their own at the time these words were spoken, for they were in Canaan; but they were called upon to move some centuries afterwards, and although some of them returned again, once more were they called upon to move, and they have been kept mov- ing from that day until now. But a time is com- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 131 ing, when they will be planted in a place of their own and move no more. In that day also shall the children of wickedness afflict them no more. The children of wickedness, that is, the Gentile powers of the earth, have been afflicting them in all the centuries, but God's Word is true and the affliction will some day end. The day it will end is indicated in the words, "Also the Lord telleth thee that He will make thee an house;" not a material house of wood or stone, not even a spiritual house, as though one were to take these words symbolically as indicating the church of Christ; but a house in a sense of a dynasty, a kingdom upon this earth. Thus He adds, "When thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt sleep with thy fathers, I will set up thy seed after thee, which shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I will establish his kingdom." Some might say, this means Solomon, but a greater than Solomon is here, for the next verse declares that God "will stablish the throne of his kingdom for ever." This was not true of Solomon, but, to settle it beyond a peradventure, he adds, "I will be his Father, and he shall be My son." This passage is quoted in the New Testa- ment and applied definitely to our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ. You will find it in the first chapter of the epistle to the Hebrews, where the writer is showing the superiority of Christ over the angels, and says in the course of his argu- ment, "Unto which of the angels said He at any time, Thou art My Son, this day have I begotten 132 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Thee? And again, I will be to Him a Father, and He shall be to Me a Son?" The inference is that He said this not to any angel, bnt to Him alone who is described in that same chapter, as "the brightness of His glory and the express image of His person." Here, then, we have a prophecy that Israel is one day to be returned to her own land, to be re- moved no more, and to be afflicted no more, and that in that day the kingdom of David shall be set np, over which his Son shall reign, that Son being none other than Jesus Christ, our Lord and Saviour. THE LAPSE OF CENTUKIES i Hundreds of years have now elapsed since David's death. Solomon has succeeded him. Solomon has died and Eehoboam has succeeded him. Iniquity and idolatry have entered the na- tion, and in chastisement God has divided them. Ten tribes have seceded under Jeroboam and are known as the kingdom of Israel, and only two tribes have remained loyal to the House of David and are called the kingdom of Judah. Iniquity and idolatry increase in Israel, and she is carried into captivity by the Assyrians, never to return -again as a distinct nation to her own land. The kingdom of Judah remains in her territory a century and a half longer, but at length, and for the same reason, Babylon comes down against her and carries her into captivity. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 133 But the Lord had promised that Judah would re- turn after seventy years, which was fulfilled, al- though the nation thereafter remains a vassal, first to Persia, then Greece and then to Rome. One day, when the nation has thus been re- turned, a great event takes place, as recorded in the first chapter of Luke. The angel of God came into a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, to a virgin espoused to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house of David, and the virgin's name was Mary. And the angel said, "Hail, thou that art highly favoured, the Lord is with thee : blessed art thou among women. . . . And the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary: for thou hast found favour with God. And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a Son, and shalt call His name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest: and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of his father David : and He shall reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end." Surely the time has at last come when God is to fulfil His prophecy to David ! But, alas, we are mistaken. The Son has been born, and He is great, and He is called the Son of the Highest, but the Lord God has not yet given unto Him the throne of His father David, and He does not as yet reign over the house of Jacob for ever. And why? You know the answer. "He came unto His own, and His own received Him not." They hid, as it were, their faces from Him. He was "despised and rejected of men." "We will not 134 LIGHT ON PROPHECY have this man to reign over us, ' ' they said. They crucified Him; He died and was buried. But, glory be to God, it was not possible that He should be holden of death, and so on the third day He rose again from the dead, and showed Himself alive by many infallible proofs, as we read in the first chapter of the Acts, being seen of His disciples for forty days, and "speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God." And one day when they were thus assembled together with Him, they asked of Him, saying, "Lord, wilt Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel I" It was as though they had said, "We expected Thee to have done that prior to Thy crucifixion and Thy death. "We were dis- appointed then, but now that Thou hast risen from the dead, is it not Thy purpose to do so now?" How significant that Jesus does not correct any supposed misunderstanding on their part about the kingdom. He does not say, as some inter- preters of the Bible would have had Him say, "The kingdom will never be set up." He does not say, "Thou art mistaken, the Old Testament prophecies are null and void. ' ' He does not say, i i The church which I have come into the world t :> redeem and to build up is to take the place of the kingdom." Nothing of the kind! He says, in effect, the kingdom will be restored, but "it is not for you to know the times or the seasons, whicK the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is LIGHT ON PROPHECY 135 come upon you : and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken up; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. And while they looked stedfastly toward heaven as He went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven. Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet,' ' and after Pentecost began their witnessing. THE MYSTERY OF THE GENTILES This witnessing was done in Judaea and Samaria, and then at length one of them under the guidance of the Holy Spirit began to witness to the Gentiles. First, it is Peter before Cornelius and his household at Caesarea, and later it is Paul and Barnabas at Antioch. What can this mean? The church composed en- tirely of Jews and located in Jerusalem is as- tounded at these things. Is it possible that the Gentile is to receive the same blessings in Christ as the Jew? Is he to come into all the privileges of the elect people without becoming one of them in fact? It can not be. And so they call a council of the church, the first in its history, to consider this thing. 136 LIGHT ON PROPHECY This council is being held in Jerusalem, and James, the brother of our Lord, is presiding over it. Peter gives his testimony as to what took place in the house of Cornelius, and Paul and Barnabas give their testimony as to Antioch. And now a critical moment has arrived in the great assembly, and the Spirit of God makes His presence known in an unusual way. James arises, and says : i l Men and brethren, hearken unto me: Simeon (Peter) hath declared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name. And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written, After this (i.e., after I have taken out from among the Gentiles this peo- ple for My name), I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down ; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up ; that the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom My name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things." THE AGE OF THE OUT-GATHERING That is God's purpose in this dispensation. He is not now converting the world, nor setting up His kingdom. He is now taking out from among the Gentiles a people for His name. The wit- nessing is still going on unto the uttermost part of the earth, individuals from among all peoples, and nations, and tongues, are being called out in response to the gospel message. They are believ- ing on the Lord Jesus Christ and confessing His LIGHT ON PROPHECY 137 name. They are being baptized by His Spirit into the body of which He is the Head, and at last, when this out-gathering shall have been brought to an end, the body of Christ, which is His church, having been completed, He "Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first : then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord." This, my beloved brethren, is not the age of the ingathering, that age is to follow; this is the age of the out-gathering, the out-gathering of an elect people to be united with Christ in glory in that day when He shall come to reign, as the appointed King over the millennial earth. And so we read that "after this," after the out- gathering has taken place, after the church age is completed, and the body of Christ is united with the Head, and glorified as He is glorified, "after this I will return, and will build again the taber- nacle (i.e., the kingdom) of David which is fallen down ; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and I will set it up." As surely as God has spoken these words, so surely shall they be fulfilled upon this earth. And the object or the result in mind is one for which our hearts may well praise God, namely, "that the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom My name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things." 138 LIGHT ON PROPHECY As was stated this morning, His glory shall yet fill the earth. The knowledge of the Lord shall cover the earth as the waters cover the sea. This world is to be converted to God and to His Son. All the nations of the world shall yet submit them- selves to Him. ' * The kingdoms of this world shall become the kingdom of our God and >of His Christ, ' ' but God is not using the church today to bring that great blessing about. He is using the church for another purpose; and when that pur- pose has been fulfilled, Christ shall come with his glorified church in order that Israel may take up her work again upon this earth, and through her testimony unto Him bring the nations to His feet. Oh, my brethren, if we only understood the Word of God ! If we would only read and study it in order that we might understand it, how dif- ferently we should look upon the awful carnage at the present time, and what peace we should have in the midst of it all, and with how much more satisfaction, and joy, and power should we be co- operating with God, in carrying out his purpose on the earth! Nine-tenths of the trouble and worry in the visible church to-day is explained by the fact that to a great extent we are working in opposition to God, instead of co-operating with Him. THE CALLING OF THE CHURCH Now, as a closing word, let me call your atten- tion to the vocation or calling of the church as in- dicated in the fourth chapter of Ephesians. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 139 Paul in that epistle, as you know, is speaking of the church as the body of Christ, and at verse eight of chapter four, he says of our ascended Lord, that "he gave gifts unto men. . . . And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers. ' ' Why did He bestow these gifts upon the church? Remember, it is He who does bestow them. Col- leges and universities, and seminaries and Bible institutes cannot bestow them. They may have a part in the preparation of them, but except a man is given to the church as a prophet, or an evangelist, or a pastor, or a preacher, he can not become such in the heavenly sense. But why are these gifts bestowed? For a single reason only. They have just one thing to do. They are "for the perfecting of the saints.' f But, the saints being perfected, what are they to do? The text explains that they are to engage in i ' the work of ministering for the edifying (the building up) of the body of Christ." Shall they always, and for ever, be engaged in that work? No, only until "we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ. That "per- fect man," my brethren, is not the individual man; it does not mean you nor me, as such; the "perfect man" is that mystical man of whom I have been speaking, that man conceived of in the 140 LIGHT ON PROPHECY thought of Christ as the Head and the church as the members of His body. The day is coming when we all shall come in the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God unto this perfect man. That will be the day when there shall be manifested the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ. When that day comes, then "Christ, who is our life, shall ap- pear, and we also shall appear with Him in glory. ' ' AFTERNOON SESSION Robert B. Haines, of the Haines Gauge Com- pany, and Secretary of the American Branch of the Scripture Gift Mission, Philadelphia, presided during the afternoon session. After urging at- tendants upon the Conference to carry back home the inspiring messages they were hearing, Mr. Haines went on to say : "The plan of this conference is a progressive, teaching program, based upon the Bible — the words of Jesus Christ, the Son of the living God, not on visionary speculation; but we must have the illumination of the Holy Spirit to guide us as we study, so that our understanding may be opened, and we have the assurance that our under- standing will be opened, and we have the promise that He will give the Holy Spirit to those who truly desire and ask Him (Luke 11 :13). "The first day of the conference was for prayer and humiliation before God, the only attitude in LIGHT ON PROPHECY 141 which to approach our Lord. The lessons were teachings fundamental to our Lord's return — the Bible in its entirety as the inerrant Word of God, the deity, the virgin birth, the incarnation of Jesus Christ; His humiliation, His ministry, His atoning death. ' * There is no salvation and no hope for the future apart from the blood. All who are saved must come under it just as surely as the Israelites of old came under it when it was sprinkled upon the doorposts of their houses in Egypt, and whoever did not come under it was cut off. "The lessons of the second day — to-day — are teachings relating to the age in which we live. The present high-priestly work of Christ ; the purposes of God in this age ; the capture of Jerusalem ; the regathering of Israel, etc. All these teachings are illuminating and are to exalt Him. "Oh, let us honor and fall prostrate before Him who has done so much for us, for 'He alone shall be exalted in that day. ' "To-morrow the theme is, 'The Eeturn of Our Lord and Saviour in Prophecy,' and deals with our resurrection and rapture — His coming for us, His body, His bride, the church; the judgment of our works ; and His coming again later with His saints to bring in the millennial age. Our hearts should be filled with praise and rejoicing at this approaching event. "It may not be out of place to say a word con- cerning the origin of this great conference. Last fall, when we heard of the capture of Jerusalem 142 LIGHT ON PROPHECY by the English, under General Allenby, after so many centuries of Turkish misrule, our hearts were filled with thankfulness to our wonder-work- ing God, as we felt that this was one indication that the Times of the Gentiles were surely nearing the end, and this afternoon the speaker, Dr. Thompson, who has lived for many years in Jeru- salem, will tell us the story of the capture of the city. Immediately after the report of this mo- mentous event was flashed around the world, great advent and prophetic conferences were held in London and Dublin for praise and thanksgiving that Jerusalem at last was freed from the Turks. * ' The reports of these meetings which came over to America in the London Christian and other papers were most inspiring, and a few of us in Philadelphia felt that the time was opportune to hold a similar advent testimony meeting, in sympathy with our brethren across the sea, for the study of the prophetic Word. A small group met by agreement one bitter cold day last winter, and after consultation and prayer, fifty invitations were sent to various laymen and ministers to meet together on a Saturday afternoon for further con- ference. Thirty-nine busy men responded to this call, and those who could not attend sent messages of approval and encouragement. Who can say that such a movement as this was not God's do- ing? We feel that this conference is of God, and not of man. It has involved a great amount of work in a short time, as you can understand, and I wish to thank our most efficient secretary, Mr. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 143 J. Davis Adams, for the work lie has done, and it has not been easy ; also all the members of our committee, who have worked together har- moniously and without friction. I wish to thank our large office staff — mostly voluntary — for their cheerfulness, efficiency, and kindness, and for their labor and manifest results. "One of our speakers, Dr. William B. Riley, has a vision of holding great conferences similar to this one in different parts of the country, from the Atlantic to the Pacific Coast, and we hope this one may be a forerunner of others. "The eyes of people have been closed long enough to the great truth of our Lord's return, the prophetic Word, and the closing end of the age in which we now live ; and it rests upon us who ap- preciate this- great fact, to speak forth the truth in these days, for 'the truth shall set you free.' " Mr. Haines then introduced the Rev. Dr. A. E. Thompson, for fifteen years pastor of the Ameri- can Church at Jerusalem, and who was finally driven out by the Turks at the outbreak of the war. THE CAPTURE OF JERUSALEM Rev. A. E. Thompson Pastor of the American Church at Jerusalem (driven by the Turk from the Holy City at the outbreak of the World War). He it at present Field Secretary for the American Committee for Armenian and Syrian Relief The capture of Jerusalem is one of those events to which students of prophecy have been looking forward for many years. Even before Great Brit- ain took possession of Egypt, there were keen- sighted seers who foresaw the day when God would use the Anglo-Saxon peoples to restore Je- rusalem. When the war broke out, there were some of us who were convinced that it would never end until Turkish tyranny was for ever a thing of the past in the Holy City. When the city was captured, we felt very confident we could put one hand upon this great event which had stirred the heart of the whole Christian world, and, laying open our Bible at many places in the Prophets, say as confidently as Peter on the day of Pente- cost, "This is that which was spoken by the prophets." The capture of Jerusalem is more than a pro- phetic event, it is a pivot in prophecy. The Ger- 144 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 145 mans might enter Paris and we would weep; but, desperate as that event would be, it would only be an incident in the great panorama of the ages. The flags we love might be carried into Berlin, and how we would rejoice I But even that would only be an incident. The Hun might again sack Rome, but not one of us could with any assurance put our finger upon any text of Scripture and say it was so written. Constantinople might fall, and a babel of voices would be heard among our prophets. But when Jerusalem was captured, we all said with one consent, "This is the climax of the ages. ' ' We have entered a prophetic era. We are looking upon the things which Moses, and the prophets, and Christ Himself have foretold. The capture of Jerusalem is not the end, but the beginning. There are several things I want to call your attention to, of which it is but the be- ginning. First of all, it is the beginning of the downfall of Mohammedanism. In the year 636 a.d., Caliph Omar conquered Jerusalem. Ever since, with the exception of a few decades when a Christian cru- sader king ruled the Holy City, it has lain under Mohammedan oppression, an oppression that no one can comprehend unless he has lived under it and tried to preach the gospel of Jesus Christ. But when General Allenby entered the city quietly, unostentatiously, on foot, with bared head, not claiming any honor to himself, but as a Christian gentleman, as a believer in the King of kings and Lord of lords, feeling that he had the 146 LIGHT ON PROPHECY high privilege of doing the thing to which the ages had looked, the doom of Mohammedanism was sealed. All through those centuries Jerusa- lem has been one of the three holy cities of the Mohammedan world. The Arab still calls it El Kuds es Shereef — the Exalted Holy Place. Ask a villager how far it is to Jerusalem, and you will get no answer; but ask him how far it is to El Kuds, and he will say, "Two or three hours"; meaning that you can get there on a donkey, if it is willing to go, in that length of time. Jeru- salem, the Holy City. Holy it was to the Jew, holy it is to the Christian, holy it has been to the Mohammedan. When the flag of Islam gave place to a Christian flag, it meant more than the capture of a city. It meant the triumph of the cross. The entry of Turkey into the war was celebrated by bringing the green banner of the prophet, that is seldom unfurled, all the way from Medina to Jerusalem, where with stately pomp it was carried into the city, Jew and Christian and Mohammedan uniting, some with true heart and some with hypocrisy, in doing it honor; but that green flag of Mahomet will never fly over the Holy City again. From the minarets of Jerusalem for centuries there has been heard the cry, "La Allah ila Allah wa Mahomet rasool Allah, ' ' " There is no God but God, and Mahomet is His prophet." But there was once in Jerusalem a Prophet who spake as never man spake. The day is soon coming when men will no longer honor the prophet of Mecca, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 147 for the Prophet of the Highest will be acknowl- edged unto the uttermost parts of the earth. Not Mahomet, but Christ; not the crescent, but the cross; not Mohammedanism, but Christianity; were triumphant when the British flag was planted upon the tower of David. In the second place, the capture of Jerusalem was the beginning of the defeat of age-long Turk- ish tyranny. I am not unmindful that for a cen- tury the process of disintegration has been going on, but I still say that not the freeing of Greece, not the signing of the treaty of Berlin, not the wresting of Montenegro, of Bulgaria, of Bosnia and Herzegovina from their oppressors, not the liberation of Roumania, but the deliverance of Jerusalem was the crisis in the history of Turkey. In the fifteenth century, hordes of Turks began to pour out of the heart of Asia. Wave after wave swept into Asia Minor. Finally, the great Osman led his tribesmen into this territory, and, uniting the tribes, swept on from land to land in a mighty tide of conquest. They captured Constantinople. They did something far more significant. They took possession of the Holy City, and the rule of the Saracen, which after all had much in its favor, gave place to what we can not call government, nor even misrule, but only "the murderous tyr- anny of the Turk." The Turk knows not how to govern. He only knows how to maltreat. Jeru- salem has been groaning for these centuries under his oppression. When the war broke out, the Turks were offered 148 LIGHT ON PROPHECY a great thing. What that offer was, was revealed to one of our missionaries one day. A young Effendi, friendly to Christians, called with three strangers, and lured them on to reveal the hopes and aspirations of the Mohammedans in this war. They were playing for a great stake. The Em- pire was to be greater than Osman ever dreamed. Whatever the cost, it was well worth the battle. Constantinople, Bagdad, Cairo, and Jerusalem were again to be great centers. They would last, how long? Until the Kaiser had accomplished his purpose. That was the part of the program which Berlin did not tell Constantinople. We all know it to-day. The wise in Turkey knew it then. The Turks played the game. They staked all, and when they lost Jerusalem, their doom was sealed. I left Jerusalem on the day before Christmas, 1914, an exile, driven from home, from the work I loved, leaving our mission, leaving three Amer- ican women, who could remain when we Cana- dians were hunted from the land, leaving the fruitage of the best years of my life; .ordered to be aboard that train — and God only knows what would have happened had I refused or failed. As we hurried down the street, I looked up to the tower of David, and there I saw this flag. Look at it! What a flag! A blood-red field with " the horned moon and one lone star within its nether tip." Emblem of death! Emblem of night! For centuries it has been flying over Jerusalem. It gave promise that one day there would be moon- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 149 light, that some day the sun would rise; but it has floated over Jerusalem for all these centuries, and it is still a star and crescent on a blood-red field. Never so bloody has it been as in these dark and desperate days. As I looked at that flag upon that old tower, I said, "Thank God, when I come back again, not that rag, but 'the flag that has braved a thousand years, the battle and the breeze,' will be flying there"; for I knew that God had set England at the gates of Palestine to do His will; and, though England might have sinned, and though she might be paying for her sin with blood, God had a purpose, and by His grace she would work it out. In Cairo we met the Colonials, fifty thousand strong, from Australia and New Zealand, the most splendid body of men I have ever seen. They were praying for the opportunity to carry this flag into Jerusalem. We knew there were only four ragged regiments of untrained Syrian peas- ants in the city, and that the ten thousand New Zealanders alone could plant this flag where I had seen the Star and Crescent waving. How they cheered when, at the dedication of a Y. M. C. A. tent, I told them so, and said, "Boys, I'm sorry I shall not be there to welcome you, but I expect to be there to say good-bye"! A few weeks later, those brave fellows leaped from the boats into the water at Gallipoli, stormed the heights and cleared the way for the landing of the army; and though their bones are strewn on that peninsula, when shall their glory fade? 150 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Their comrades formed a part of Murray's con- tingent which conquered the desert and set the standard of their country in South Palestine. It was the Anzac cavalry that captured Beersheba. They were in the thick of it at Gaza. They cleared the way on the rapid advance up the plains. They rode into Jaffa. They were side by side with the Highlanders, the Welshmen, the Londoners and the Ghurkas when the fastnesses of the Judean hills were captured. The capture of Jerusalem was a surprise. We Who thought we knew said those wadies leading into the hills were impregnable. Evidently the Germans and Turks thought so, too. Just before it was accomplished, I met our beloved American consul for the first time since that memorable day when, by his Christian grace and wisdom, he saved us from the Turk when we had been twice butted from the Jaffa wharf by Turkish rifles. He told me, as a father would tell his boy, of those years of the military preparations; of the seventy thousand troops, the flower of the Turk- ish army, who guarded those hills when he left; of the triple line of trenches as fine as anything in France, and added, "Allenby will never try to storm those hills and capture the city; he will pursue them up the plain and cut them off from the north." So said we all. Yet it was but a day or two till we read that the British were on the hills. There was but one road by which the artillery could be transported. It passed through the Bab el Wad, that is, the Gate of the Valley, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 151 which is a veritable death-trap. "In that straight pass a thousand could well be checked by three." The Turks knew it. The British knew it. Our consul knew it. But Allenby went through that pass without losing a gun. He threw a line of khaki up on the crest of the hill along which Jesus walked to Emmaus with two disciples. That line held for a week against desperate at- tacks till roads were built, till the Southern army marched through Hebron and past Bethlehem and all was ready to close in for a united attack on the Holy City. Then, down the boulder-strewn mountain sides, where there was scarcely a bridle- path, and up the equally rocky ascent to the city, poured the infantry, recking nothing of the bat- teries planted against the city walls, where they knew the British would not silence them lest they destroy the sacred city, fearing not the machine guns hidden in the Jewish houses. The southern flank had captured the Jericho road, and was cutting off the retreat. The northern wing was astride the Damascus road leading north. Once again it seemed that the streets of Jerusalem would run red with blood. Two days before, the civilians had been given notice to leave. The day before, they were ordered to be ready at daybreak to quit the city. One of our teachers, seeking an explanation why no further order came, went down to the Jaffa gate. She arrived just in time to see the officials hand out a white flag to a foreign officer whom she thought was an Austrian, who bore it out the 152 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Jaffa road. She did not understand what it meant till she saw the Kilties, the Anzacs and the Lon- doners marching in, unopposed, while the city went wild with joy as this old British flag was unfurled. Jerusalem had been taken, and not a drop of blood had been spilt in the city. That was God. God forbid that I should deny to my countrymen the honor due to them for their strategy and courage! But General Allenby en- tering the city, not in gorgeous triumph but on foot, gave the glory to the Lord of battles. The clock had struck the hour. The time appointed for the Turk to go had come, and he went at God's command. Now, if the hour of the passing of the Turk from Palestine has come, it means great things to the Promised Land. It marks the beginning of the end of the desolation. Have you ever noticed Isaiah's message to Israel? It was given to him when, with breaking heart at the declen- sion and death of his great king, the young prophet betook himself to the Temple. His heart broke indeed when he received that message — a message that blindness of eyes, deafness of ears, and hardness of heart would be visited upon Israel until their houses should be left without a man, their cities without inhabitants, and their land be utterly desolate (Isa. 6:9-13). It was that vision of desolation that broke the heart of Jesus as He was riding in triumph into Jerusalem. We who have lived there have seen it fulfilled. Yes, and we have seen more. We have seen a little LIGHT ON PROPHECY 153 garden in a valley, watered by one of those few mountain springs; a terraced hillside here and there ; the Jewish colonies, forty of them, turning the wilderness into a very garden of the Lord. Now these colonies are being restored. The fel- lah is again holding his plow with one hand and prodding his oxen with the other. Starving sur- vivors are earning bread on roads and recon- struction. I have been denied the privilege of being one of that party of Americans who are probably landing to-day. They have gone with the equipment of language, of knowledge, of money, of material, and with well-considered plans for the relief of the people and the re-habilitation of the Land. The chief engineer of the party said, when leaving New York, "You men need not fear that you will shake with Syrian fever. There will never be any more fever there* We will make Jerusalem the healthiest city in the world." The Jews are pouring in their millions, and will soon pour in their men. The Allied governments are behind it all. Surely the capture of the City of the Great King means that the end of the deso- lation is at hand. "Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, UNTIL THE TIMES OF THE GENTILES BE FULFILLED" (Luke 21: 24). It means also the beginning: of the end of the dispersion. There are, it seems to me, three stages in the regathering of Israel. The first is the one-by-one regathering (Isa. 27:12). That has been going on. It began before you and I had any 154 LIGHT ON PROPHECY interest in the Jew, when some of us were self- satisfied unbelievers in the literal fulfilment of prophecy. The Russian pogroms kept it going. For thirty-five years the Jews have been return- ing like doves to their windows, while the Syrians have been leaving the Land on every ship. The capture of Jerusalem prepared the way for the second stage. There will be a national move- ment, backed by international power. There are many prophecies of such a regathering. Isaiah says, in one of his climacteric passages: "It shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set His hand the second time to recover the remnant of His people, that shall remain, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And He shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather to- gether the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth" (Isa. 11: 11-12). How care- fully the Spirit of God directed the prophet! This does not predict the return from Babylon, but a second restoration from the four corners of the earth. In the latter part of the passage he speaks of a highway from Assyria for their return. In another place he says, "In that day shall there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria" (Isa. 19:23). The Germans, Turks and British have been fulfilling these predictions. "All aboard for Bagdad!" will be heard in the Cairo depot after the war. LIGHT ON PROPHECY US Last night, as I was leaving the meeting, a burly man accosted me with, "Well, what do you think of that kind of interpretation of prophecy ! " "To what do you refer!" I replied. "Well, that pas- sage in Hosea about Israel." "I suppose you mean the part which says that they will return and seek the Lord their God and David their king in the latter days." "Yes, and everybody knows that was fulfilled," he responded. "Then will you tell me when?" I inquired. "Why, after the Babylonish captivity," said our friend. "You mean that the Jews had kings of the line of David?" I asked. "Certainly," said this cor- rector of teachers. "Will you kindly name them?" I asked quite innocently. Just then a friend greeted him and ended the interview. If he is here to-day I hope he will tell me the names of those Jewish kings that sat on David's throne after the captivity. We all know who that King will be. "Great David's greater Son" will fulfil that prophecy. That will be the third stage in the second return — the Messianic regathering, I like to call it. ' ' The Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David: and He shall reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end" (Luke 1:32-33). Again, the capture of Jerusalem indicates that we are at the beginning of the end of the declaration of the gospel. One of the prophets says that, when Israel forsook Jehovah, she built temples. When the church began to forsake the 156 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Lord, they erected costly cathedrals and great buildings which we call churches. Nowadays, we build institutional churches. Jesus gave his church just one command: "Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature" (Mark 16: 15). Speaking of the end of the age, he said, 1 ' This gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come" (Matt. 24:14). I am not here to break a lance in the arena of conflict- ing interpretations of this great declaration, but I am here to say that Jesus Christ gave us a thing to do and we have not done it. What has hap- pened in Jerusalem, what is happening in Israel, what is manifest among the nations, shows that the great political and national events are culmi- nating in the predicted end-time drama. Yet we loiter. Some, thank God, are about our Master's business. Yonder on the heights of Ecuador a little band are looking over the Andes into the heart of South America where millions of Indians are utterly unevangelized. From the French Soudan and the French Congo comes the cheering word that the door is open to enter the heart of unreached Africa. Anam is opening to our mis- sionaries. Our outposts have entered the borders of Tibet. And now the capture of Jerusalem gives promise that the Mohammedan world is no longer closed against us; but that "Arabia's desert ranger to Him shall bow the knee." LIGHT ON PROPHECY 157 It is a clarion call to preach the gospel to every creature, such as the church has never before heard. At such an hour it is not for us to fold our arms and look up, to sigh over conditions around us, to pray to be caught away out of the wreck of this sin-cursed world. I am asking Him to give me strength, to give me renewed purpose, to give me men at my back to carry this gospel a little further and so to bring back our King. If this conference fails in this, it fails of His will. I would not cross the street to talk to a crowd of premillennialists about the coming of the Lord unless they were looking for and hastening His coming by sending forth the gospel. There are premillennialists who are so taken up with the- ories, that they have no thought for missions. They have never sacrificed anything to send the gospel to the regions beyond. They have never suffered for the completion of the task which He is waiting up yonder for us to finish. That is my message to this convention. The capture of Jerusalem also meant the defeat of German design. It is not the overthrow of German autocracy, but it is God's token that the process has begun. "Mittel Europa" is a phrase to us. It is a destiny to the Germans. But what use is "Mittel Europa" without Jerusalem? What avail is "Berlin to Bagdad" while old Eng- land holds the Gates of Hercules, the Suez Canal, Colombo and Hong Kong? This is the world's highway, and nobody knows it half so well as the 158 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Kaiser. That is what lie means by "the freedom of the seas. ' • Freedom, forsooth ! Why, wherever that old British ensign flies on the four seas there is freedom. It is the guarantee that any nation can send its ships into any port on peaceful errand. But if they come for war, for aggression, for destruction, that flag defies them. Its stands for the freedom of the seas, not for one Empire, but for all nations, small or great. Germany thought to control the freedom of the seas by capturing the Suez Canal, and was defeated. She sought to conquer the Egyptian desert, and was defeated. She clung to Beersheba and Gaza, and again she was defeated. Her feet were planted within thy walls, O Jerusalem, but, thank God, she was driven out. That defeat was the handwriting on the wall. "Insignificant," the Germans say. God says it is significant. For it will be in Palestine that Ger- many will finally meet her judgment. No, not in this war, but in a bloodier struggle. There is a section of the prophet Ezekiel which covers the events of which I am speaking. The thirty-fifth chapter is the doom of Edom. The Mohammedans are the religious, and the Turk- ish power, the political, successors of ancient Edom. What is said in that chapter is being ful- filled in Turkey and in Mohammedanism. Isaiah's burden of Dumah is the cry of a man in the darkness of Islam to the watchman in the watchtower of missions. We heard it before the war. We shall hear it yet again when the war is over. God cannot fully judge him till we have LIGHT ON PROPHECY 159 offered him the gospel. The thirty-sixth and thirty-seventh chapters are the promise of the final restoration of Israel to their Land, to their covenant position, and to their Messiah. The thirty-eighth and thirty-ninth chapters are THE DOOM OF GEEMANY. That may be challenged. It is long since that students recognized Eussia in this prophecy. It includes Eussia. But, if I rightly understand the described territory, it lies north of the Ehine, the Danube, the Black Sea, the mountains of Armenia and the Persian Gulf, with a large sec- tion of Africa, south of Egypt. It is not ' ' Mittel Europa," but a great Northern Empire. As Ezekiel describes it, it includes the then known world except the region ruled by the four suc- cessive world-empires of Daniel's vision. Before the war, some of us saw these prophetic forecasts. When war burst upon us, we said it would result in a Eus so-Germanic alliance. With intensest interest we watch the rapid unfolding of Ezekiel 's vision. It would seem as if God had chained these nations to those fiery wheels and was whirling them on to their destiny. It is strange that otherwise sane interpreters forget that there can be no war without two powers. Many of our would-be prophets have been so transfixed by the image and the Beasts in Daniel that they have failed to see the King of the North of the eleventh chapter who will come against the King of the South like a whirl- wind, and shall enter into the glorious Land. 160 LIGHT ON PROPHECY This is exactly what Ezekiel presents in detail. He even declares that he is the one of whom the earlier prophets spoke, that is, the Assyrian. Ezekiel does not describe the human power which will contend against him. It is manifest, how- ever, that it is the mighty power that will hold protectorate over the restored Jews. With the end of the war, Germany and Eussia, with other nations in alliance, will be in a sore plight. Loaded down with debt, they will, says Ezekiel, look on the land of nnwalled villages, devise an evil device "to- take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn their hand against the waste places that are now inhabited, and against the people that are gathered out of the nations, that have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the middle of the earth." That is it. They want the riches of restored Israel. They want the central city of the earth. They lost it in 1917. They will never rest till they besiege it again. Now God is not the Author of evil. He never tempts any man or nation. But when a man or a nation sets his heart to do an evil thing, God says, as he did to Judas, * ' Come on, get this thing done quickly, for thy time of judgment has come." So shall it be with Germany. She has set her heart to win empire at any cost. She has derided God's Holy Scriptures, denied the supernatural and exalted the superman. She has denied the fulfilment of prophecy and has exalted the god of forces. She has cast mercy and honor to the winds. Like Israel of old, her LIGHT ON PROPHECY 161 prophets are profane, and her priests teach for reward, and her people love to have it so. God seems to care not. He lets her curse and blast mankind. Yet not for ever. Ezekiel says that God will call the beasts and birds to a sacrifice upon His holy mountains. He will put hooks in her jaws and hasten her to the conflict. With proud confidence she will sweep into Palestine. It seems to be unprepared, as was Belgium. God will meet them with every device they have in- vented. Pestilence, sword, fire, brimstone, all her own devilish weapons will overwhelm her. Of her mighty millions, only one-sixth will sur- vive the carnage. The inhabitants of the Land will be seven months in burying the bodies which the beasts and birds have not devoured. That is the end of Germany. And finally, the capture of Jerusalem marked the beginning of the end of all imperialism. The book of Daniel is the history of the rise, course and fall of imperialism. Before Neo-Babylonia there was no world power. Assyria was God's battleaxe to judge many nations; but the As- syrians had not the genius for empire. Germany will be the heart of a great northern confederacy, but it will be only one arm of a world "balance of power." We have seen the tragic end of her career portrayed so graphically by Ezekiel. Daniel pictured the four world-empires. They have come and gone. Out of the ruins of Rome rose modern nations, represented by the feet of the image, made of a mixture of iron and clay. 162 LIGHT ON PROPHECY It is the prophets vision of the conglomerate principles of modern government, with the con- tending forces of autocracy and democracy. Out of it will come a confederacy represented by the ten toes of the image and the ten horns of the fourth Beast. Who can now doubt that the Presi- dent's policy of "a league of nations strong enough to make war impossible" will be the out- come of the war? If that league includes essen- tially the territory of the old Roman Empire and the lands which have been colonized from that region, and if the northern confederacy is also formed, we shall know assuredly that we have come to the climax of this age. Out of that group of ten kingdoms will arise a little horn, thrusting out three and dominating the others. Drunk with the lust for empire, he will lift up his hand against the holy people, blaspheme against high heaven, and finally pro- claim himself God in the Temple at Jerusalem. The Jews will pass through the throes of the Time of Jacob's Trouble. Armageddon will be fought. The blood will flow to the horses 9 bridles on that great two-hundred-mile battle-line. The very heavens will answer pang for pang to this stricken world, while the earth will be shaken to its center. Mankind, terror-stricken, will cry to the rocks to fall on them. Then, out of the open- ing heavens, will come our Christ. The bright- ness of His appearing will paralyze Antichrist. His feet shall stand where He said farewell to His disciples. The remnant of the Jews shall LIGHT ON PROPHECY 163 shout, "Hosannah! Blessed be He that cometh in the name of the Lord!" Then one, drawing near, shall cry, "What are these wounds in His hands f ' ' Then shall they ' i look upon Him whom they have pierced, and mourn for Him." Oh, what mourning it will be! The father will rush to his bedchamber, and the mother to her solitary kitchen, unable to share their grief for their long rejection of Jesus the Crucified One. But the days of their mourning will end when they behold in their Messiah the fountain opened unto the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jeru- salem for sin and for uncleanness. Their Light has come, and the glory of Jehovah has risen upon them. King of kings and Lord of lords, He shall rule from sea to sea, and from the rivers unto the ends of the earth. Then the Massey- Harris Company with gather up the shells they shipped to Europe to plow it into fields of blood, beat them into plows and harvesters, and send them back to the sunny fields of France. The songs of the reaper will be heard where now the shrieks of the slaughtered -are drowned in the roar of battle; and the nations shall learn war no more. Then shall Jerusalem be holy in very deed, and the earth shall be filled with the glory of God as the waters cover the sea. Captive daughter of Zion, thine hour of deliverance is at hand! L THE RE-GATHERING OF ISRAEL IN UNBELIEF Rev. James M. Gray, D.D. Dean of the Moody Bible Institute of Chicago; author of "Synthetic Bible Studies" "Great Epochs of Sacred History," "The Christian Workers* Commentary** "How to Master the English Bible" etc. I commence this address by laying down a def- inition of the Bible, which is, the history of the redemption of the human race on this earth. I emphasize the last phrase, "on this earth.' ' There are some who seem to think that the Bible is taken up chiefly with heaven, but it says very little about heaven. It is dealing chiefly with the earth and the people that are upon it. God loves the earth and its people, notwithstanding all that the people are doing, at the present time to con- tradict that statement. As was said this morning, His glory shall fill the earth, and the knowledge of the Lord shall cover the earth as the waters cover the sea. Keeping in mind, therefore, that the Bible is the history of the redemption of the human race on this earth, I ask you to note, in the second place, that God is using two instruments, or two 164 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 165 servants, in the carrying out of His purpose .of redemption. One instrument, the primary one, of course, is "His only begotten and well-beloved Son," the Seed of the woman who should bruise the serpent's head, the Seed of Abraham in whom all the families of the earth shall be blessed, the Son of David whose kingdom shall be established for ever, "the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world," whose "own self bare our sins in His own bqdy on the tree." But God is pleased to reveal a secondary instrument, in the nation of Israel. The human race had been some time on the earth before He made that truth known. It is first revealed to us in the call of Abram to be the father of that nation as indicated in the 12th chapter of Genesis. GOD'S PURPOSE IN ISRAEL Now what had, or what has God in mind, in the use of Israel as His servant? Three things: (1) He desired Israel to be a depository for His truth in the earth, and unto Israel was committed the s^acred oracles. The writer of every book of the Bible was a Jew, and the Jews kept the Bible in- tact for the world until the coming of Christ and the establishment of the Christian church. (2) He desired Israel to be a channel for the incoming of the personal Eedeemer to the earth, and, as you know, Israel has given to the world its only Saviour, though she crucified Him when He came. (3) He desired Israel to be a national witness to 166 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Himself before the other nations of the earth, in order that those nations in response to that wit- ness, beholding Him as the only and true God in His attributes of justice, power, holiness, truth and love, might be brought into loving and cheer- ful submission to His holy will. Israel has fulfilled the first two purposes, but has not as yet fulfilled the third. She has never borne a faithful and true witness to Gcvd, and the result is seen in the conflict of the nations in the present war. This war can be traced directly to the unfaithfulness of Israel as a witness to God, in consequence of which there is not a Christian nation upon the face of the earth. In every nation there are many Christians, but there is not a Christian nation as such, and there never has been. Moreover, so far as Israel is concerned, ehe, too, is suffering the punishment of her un- faithfulness in being scattered among these na- tions, persecuted, " sifted as corn is sifted in a sieve," and yet not one grain shall fall to the earth, is the testimony of God. In other words, it is God's purpose, as all of the prophets witness, to bring Israel back to her land, first indeed in un- belief, but afterwards she shall look upon Him whom she pierced, and shall mourn because of Him, and in that day she shall cry in the language of Isaiah, "Lo, this is our God, we have waited for Him, we will rejoice and be glad in His salva- tion !" Then it is that Israel shall again take up the broken threads of her testimony for God, and through which the Gentiles shall be brought jto LIGHT ON PROPHECY 167 know Him and the kingdoms of the world at length shall become "the kingdom of our Lord and of His Christ." THE ABUNDANCE OF PROOF The proof of the regathering of Israel is em- barrassing in its riches. Where shall one begin in the Bible to talk abont it? Genesis is filled with it, Leviticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy. You cannot understand the book of Psalms until you have this great truth as its key. It is the be- ginning and the ending of the so-called prophetic books from Isaiah to Malachi. Matthew is rich in this teaching, Luke possesses it, the Acts, Ro- mans, and when we come to the book of Revela- tion — what is that book without it? It is the warp and woof of the whole Bible, but for the sake of brevity and convenience I am limit- ing your attention to a single chapter, the 30th of Deuteronomy. The situation is this: Moses is soon to climb Mt. Pizgah to view the promised land which he was not permitted to enter, and then to take his flight into the presence of God; and before he goes, he is leaving this last word and testament with Israel — a word of warning, instruction, and hope. He is setting before his people in chapters 27 to 30, the blessings and the cursings which will come on them in either case as they obey or dis- obey their God, and at the close of his rendition of the cursings we read these words : "And it shall come to pass, when all these 168 LIGHT ON PROPHECY things are come upon thee, the blessing and the curse, which I have set before thee, and thou shalt call them to mind among all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath driven thee, and shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey His voice according to all that I command thee this day . . . with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, that then the Lord thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee* "And the Lord thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it and He will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers. "And the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, that thou may est live. "And the Lord thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies, and on them that hate thee, which persecuted thee. "And the Lord thy God will make thee plenteous in every work of thine hand, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy land, for good ; for the Lord will again rejoice over thee for good, as He rejoiced over thy fathers: if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to keep his commandments and His statutes which are written in this book of the law, and if thou turn unto the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul. ,, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 169 SEVEN PKOMISES OF GOD Here are seven promises for Israel, each of them beginning with the letter "R," which will enable us to recall them easier. (1) We have a promise of remembrance: "It shall come to pass, when all these things are come upon thee . . . and thou shalt call them to mind among all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath driven thee. ,, Israel has not called these things to mind as yet, but the time is coming when she shall do so, for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it. (2) The promise of remembrance is followed by a promise of repentance: "And shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey His voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine heart, and with all thy soul." (3) The promise of re- pentance is followed by the promise of regather- ing: "Then the Lord thy God will turn thy cap- tivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee." (4) The promise of regathering is followed by the promise of restoration to the land: "The Lord thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it; and He will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers." (5) The promise of the restoration is followed by that of their regeneration, for al- though they are going back at first in unbelief, yet it is written: "The Lord thy God will circumcise 170 LIGHT ON PROPHECY thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, that thou mayest live. " (6) The promise of regeneration is followed by one of retribution upon their Gentile enemies: "And the Lord thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies, and on them that hate thee, which persecuted them." (7) And finally, the promise of retribution is followed by one of replenishment in the land: "And the Lord thy God will make thee plenteous in every work of thine hand, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy land, for good ; for the Lord will again rejoice over thee for good, as He rejoiced over thy fathers: if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of the Lord thy God, to keep His commandments and His statutes which are written in this book of the law." But someone may say, "What about that 'if'?" Let it not divert your thought from the fulfil- ment of these promises for a moment. It is a good deal like the "if " of the inspired apostle Paul used more than once in the New Testament. When he says to the church at Colosse, "If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God," he does not use "if " in the sense of a con- dition, or a contingency. It is axiomatic with Paul, and he is using it declaratively. It were as though he said, "Inasmuch as," or, "Seeing that ye are risen with Christ, set your mind on things above. ' ■ LIGHT ON PROPHECY 171 I do not say that the "if" in this instance is axiomatic, as in the case of Paul, but I do say that there is no condition, no contingency in it; it is a declaration of fact. We learn that as we oome to compare this word by Moses with the same word by the lips and pens of all the holy prophets that have spoken since the world began. It is God's decree, and God will see that it is carried out. Israel's unbelief But our theme is the re-gathering of Israel in unbelief, and their re-gathering at first is of such a character. As a matter of fact, Israel has been in process of re-gathering to her own land for decades and generations, and always she is gath- ering there in unbelief, so far as her Messiah is concerned. Zionism is only one of the many agen- cies for bringing her back. There are other or- ganizations engaged in the colonization of Pales- tine with the Jew, and after this war is over the Jew will go back in numbers beyond anything that most of us have conceived of. The Gentile nations feel an obligation to send the Jew back to Palestine which they cannot pos- sibly avoid. For example, the Turk is gradually being driven out of the Holy Land, never to re- turn. But who will have control of that so very important part of the earth when the Turk is gone? Shall Russia have control of it? That would mean the pre-eminence of the Greek church, and the Roman Catholic nations never would per- 172 LIGHT ON PROPHECY mit it. Shall France or Austria have control of it? That would mean the pre-eminence of the Roman Catholic church, and Eussia would not permit it. Do not think for a moment that Rus- sia shall continue in her present dilapidated con- dition for very long. The prophets tell us that Russia has a future, a future of national and worldly greatness and power, a mighty strength that she has never realized in the history of the past. But no Protestant country could have con- trol of Palestine, for then the Roman Catholic nations, and those in which the Greek church is in the ascendency, would unite in protest and opposi- tion. Therefore, there is only one people from a national point of view that can be permitted to re-people Palestine — the people to whom Pales- tine by right belongs for ever. Speaking further of their return in unbelief, I quote a paragraph or two from John Wilkinson's "Israel, My Glory." He remarks that many Christians, in ignorance of the purpose of God in thus restoring them, have contended that to re- store the Jews in unbelief would tend to confirm them in their unbelief. And, as the rejection of Christ was one of the causes of their national re- jection, why should they be thus restored to Pales- tine before repenting of their sin, and before ac- knowledging Him as their Messiah and Lord? He replies that it obviates the difficulty when we re- member that the Jews are not to be restored for immediate blessing, but that, between their na- tional restoration and their national blessing, they LIGHT ON PROPHECY 173 are to experience that Time of Jacob 's Trouble, of which the prophets speak. God levies chastise- ment upon Israel in Palestine, in the very place where the national sins were committed which caused the national rejection. Listen to the words of Jeremiah: "Thus saith the Lord ; we have heard a voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace. Ask ye now, and see whether a man doth travail with child? where- fore do I see every man with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it : it is even the time of Jacob 's trouble ; but he shall be saved out of it. ' ' Listen to these words of Daniel: "And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people : and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered." Listen to the words of Jesus in the 24th of Matthew, where he says: "Then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world until now; no, nor ever shall be." Let us remember, dear friends and brethren, that Jacob's Trouble will reach its climax in the culmination of the power of the Antichrist. Just prior to his destruction by the personal advent of the Lord Jesus, he will make a desperate, though unsuccessful effort to destroy the Jewish nation. When we are now referring to the personal ad- vent of the Lord Jesus, it is not to His coming in 174 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the air, where His church will be caught up to meet Him. So far as I know, there is nothing to interfere with that coming, and .1 am looking for Him every day. But the .coming now referred to with reference to the deliverance of Israel is that second aspect of His Second Coming when He comes with His church, and "His holy angels in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, and obey not the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ." The Antichrist will in that day, as already stated, make a desperate, though unsuccessful ef- fort to destroy the Jewish nation, because that nation is the most powerful of the living witnesses to the existence of the one only and true God, and to the inspiration of the Bible as the Word of God. No wonder that the Antichrist should seek by one supreme effort to wipe it from the face of the earth. In that day, the language of Israel's ancient enemies will be repeated, when they said, 1 * Come and let us cut them off from being a na- tion." But just at the moment of Israel's ex- tremity, when the Antichrist seems to have com- plete success, the clouds part asunder over the Mount of Olives and Christ returns, the Jews are delivered, and the Antichrist is destroyed. At the Wednesday evening session the chair was occupied by Dr. Howard A. Kelly of Balti- more, Md. Dr. Kelly holds a position almost unique in his profession. With academic, pro- fessional, and honorary degrees from the Uni- versities of Pennsylvania, Washington and Lee, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 175 Aberdeen, and Edinburgh, his rank as a scholar is clearly recognized. His published works have caused him to be reckoned the most eminent of all authorities in his own field. Dr. Kelly remarked upon the large attendance and great enthusiasm in connection with the pres- ent Conference. "I was talking to one of my good friends yesterday noon, in another large city," said he, " about this very matter we now have under consideration. He is one of the lead- ing Bible teachers «of the world, and one of the noblest and best men I have ever known ; but he has fought shy of this matter. He said : 'I have not taken hold of it, because the churches are all against it. I have not seen it quite clearly, and I do not want to antagonize the churches I am try- ing to bring together.' Now, from the appear- ance of this splendid audience this evening, one might think the churches are, after all, getting together on this great subject." The devotional services introducing the evening program were conducted by the Rev. Dean A. C. Peck of Denver, Colo. He said: "Upon return- ing to my hotel this evening, I met a man from New Jersey, whom I knew long ago. He had seen the crowds in front of this building, and com- mented upon the great interest manifested in these meetings. He asked me, 'Just what do you people stand for over there, and what are you doing?' I told him the distinctive doctrines of our faith. ' ' Dean Peck commented on Phil. 2 :5-ll. WAR ON GERMAN THEOLOGY Rev. Cortland Myers, D.D. Pastor of Tremont Baptist Temple, Boston, Mass. Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: The abomination of abominations in the modern re- ligious world is that ripe, rank, rampant, rotten new theology made in Germany. Martin Luther in the great Reformation gave to the German people an open Bible, and with that open Bible in their hands they became a very prosperous and powerful people. In these last forty years of their history, they have reversed the condi- tions, having taken that open Bible and torn it in shreds and trampled it beneath their feet like mere scraps of paper, thus substituting for real Christianity and the principles of the gospel of the Son of God, the law of the survival of the fittest, with the result now manifest in our world-tidal wave of barbarism, savagery, and immorality. For they have secured by this process in recent years, a nation of agnostics and atheists, and it is not a long way from infidelity to immorality. For they have secured by this the other. We see the harvest fields being reaped from these seeds of German rationalism and 176 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 177 false philosophy. All this is unquestionably true, and it is a grave question to-night whether this war would be burdening our world with its curse if it had not been for the new theology started in Germany some years ago and permeating and poisoning .our theological seminaries as well as our other institutions, and some of our pulpits, and even reaching the hearts of many Christian people. You will make the discovery, if you will read history — the religious history of the world — that the Person of Christ has always been the center of the battlefield; and it has been no different in this instance. You have heard that before; the world has often heard it; but we have failed to learn the lesson. I know of a boy who went to school and who always had difficulty with his grammar. He could manage arithmetic, history, spelling, and most of the other subjects, but he had great difficulty with grammar. This one sub- ject he was unable to master and apply He would always say this — "I have went." The teacher became wearied with her efforts to cure him of that apparently fatal disease, and said: "lam going to correct you of this. I shall keep you after school, and you will write this sentence, 'I have gone,' one hundred times.' ' The boy sat down on that hard bench in front of the desk, heaved a heavy sigh and sobbed a moment, and then wrote one hundred sentences all in a row, "I have gone," and counted backwards every time he wrote, to be sure that he did not write one too 178 LIGHT ON PROPHECY many. When he had finished the last line, he sighed once more, and then wrote this sentence at the bottom of the page, "I have written this one hundred times, and I have went home." We have been pointing in other directions sometimes without remembering the fact concern- ing theology and the discussion of the centuries and the real center of all the difficulties. It is pre-eminently the Person of Christ; and the one question to ask, in the face of this tidal wave of German theology, is, Who is this Christ! Who is He? That is the interrogation that ought to find its way into the heart of humanity at this hour, and so fasten itself there with its divine answer that we never can be shaken from it. Who is He? First of all, He is the supreme Authority in religion. We always demand an authority in religion. The world always has. It must always demand this. Philosophy doesn't demand it; science does not demand it. But when we come to religion, the human heart al- ways demands some real authority. Some men have said that it was in the individual soul; that the personal consciousness of the man was suffi- cient for his authority in religion. I grant you that he has an aptness for worship and the recog- nition of God; that he has a conscience that dic- tates to him something about the path of right; but he cannot find in his own heart the authority that will satisfy himself and satisfy his fellow- nran. There must be something other than that which comes from a man's own consciousness and LIGHT ON PROPHECY 179 his individual soul for his authority. Some other people have said, We must have authority, so we will have a vice-gerent of God on earth, and we will establish a Pope in Eome. I grant you that that gentleman is not too far away and he is sufficiently easy of access, but his infallibility has depended upon a long line of Popes, good and bad — mostly bad. "Where are we going to have our real authority in religion? Some people tell us that we have it in the Bible. Some tell us that we have it in Christ. I do not know how you can separate the two. I think they are married and cannot be divorced. The Bible centers in Christ. My authority must be in the Book of Christ and in the Christ -of the Book, and I never can be satis- fied with anything less. The preacher who does not have this -as his authority is in a very strange position. Who can listen to him? If it is his personal consciousness that is going to transact this business, or if his individual soul is his author- ity, then he comes before his fellowmen with nothing whatever to bring to them as a message. He must have .something outside of himself. When the ambassador went to the Court of St. James's, he went with the authority and the word of the United States Government back of him. Yes, but that did not satisfy. Something had to be added. He went into the Court of St. James's, but he did not represent this country in reality until he went into his pocket and drew out a sealed document and then he was accredited 180 LIGHT ON PROPHECY representative of this Government at the court of St. James's. A man might say that he was God's messenger — and God has the right and authority to send His messengers — nevertheless he is not God's ambassador unless he comes with this Book as his signed and sealed authority, sealed by the Holy Ghost. When he presents that, he is God's representative to this world and he can preach with authority. He is a fakir if he tries anything else. We have had a large amount of difficulty in America from foreign immigration. We have had u large amount of blessings — perhaps most of our an- cestors came across the seas; perhaps some of you came across the seas — but we have had our perils; and we have never realized them quite as much as we do to-night. We are conscious now that there is so much of traitorism, hidden traitor- ism; and it ought to be hunted down to the last single man or woman, and just as quickly as pos- sible. I grant you that we ought to give our level best to our country at this time. I have only one son. I love him better than I do my own soul. He has already given one year to France. When this war first broke out, he left his college course to go to France. He is in the United States army now. I will give him. I will give my money. I will give my strength. I will go the limit, and I would to God I was a younger man and I would go in the trenches myself. I will not take second place with any single one of you for patriotism. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 181 I say we ought to fight this battle against barbar- ism, and militarism, and the rest of the devil's catalog, and, God helping us, we will. But I also say to you that we ought to make war, and strenuous war, and fight to a finish, against foreign innovation or immigration into our religious world. If the churches of Great Britain, America, and France, fifty years ago had fought this iniquity, this infamous thing, there never would have been &ny war in the world now. Go back to fountainhead and you will find that your crimson stream has its source in the rank German theology that has been forcing its way into the veins and arteries of all our religious life. We ought to fight it to the finish. I know an Italian man who had a boy that was obstreper- ous. Finally he ran away from home. His father afterwards found him and brought him before the court. The judge questioned him and said, " Don't you know that your father has the right to whip you!" He said, "No, sir; he is a for- eigner, and no foreigner can lick me. I am an American. ,, Well, by the grace of God, no foreigner can transact this unholy business with me. No, sir ! we will have none of it — absolutely none of it. The authority for our message and mission on this old sin-cursed earth is in the Christ of that Book and the Book of the Christ, and we stand behind it and believe it against all earth and hell. We will have no Pope infallible or otherwise, for our authority. We will have no German rationalism for our authority. We 182 LIGHT ON PROPHECY will have only the Christ of the Book for our authority. I hate this traitorous stuff. Yes, I hate it! I have seen too much of it. I see the abominable curse working its way now into the churches and in the hearts of my fellow ministers. I see it damning our theological seminaries. I hate it! I hate it! I hate the new theology as I hate hell, from which it came ! WHO IS JESUS CHKIST ? Who is He? is our question. He is the su- preme Authority in religion. Who is He? He is God in human flesh, nothing less. How do I know it? I know it, first of all, because He was the embodiment of truth and could never speak falsehood; and He said so. I believe Him. He said, "He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father." "No man cometh unto the Father but by Me. Before Abraham was, I am. I and My Father are one." When He heard from the lips of other men the statement that He was God, He never rebuked them, He never objected to it. When Peter said, "Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God," our Lord commended it as the greatest of all truths. "On this rock," He said, "I will build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it." When Thomas, after the resurrection morning, looked into His face once more, and said, "My Lord and my God," Jesus accepted it. I am not giving any foolish nor false interpretation to Scripture. I LIGHT ON PROPHECY 183 am reading it, and I am believing it with more emphasis than I believe anything else. I was down in North Carolina a week or two ago, and an old colored educator down there told me that the scripture expositions of some of the negro preachers were very, very strange. He said that a friend of his in that town saw a negro minister reprimanding a lot of little negro boys who were out in the street, playing marbles. He walked up and said, "What is the matter! " "I was just telling these boys about their sins — trying to keep them from committing sin." "Why, boys have got to have exercise," he told him, "and play — you don't think there is any harm in playing marbles, do you?" The colored preacher replied, "You don't understand the Scriptures, Don't the Bible say, 'Marble (marvel) not?' " Some of my new theology friends have given Scripture exposition just as ridiculous interpre- tation as that, taking the simplest statements from the lips of Jesus, and the simplest state- ments in the Book, and misstating them, and misrepresenting them, and trying to read them out or read something into them that is not there — instead of reading them in a commonsense fashion and believing them. I believe what Christ said about Himself, and He said that He was God in human flesh. I believe it be- cause He said to some other people, and He is saying to us, If ye cannot believe My words, "believe Me for the very works' sake"; and that 184 LIGHT ON PROPHECY life of His was covered with manifestations of the supernatural. In 1832, Charles Darwin made that famous trip of his around the world in the ship Beagle, He stopped, or tried to stop, on the coast of Terra del Fuego. In his record of that visit, he said that that was the most savage spot his eyes had ever rested on, and that he could not put the practices of those barbarians and cannibals in writing. It was impossible to describe what he saw with his own eyes. The British Admiralty ordered that no ship should ever stop there again. One morning — early morning — by the side of a bridge in England, at one of the abutments, they found a baby wrapped only in newspaper — no father, no mother, as known. It was St. Thomas' Day, so they called the baby Thomas, and as they found him by a bridge, they called him Bridges. He was Thomas Bridges. They put him in the almshouse. He stayed in the almshouse all through his boyhood and young manhood, and under that kind of environment he was educated and brought up. The years passed, and one day, one wonderful day, this same Christ — God in human flesh — came into those almhouse yards, reached down His pierced hand, took hold of that (it is almost unbelievable), took hold of that pauper's hand, made him kingly and touched him with the divine. Then that regenerated soul made his application to the English Missionary So- ciety, and they sent him to Charles Darwin's cannibal-savage land. Christianity, is always LIGHT ON PROPHECY 185 heroic, and never afraid. The scientist Darwin had said he would never again put foot on that savage territory. Even the British Admiralty said, Don't venture on that soil; but the mission- ary said, I am going to bring Christ even to the savages. He struggled on, with the help of the Spirit of God; it was most heroic, miraculous. He gave them a language, and before he passed into glory, he had given them the entire Bible in that language that he first gave them. There is no longer a cannibal in that part of the world ; the whole of Terra del Fuego was revolutionized. Charles Darwin contributed to the Missionary Society in recognition of this miracle. I challenge you to answer, and I challenge the world to an- swer, What is the explanation of that miracle — multiplied by ten thousand more that my Lord has transacted on this old earth — if He was not God in human flesh? I know He was divine, be- cause of what He did. I know He was the Son of God — God in human flesh — because of per- sonal experience. Oh, memory sometimes is sweet! But alas, alas, there are bitter drops in the cup. I had to stand with a man in New York City by his wife's bedside when she was passing away from this life and home, leaving him in his young manhood, leaving that beautiful home and two beautiful little girls. And she was a picture — a perfect picture — a beauty in form, and feature, and character. I stood by his side and held his one hand as she was breathing out the last remnant of life. There were red flushes on 186 LIGHT ON PROPHECY her cheeks after the last breath was gone; her cheeks .seemed red in the ca-sket. You could not believe :she was dead. I .saw him reach up his other hand and say, "Lord Jesus, Lord Jesus, I love you just the same"; and I saw Christ reach down and take hold of that smitten man's hand and hfold him up by His 'divine grace. It was wonderful. Six weeks after that, he was crossing the great prairie -at midnight, out West, on a sleeper. Unable, in his agony, to sleep, the moon shining through the window on to his berth, there he lay on his back. Twelve o'clock, one o'clock, two -o'clock; no .sleep. On that shining mirrored berth above him in the moonlight, this happened. Tears rolling down like bubbles on a mountain .stream, he reached up that same hand and asked Christ once more to take hold of it, and he -saw the reflection — he saw the reflection of his own hand coming down and meeting his as he reached it up. It seemed as real to him as that. He dropped back on his pillow, and, within sixty seconds, as he afterwards told me, he was sleeping like a babe on its mother's bosom. Jesus Christ reached down His pierced hand .and took hold of my friend's hand that night- on the Western prairie, and put him to sleep like a mother puts her baby to sleep. Don't talk to me about that being merely human! He is God in human flesh, and we know it by experience. I have reached out my hand, too, through the dark- ness and He has clasped it with loving pressure, and I know it. No man can take that from me. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 187 I am here ; you know I am here. My friends are here. I touch them and I know them; yes, I know that. I am here — I am absolutely sure of it. But I will tell you something else. There is Another here, and His presence is just as real as my own. He is here on this platform. I know He is here; and some glorious day — oh, how I wish I would never get back to Boston! I wish He would come to-night — yes, He is some day coming — coming in that same bodily presence that the disciples saw on the resurrection morning — and with a thousand times more joy than they had, I shall meet Him and I shall be with Him for ever, and then I shall be like Him. I should like to get this right. I should like to get it right once more for my own sake, and for yours. I think it is the most important thing that we can think about, for if we are going to talk about the poison of German theology, then we need renewed emphasis and conviction, and I say once more that He is the supreme Authority in religion. He is God in human flesh, and He is the world's only Eedeemer. When the Tus- cania went down in North British waters, she was being convoyed by the British fleet. I am sorry it was so, for that British fleet has done such wonders for her own transports, and done such wonders in other directions, that I am sorry they had that mishap with our own American boys. Let me ask you if you know or realize what we here in America owe to that British Navy? If it had not been for that navy, you would know 188 LIGHT ON PROPHECY more about this war than you know now. Amongst other things, first of all, the British Navy- has saved the rest of this world up to to-night. When that Tuscania went down, do you know what happened! If you do, I will repeat it to you, for it is one of the most remarkable things ever known on the seas of this earth. Your American soldier boys were there from Wiscon- sin and from New England, and from North Carolina. When that ship was struck, the Birken- head order was given, and those soldiers all lined up in their places on deck and awaited further orders, and their turns with life-boats and life- savers, if there were any. Every single soldier lined up and took his place, and when that ship went down, it -still 'had nearly two hundred of our American boys standing in line. They went down still standing in line, and they were singing ' ' The Star-Spangled Banner.' ' I will fight German theology till the crack of doom, and if I go down, I'll go down with my colors flying and I'll go down singing, "In the cross of Christ I glory, Towering o'er the wrecks of time, All the light of sacred story Gathers round His head sublime." There are some things about which we may differ — merely secondary things — matters of opinion are secondary things. We are coming closer together — thank God for that! — we are LIGHT ON PROPHECY 189 coming nearer together, and this convention is an evidence of it. There are some things without which there is no Christianity, any more than you can have the human body without a heart pumping the blood through the veins and arteries, even to the finger tips. The heart is absolutely essential. The other things may be secondary. My little finger is off, but that is not essential. It is like some of the differences in denominational life. I might get along without this arm. My son over in France -saw at the beginning of this war a young Frenchman in perfect condition and yet without any arms, and with both legs -off at the body. He still retained that which was essential to the make-up and life of the human body. Now there are some things, I declare to you, without which there is no Christianity. There is no Christianity without the deity of Jesus Christ, the virgin birth of Christ (under the touch of God), the atonement of Christ on Calvary, His bodily resurrection, and His second coming. You can take that Book and throw it away for ever — throw it to the rubbish, and have no more use for it — if that is not true. It is absolutely essential. And by that, to-night, to-morrow, for the rest of life, I shall stand, and must stand, believing that Jesus Christ is this world's only hope, its only Redeemer; through His atonement for sin on Calvary. Yes, I must stand on that. That was a wonderful thing that General Foch did at the battle of the Marne. Recently, someone asked 190 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the general how he had come forth from the battle. He said immediately, "A miracle.' ' When this war is written in history, that may be the decisive battle. He said, "A miracle." Then he pointed up dramatically and said, "The good God. For," he said, "the flower of the German army — sixteen deep — an iron wall — stood against poorly prepared Frenchmen only fonr deep at the Marne." And do you remember what hap- pened? I don't wonder that Foch was made com- manding general. At the Battle of the Marne, General JofTre sent word to General French to advance. General French, with that splendid British Army, sent word back, "I am sorely pressed -and must have support." When Foch received JofTre 's order, he sent word immediately back, "My right has been turned; my left is rolled up; my center is smashed. I have ordered an advance all along the line." That advance all along the line pushed the Germans back, and farther back into the swamps, and at last the run was on for the coast. From Belgium to Switzer- land that line was stretched, and it has been bent, but, blessed be God, it has not been broken, and it never will be. Our religious line in the battle against German theology may be bent, but the Christian world needs to stand up heroically — "advance all along the line" — and, by God's grace, it shall never, never, never be broken. Who is He? I have been to hundreds of con- ventions. I have had the privilege and blessing of preaching the gospel of the Son of God to more LIGHT ON PROPHECY 191 than thirteen millions of people in every part of the world, but this is the finest audience at a convention that I ever saw in my life. Now — listen! Who is He? He is the One who went out into the Garden of God, picked a bouquet of the most beautiful flowers, and threw them down on this planet as a special token of His love. In all the valleys, and on the mountain sides, and in the gardens and the fence corners they blos- somed — the fragrant tulips and lilacs and prim- roses, and thousands of others. He is the One who walked up to an angel artist's easel, picked up the brush, and, with one sweep of His mighty hand, circled the storm-cloud with a rainbow as if He was running a many-colored ribbon through the garments of the storm. He was the One who, in the morning, with those same hands, pushed the gates open, without a creak, on their hinges, while the king of Day, with his royal retinue, drove Darkness back into its hiding, and turned glory over this planet, and gave us a new day. He is the One — He is the One — who took the notes of seraphs and covered them with feathers, and filled the forest with a chorus of ten thousand singers, while the angel messengers paused on their holy errands to listen to the music from another world ; and then they picked up the notes and carried them back home. He is the One — He is the One — who will sweep with His royal chariot across every battlefield of the world in triumph. He is the One — He is the One — who will pass in His royal garments through every 192 LIGHT ON PROPHECY palace hall on earth. He will swing His mighty scepter over every crowned head on this planet, while the hosts angelic and the hosts redeemed rend the very skies with their hallelujahs as they say "He is the King of kings and Lord of lords, and He shall reign for ever and ever and ever. Hallelujah !" COMING EVENTS CAST THEIR SHADOWS BEFORE Rev. P. W. Philpott Pastor of the Gospel Tabernacle of Hamilton, Ontario, a church ichich he founded and has rebuilt four times, doubling its capacity ivith each rebuilding. When the Convention Committee requested me to address you on "The Signs of the Times," I consented with some little feeling of hesitancy and diffidence, for this phase of the advent testi- mony is so vast and so important, and moreover, can so easily become controversial, that I would have liked had the task been undertaken by some of my brethren who I feel are much better qual- ified to present it than myself. Godly men now fallen asleep and saintly men living and toiling with us have, probably without realizing it, made it very difficult for others to proclaim these glorious and solemn prophetic truths. Moved as they have been with the grandeur and importance of the subject and im- pressed with the very large place that it occupies in the New Testament, they have allowed them- selves to be carried from their Scriptural moorings into forbidden waters, having forgotten, or ig- 193 194 LIGHT ON PROPHECY nored the fact, that one of the clearest revelations concerning the Second Coming of Christ is that, for the sons of men, God has left "the day and hour" just as uncertain, as the fact itself is certain. The teachers to whom I refer are those who have figured out a definite date for Christ to appear. How anyone can dare to do this in the face of such declarations as those made by the Master Himself in Matthew 24 :26 ; Acts 1 :7, it is hard to understand. The amazing part of this date- figuring .business is, that although our friends have failed again and again, they keep right on at it. We have all known of instances where the day was definitely fixed. It came and went, and He did not appear, but undaunted, they coolly and confidently sit down and fix up a new schedule. Now I am sure that this kind of thing has brought nothing but discredit and harm to the glorious truth that they and we so dearly love. I would suggest that when any Bible student is tempted to go into the date-fixing business, that he pray with the Psalmist, "Lord, keep back thy servant from presumptuous sins; let them not have do- minion over me : then shall I be upright, and I shall be innocent from the great transgression." "That day and hour," "the times and the sea- sons" are among the "secret things" which "belong to the Lord our God," "which the Father hath put in His own power" (Deut. 29:29; Acts 1 :7). And yet I think I should say, that the over- study of prophecy is not nearly so serious as the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 195 failure to study it at all. We must remember that the prophetic Scriptures were given for our in- struction and that God has encouraged the study of prophecy by a distinct benediction. This is especially true of the Book of Eevelation, which is preeminently a book of prophecy (Rev. 1:3). To me it is deeply significant, if not a sign of the times, that the interest in the prophetic Scrip- tures is much greater at the present moment than in any other period during the whole history of the church. The Bible is being read and studied as never before and the number of those who believe in the Second Coming of Christ is very rapidly increasing. I am also very credibly informed that the sons of Jacob are turning to the Old Testament proph- ets and seeking for light in these dark days in a way they have not done since the times of Ezra and Nehemiah. The Apostle Peter tells us that the prophetic Scripture has been given that the children of God may have light in just such days as these in which we are living (2 Pet. 2:19). Jesus told His disciples that His coming would fall "as a snare on all that dwell upon the face of the whole earth' ' (Luke 21:35), but we are also informed that His disciples are not to be surprised and overtaken as a thief, by that event (1 Thess. 5 :4). We are to have a light in the darkness and that light is the "sure word of prophecy." Now, it is not only our privilege but it is our duty to read in the light of prophecy the events 196 LIGHT ON PROPHECY that are now transpiring. Y/hen here upon earth, Christ upbraided the religious leaders of that day because while they were able to read certain weather signs, they were not able to discern the signs of the times (Matt. 16 :l-3) and in these days we read our weather forecasts, the signs of the times as to trade, stocks, markets and national movements, and our reading of them powerfully affects our business life and conduct, -and yet we fail to discern the signs of the times. Let us keep in mind that while we cannot fix the day for His appearing, yet the Scripture gives us approximate signs of the end of this age — I say approximate, mark you — because I believe that they enable us only to approximate, certainly not to calculate — the time of the end. In Matthew 24:3, we have the disciples ask- ing the Master a twofold question, " What shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of the end of the age ? ' p and all that follows in chapters 24 and 25, was given by Christ in reply to those questions, and those chapters should always be read in the light of the questions asked. Now in considering the signs of the second advent as given to us in the Scripture, we might classify them as Political, Commercial, Social, Moral, Spiritual, and National or Jewish signs. I shall barely mention some of these in passing and endeavor to emphasize the last, because it is the most significant. The Political Signs. The Master announced that the end time should be particularly marked LIGHT ON PROPHECY 197 by terrific wars of unusual magnitude and horror (Matt. 24:6). Here He tells us that the whole age from that time until He should return would be characterized by " Wars and Rumors of Wars," and we know how very literally that prophecy has been fulfilled. You will observe, however, that in this verse He tells them that "the end is not yet"; but in verse 7 we have just such a cataclysm of strife, suffering and death as we are now witnessing on the blood-soaked fields of Europe. Surely we have come to the time when "nation has risen against nation." And these "are the beginning of sorrows." Let me read from Luke 21:25-26. "And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars, and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity ; the sea and the waves roaring; men's hearts fail- ing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken." Yes, we have come to this place in the history of the nations ; and if these are but the ' ' beginning of sorrows," what will the consummation bef Let every believer note verse 28, "And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads ; for your redemption draweth nigh. ' ' I believe that to-day there has come into the hearts of God's people everywhere a feeling that we are living in the end times, and not a few of us are waiting for His appearing. Commercial Signs. In Daniel 12 :4, we read that 198 LIGHT ON PROPHECY in the time of the end "many shall run to and fro and knowledge shall be increased. ' ' We have reached the age of travel and applied science. Millions are rushing to and fro upon the earth, under the earth, on the sea, under the sea, and through the air like eagles. I was in Southern California last month and they told me there that in that State there was an automobile for every twelve persons, and that by a bit of crowding they could take the whole state for a motor trip on any given day. From the poor attendance at the churches, I imagine that they do go on a trip every Lord's Day. Someone has said that the 19th century advanced human progress more than all the centuries before, and that the first decade of the 20th century surpassed the whole of the 19th. If this is true of the first ten years of this century, what shall we say of these last four years? Surely we have reached the very acme of human genius and invention. I believe that all this is not only a sign of the times, but it is a foregleam of that most glorious day which is yet to dawn for this world. The Scriptures call it "The Day of the Lord.'' It is the day when He shall reign from the rivers to the ends of the earth, and all of these instruments of destruction and death shall be placed in channels of blessing where they will be utilized for the higher purposes of His kingdom. Social Signs. (James 5:1-8). Here we have a most accurate picture of conditions that charac- terize these very days. It is an ominous picture. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 199 I do not believe that these conditions prevailed in the days of the Apostle, but a man must be blind who cannot see that we are living in the times of which James wrote. The few own every- thing and control all, and even in these days of suffering and sorrow, selfishness and greed have raised their ugly heads and are fattening them- selves on the blood of the poor. God have mercy on these profiteers who make themselves rich on the common necessities of life while our boys are bleeding to death in the defence of our liberty. I read a little parody on one of our hymns the other day and it was not without point. "Let us gather up the sunbeams, lying all around our path, Let us keep the wheat and roses, give the poor the thorns and chaff, Let us find our chiefest pleasure, hoarding bounties of to-day, And the poor will get scant measure, and two prices have to pay. We might corner e'en the wind god, and confine him to a cage, And through some patent process, we the atmosphere might gauge. Then we'll squeeze our little brother, when his lungs he tries to fill, Put a meter on his wind-pipe and present our little bill." I read in one of your morning papers to-day of a schoolgirl who receives from her father's estate $12,500 a year, and she complains that it's not nearly enough to meet her ordinary expenses, and appeals to the Surrogate Court in New York to have the allowance increased to $20,000. Among the items of expenses which she files to substan- 200 LIGHT ON PROPHECY tiate her claim, I noticed for manicuring, sham- pooing and hairdressing the sum of $3,000; for entertainments, dinners, and dances, $2,000; while she asks the modest sum of but $5,000 for the upkeep of her automobile, and $3,000 for other social duties at the school. It is this kind of sel- fishness and luxurious living that breeds anar- chism of the worst kind. It is no wonder that James said "a terrible day of retribution " was coming for such people. Yes, the spirit of selfishness is everywhere most evident. Yet I think it fair to say that we except from these strictures all those noble men and women who have come into possession of great wealth and are honestly striving to solve the problem of their stewardship, and are using their money for the uplift of their fellow-kind and the spread of the glorious gospel. Moral Signs. (2 Tim. 3:1-4). "Why are you a premillennialist ? ' ' asked a brother the other day, and I replied, "Because Jesus said that at His coming He would find the world in a condition similar to that of the days of Noah and Lot." We all know that those were days of moral midnight. What are the facts to-day? Are we growing better? Are we becoming more Godlike? Now, friends, many of our brethren say that we are improving in spite of all that is transpiring. Where they get the evidence of the improvement is a great puzzle to me. You talk about the gospel saving the world. I have yet to find a city or a town, a village or even a hamlet, that is entirely LIGHT ON PROPHECY 201 Christian. If we go back to the very country where Jesus lived and died and rose again, where the church had its beginning, what do we find? That not only is that country still in darkness and the shadow of death, but there is hardly a trace of Christianity within its borders. No, when we look the world square in the face, there is only one verdict and that is, that the very sins that made the judgment of Sodom a necessity, that cor- rupted the whole world in the days of Noah, are rampant and working mightily in our midst. I know that it is when we talk like this, the other fellow cries, " Pessimist' ' but we are not much concerned about that name. The desire of every man who believes his Bible is to be a "truthis!.," letting the world think and say what it likes. If the ministers of the Gospel do not know, the med- ical men of our country are aware of the fact that social conditions are most appalling, and I must speak with care here, for we have to-night as our Chairman one of America's most noted surgeons (Dr. Howard Kelly, of Baltimore). I sometimes wonder if my brethren in the ministry who oppose these teachings have taken the trouble to find out what grotesque and mischievous things are being preached in the name of Christ, these days — how that Spiritism is spreading at an alarming rate. This is especially so in England since the war. I fear that many of my brethren do not realize the magnitude and menace of this movement. It is essentially a doctrine of demons (1 Tim. 4:1-3; Rev. 16:14). It is the recrudescence of thos' 202 LIGHT ON PROPHECY frightful forms of evil that made the Flood a necessity (Genesis 6:2-5), and also brought de- struction to the Canaanites (Numbers 13:33). Spiritual Signs. (2 Peter 2 :l-2) Dr. Cortland Myers has spoken of these, but I would like to say it seems to me that we are rapidly coming to the place where the man who believes in the fun- damental teaching of the Scriptures, such as sal- vation only through faith in the sacrificial work of Jesus Christ, the Virgin Birth, the Resurrec- tion, Ascension, Second Advent, will be looked upon not only as a back number, but as a fanatic, if not a heretic. Last evening, Dr. Riley was talking about the evils of Christian Science and other kindred cults, but I can tell you of something that is more dangerous and a thousand times more sad, and that is, when a Methodist, Baptist, or Pres- byterian minister stands up in pulpits that were founded by men who sacrificed and suffered for the truths which these men now ridicule and deny. I tell you, brethren, God is not going to wink at this apostasy, and there are many who think with Dr. Myers that German theology has a great deal more to do with the judgment that has now fallen upon Christendom, than some people suppose. I was simply amazed the other day on reading a statement made by a professor of a prominent university. This learned Doctor is a bitter oppo- nent of all who believe in the premillennial coming of Christ and not being able to answer the argu- ment from the Scriptures, he resorts to the base LIGHT ON PROPHECY 203 method of arousing prejudice against the lovers of this truth by accusing them of being traitors to their country. I will read what the professor has said: "Two thousand dollars a week is being spent to spread this doctrine (the doctrine which we are preaching in this Convention) . Where this money comes from is unknown, but there is a strong suspicion that it emanates from German sources; in my belief this fund would be a prof- itable field for government investigation." All this from a man who is supposed to be a scholar and a Christian gentleman. This university pre- tends to be right up-to-date, in fact a little ahead of the rest of us, but here is a professor of the Divinity School of that institution resorting to the most cowardly method of misrepresentation, worthy only of the dark ages. If the professor desires to know where the money comes from to spread these truths, I can tell him very frankly. It is given by men and women who "love His appearing.' ' These Second- Coming people are great givers ; for instance, this Conference will incur considerable expense; yet not a collection is being taken, because the Com- mittee has underwritten the entire amount. I happen to be the pastor of a church made up almost entirely of working people. That church supports twelve missionaries on the foreign field, in addition to all its home activities, without ever resorting to any questionable methods of raising money — in fact everything is given voluntarily. We not only look after the interests of the church, 204 LIGHT ON PROPHECY but I think if you care to investigate, you will find that we keep up our end for patriotic purposes during these days of our country's trial. Besides that, we have over three hundred men from the congregation in France at this very hour. Four of these happen to be my own sons, and I also have the honor of having a daughter a Ked Cross nurse. Surely the -aforesaid professor must have been very desperate when he made that statement. Personally, I would suggest that the theology of the university he represents might furnish a better field for the government investigation, for a great many thinking men have felt that this second-hand German theology which is being re- tailed by that institution is very largely respon- sible for the conditions of to-day. The Apostle Peter tells us that "there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them . . . And many shall follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of" (2 Pet. 2:1-2). I believe that we have come to this time. Paul makes it plain that the "last days" will be marked by an apostasy. "The Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith. ' ' That is what a great number of our preachers have done, and the result is, to-day we have a form of godliness without any power. Whoever heard of a soul being saved through the preaching of the New Theology? If you want to see men and women LIGHT ON PROPHECY 205 turned from sin to righteousness, you must go where they believe and preach the old Book. The gospel is the power of God unto salvation. The other day, one of these up-to-date men asked what I should do if one of our young college men came to me regarding the first three chapters of Genesis. "Why," I said, "I should ask him if he understood the third chapter of John." "What has that to do with it!" he replied "Why, everything — if a man has come to an un- derstanding of the third chapter of John's Gospel, to my mind he will not have much trouble with the first three chapters of Genesis." "But now, hold on ! ' ' said my friend. ' ' If your child was ill with diphtheria and the physician was about to treat the little one with the Old School method by which thousands of children died of that disease, would you not insist that he treat the child with the up-to-date anti-toxin treatment?" "But," said I, "brother, the analogy will not hold here. Supposing that under the old treatment no one ever heard of a baby dying, while under the new, no one ever heard of a baby being saved, would I not say in that case, if the doctor at- tempted the new method, 'Hold on, friend! You try that on your own kid?' Just give me the old thing by which babies are always saved." If one of these New School men desires a revival or anything like a spiritual awakening, he is obliged to call a man who still believes and preaches the great fundamental truths of the Bible. 206 LIGHT ON PROPHECY National or Jewish Signs. There have been times in the past when the political, social, and moral signs were very similar to what they are to-day, but there never has been a time for the last two thousand years when all these signs were manifest at the same time. The Jewish sign has only recently been hung out, and that is why we feel the others are so deeply significant. (Matt. 24.) He spake a parable of a fig-tree. A little time before this, He had cursed the fig-tree be- cause of its barrenness, and that tree withered. Undoubtedly the application is to the Jewish nation. He told that nation that it was to be scattered among all the nations of the earth and that their land was to be desolate until the time of the end, but over and over again we are told that the people are to be gathered back to that land again. Surely no one could possibly doubt this who has listened to Dr. James M. Gray during this Conference. The valley of dry bones in Ezekiel 37 is a type of the nation Israel. The fig tree typifies the same people. The " bones' ' are coming together before our very eyes and the "fig tree" is surely budding. We must be blind indeed if we cannot see this. Since I have been in my present pastorate, the first national council of the Jewish nation has been held. Think of it — for 2500 years without a king or leader, and for nearly 2000 years with- out a country, scattered and peeled, hated of all nations, and yet, they have survived and thrived, they have never been swallowed up by any nation. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 207 If any nation attempted it, it soon followed the example of Jonah's whale. Since the founding of the Zionist Society in 1896 the Jewish nation has made its presence felt in a manner that is nothing short of marvelous. If I had the time, I could show that as legislators, educators, and financiers, they are represented out of all proportion to their numbers. We hear a great deal about patriotism these days, but I do not think that there is any patriotism equal to that of the orthodox Jew. For nineteen centuries they have been out of their land, but ever longing for home. I tell you, friends, it is God that has fostered that love of home in the heart of this nation. We have all heard of sacrifices being made for country since this war began, but I do not think that many have equaled the sacrifice of Dr. W. E. Weizmann, the Russian Jew who having discovered or invented a certain chemical essential to the manufacture of munitions, the lack of which in the crisis of the war was more serious than will ever be known, handed the formula over to the British Govern- ment. This chemical was worth millions to that government, and they would have been willing to have paid any sum Dr. Weizmann might have de- manded ; but he gave it and then gave himself to oversee its manufacture, asking but one thing, viz., that the British Government would favor the re- establishment of his people in the land of Palestine. The Jew loves money, but here is a proof that he 208 LIGHT ON PROPHECY loves his nation and the city of the Great King more than he loves gold. I could wish that my brethren in the ministry who oppose this teaching would take up their Bibles again and read those prophecies of the re- gathering of Israel in the light of what is now transpiring. I am sure you would see that the Lord is turning again to His people Israel and that the Times of the Gentiles are just about full. The fig-tree is budding. God has hung out this Jewish sign and He said, "When ye shall see all these things, know that it (He) is near, even at the door." I would not have dared to bring to you to-night these moral signs, these political signs, these spir- itual signs, were it not that God has already hung out the Jewish sign. There are other times in the period of the history of the world since Jesus went away when moral conditions were bad and these are similar, but is it not a remarkable thing that never since the day that Jesus Christ was here on earth, was there such a combined movement on the part of the Jewish people. The flesh is coming upon the bones, and I believe some of these days they will be back in their land. How else can you account for this movement among the Jewish people? I have a Bible class and we are study- ing Kevelation. We have had all the way from 800 to 1200 every Friday night. We take an offer- ing once a month. Twice we have taken up offer- ings and given it to our Jewish friends for relief work. One time the class gave them $300.00. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 209 When I took the offering to the rabbi, he said, " Preacher, I think this is the first time on record since the Christian church was founded that there has been an offering taken especially for Jewish relief. There always was some evangelistic string attached to it." I told him that we were just giving him this money to feed his poor and take care of the children. They had a convention and to show a vote of thanks, they honored me by asking me to give an address. I went to the convention. They had rabbis from New York, they had rabbis from other cities, and I didn't know what in the world I was going to say. "I was among the rabbis," and I'm an Irishman, or rather I am a Canadian. I was there among these rabbis. I didn't know what in the world I was going to say. They talked in Yiddish and a New York rabbi told how the Jews were going to be back in their land and about the declaration of the British Government. I got my cue and began by saying, "Brethren, you are going to have the land; it is your land; God has decreed it. Your prophets have prophesied that you are going back. It looks to me as if the door is opening and you are soon to be there. The flag of Judah is going to float again over the city of David." They jumped to their feet and they hugged each other, and some of them took off their hats and threw them in the air. I never was so affected in my life. You talk about patriotism. You know some people tell us that we should not be patriots. When the war broke out up there 210 LIGHT ON PROPHECY in Canada, some of my church members criticized me, some of them left my church because my boys went to the war. One man wrote me a long letter. He said, " Preacher, why is it you, as a Christian believing in the New Testament, think more of the British nation than of the German nation V and I read his letter to my people; I thought they ought to know. I said, "He wants to know why I think more of the British nation than I do of the German nation.' ' I said, "He had as well have asked me why I thought more of the Phil- potts than I did the Joneses.' ' I said, "The Joneses may wear better clothes than the Phil- potts and they may live in better houses, but the Philpotts for me, if you please !" "Breathes there a man with soul so dead Who never to himself hath said This is my own, my native land?" Jesus loved his own city, but when he beheld His city, He wept over it. Paul was a patriot. He said, "I could wish myself accursed for my breth- ren, my kindred. ' ' You see, beloved friends ? And when I saw those Jews, think of it, hugging each other, after their forefathers had been away from that country 2000 years, what in the world ever put that longing in their hearts for their land? God put it there. Their faces are turned back toward the Holy City. Jesus said, "Now learn a parable of the fig-tree; When her branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh: so ye in like manner, when ye LIGHT ON PROPHECY 211 shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors." We are living in the end time. The time seems to be nearly here. May the Lord God help us to go out of this building with solemn hearts ! The night when I first got this truth, — when I listened to Rev. Arthur T. Pierson and Rev. A. J. Gordon conduct a conven- tion years ago, I got my view point changed. My whole life changed. I was preaching His truth quite a bit at first and one night as I was going to my bed I heard my daughter Grace moving in her cot and I went into her room and she was awake. I said, ' l Grace, why are you not asleep ? ' ' She said, "Father, I was lying here wondering if Jesus might not come. ' ' I thought, ' ' I have ter- rified this child.' ' She said, "Father, do you think He will come to-night ?" and do you know what I found out, that while I couldn't say the hour nor the day when He will come, I could not tell the hour or the day that He wouldn't come. I did not dare say to that child, "No, He will not be here to-night." I said, "Grace, He might be here, what then?" I'll never forget her little face. It was aglow. She clapped her little hands and said, "Oh, Daddy, wouldn't it be lovely?" I say, "Come, Lord Jesus, come quickly." When I think of my boys, all those I love and those who are lying beneath the poppies of France, I say, "Come, Lord Jesus, and take the scepter and reign. Come and cover the face of the earth with righteousness and peace. Come, Lord Jesus." 212 LIGHT ON PROPHECY In opening the Conference sessions for Thurs- day — Memorial Day and the day set apart by the President for public humiliation, fasting and prayer — Mr. Charles L. Huston, Chairman, said: In view of news received this morning, and in view of this day which is set apart as Memorial Day; and, further, the call of our President to spend not only to-day but all this week in humilia- tion and prayer before God; it seems proper to read the President's proclamation as a pre- liminary to the devotional hour which will be in that direction. When Israel of old, hard beset by their enemies, humbled themselves before God and confessed their sin, turning to Him for help, the full victory came. When, in our revolutionary war in the beginning of this country's history, President Washington bowed the knee before God in prayer, only then did the victory come. When did the tide turn in our fear- ful civil war? Only when President Lincoln issued a proclamation calling on the nation for a time of humiliation and prayer, and that call was responded to by the country, did the tide turn in that fearful catastrophe. Let us hope that the confession of sin and prayer for victory of this day, set apart by our nation and probably ob- served throughout all the countries that are joined with us in this fearful clash, may turn the tide of battle. I will now read the proclamation : LIGHT ON PROPHECY 213 By the President of the United States A PROCLAMATION Whereas, The Congress of the United States, on the second day of April last, passed the fol- lowing resolution: "Resolved by the Senate (the House of Repre- sentatives concurring), That it being a duty pe- culiarly incumbent in a time of war humbly and devoutly to acknowledge our dependence on Almighty God and to implore His aid and pro- tection, the President of the United States be, and is hereby, respectfully requested to recom- mend a day of public humiliation, prayer, and fasting, to be observed by the people of the United States with religious solemnity and the offering of fervent supplications to Almighty God for the safety and welfare of our cause, His blessings on our arms, and a speedy restoration of an honor- able and lasting peace to the nations of the earth"; And whereas, It has always been the reverent habit of the people of the United States to turn in humble appeal to Almighty God for His guid- ance in the affairs of their common life ; Now, therefore, I, Woodrow Wilson, President of the United States of America, do hereby pro- claim Thursday, the thirtieth of May, a day already freighted with sacred and stimulating memories, a day of public humiliation, prayer, and fasting, and do exhort my fellow-citizens of all 214 LIGHT ON PROPHECY faiths and creeds to assemble on that day in their several places of worship and there, as well as in their homes, to pray Almighty God that He may forgive our sins and shortcomings as a people and purify our hearts to see and love the truth, to accept and defend all things that are just and right, and to purpose only those righteous acts and judgments which are in conformity with His will ; beseeching Him that He will give victory to our armies as they fight for freedom, wisdom to those who take counsel on our behalf in these days of dark struggle and perplexity, and steadfast- ness to our people to make sacrifice to the utmost in support of what is just and true, bringing us at last the peace in which men's hearts can be at rest because it is founded upon mercy, justice, and good-will. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in the District of Columbia this eleventh day of May, in the year of our Lord nineteen hun- dred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and forty- second. WOODEOW WILSON. By the President, Eobekt Lansing, Secretary of State. Rev. W. W. Rugh conducted a devotional ser- vice at this time, reading Psalm 24 and Habakkuk LIGHT ON PROPHECY 215 3:17-19, and commenting thereon. The Confer- ence was led in prayer by Rev. R. T. Ketcham. After the singing of " Break Thou the Bread of Life," Dr. Harris H. Gregg delivered an ad- dress on the subject, WHAT IS TO BECOME OF THE CHURCH? Rev. Hakris H. Gregg, D.D. "Behold, I show you a mystery: we shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump : for the trumpet shall sound and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality" (1 Cor. 15:51-53). "But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, concerning them which are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him. For this we say unto you by the Word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not precede them which are asleep. For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air : and so shall we ever be 216 LIGHT ON PROPHECY with the Lord. "Wherefore comfort one another with these words' ' (1 Thess. 4:13-18). The Word of God is the only thing standing to- day. It alone abides when sin has brought in death. In righteousness it curses the unbelief of Cain, and, in grace, blesses the faith of Abel. It buried Babylon, and will yet build Jerusalem again. It was true though Christ was in the manger, when Caesar ruled the world. Therefore the cross of Christ is mightier than the crown of Caesar. Israel impaled itself on the cross of Christ for these centuries of suffering. His Word alone will take them off, and end their sufferings. The world to-day is impaled upon its rejection and crucifixion of God's Word, and, therefore, like Israel, hangs, bleeding and helpless, on the cross of Christ. The Word of God alone will come to their help, who cannot save themselves. The Roman Empire, through Pilate, ordered that Christ's legs be broken on the cross. But for a thousand years the Word of God had said that not a bone of His should be broken. He Himself was dead, but His Word stood; not Pilate's. See- ing that Christ was dead, the soldier decided that it was not necessary to break His legs, and that he would simply pierce His side. The Word of God, which he did not know, controlled the soldier in that decision. Pilate did not order that Christ be pierced. But the Lord had said, in His prophecy, "They shall look upon Me whom they have pierced" (Zech. 12). The Word of God alone stood that day. Every- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 217 thing else went to pieces. Everyone else but Christ was confounded. So to-day. The Word of God alone enables us to be undeceived by what man is saying, undismayed by what he is doing, and undisturbed by what he is reaping. ' ' For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain cometh down, and the snow, from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower, and bread to the eater; so shall My Word be that goeth forth out of My mouth: it shall not return unto Me void; but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it" (Isa. 55). CREATION A PREFACE AND PROPHECY OF REVELATION Creation is God's unwritten Word. The Bible is God's written Word. The Lord Jesus is the living Word. Creation was a preparation for man. In its typical forms it was a prophecy of man's creation and coming. In its symbolism it is a parable of all the great fundamental truths of the Word of God. Its adjustments reveal God's purposes. Its progressive orders and periods unfold God's program. Creation is God's preface to His Word. It is so found in the Scrip- tures, in the first chapter of Genesis. Creation is 218 LIGHT ON PROPHECY a veiled revelation of redemption, and a prophecy of the new creation. It is the tabernacle of the Most High, foretelling that the Word that was God, by whom all things were made, would taber- nacle among us, and that, thus, we would " be- hold His glory, the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth' ' (John 1). There are seven days (Gen. 1) mentioned in connection with the creations of God. The earth had become a chaos. "When" and "why" are not essential here. Darkness and the deep cover the earth. God works from darkness to light, and from death to life. The Spirit of God brings in light the first day. But the light fades and the night comes, and one might have thought that light had failed and God had plunged earth back again into perpetual darkness. But the darkness again is driven back -by the dawn of the second day, when God brings in some- thing more than on the first day. And this day does not last, but is turned into night. But in God's order and program He brings in the third day with its resurrection message: the earth comes up out of the water, and vegetation out of its grave. But vegetation does not finish God's program. Another night; and when the fourth day comes God is garnishing the heavens, as if He had left the earth. Following the next night comes the .sixth day, and God creates the animals, and then, in counsel, creates man in His own image, to manifest God, and be over the works of His hand. But man's day, too, ends in darkness; LIGHT ON PROPHECY 219 and then comes the seventh day, with no mention of succeeding night, for it is the rest, and day, of God. It was towards this nightless day that God had been working from the first. While God thus worked, and thus revealed His purposes and methods in His calendar of creation, God had in mind a greater work: the finished wbrk of His Son, on which He would build His new creation, and through which He would accomplish His eternal purposes, and abide with His redeemed in an unbroken rest, unto the ages of the ages, in a glory above all His glory displayed in any other creation. CREATION IS CONSUMMATED IN THE NEW CREATION Let us take a brief summary of the Bible as the background for the proper setting of our subject, "What is to Become of the Church !" "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth," and the last thing that He created was man. God made man a trinity. God said, "Let Us," not "let Me"; "let Us make man in," not "My image," but "Our image." God made him a trinity : spirit, soul and body : three natures in one person : one person in three natures. The Bible is the only book that unveils man to his veiled, sinful heart. The sinner has no capacity to unveil himself, nor to unveil God. God was veiled even by the humanity of Christ. When the veil — that is to say, His flesh — was rent by His death on the cross, His glory was revealed to eyes 220 LIGHT ON PROPHECY anointed by the Word of God. When Peter con- fessed : ' ' Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God," the Lord Jesus answered: " Flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, by My Father which is in heaven.' ' It is the same to-day. Christ is always exposing sinners to themselves, and where they submit to their unveiling, through His Word, He exhibits the glory of His own Per- son, and the grace of His salvation. "For the Lord God is a sun and shield." Those who submit to the light of His Word being poured upon their darkness, He shields. To such "the Lord will give grace and glory." If the world would submit to the exposing light of God 's Word, there would be no darkness and unbelief in the world. There can be no darkness where the sun is. Adam became, through sin, what .the earth had once been (Gen. 1:2) a chaos, covered with dark- ness and buried in depths, from which alone the Spirit of God can deliver, by bringing light and producing resurrection life. In righteous disci- pline God turned Adam's dominion into a chaos, that he might live daily in a parable of his own condition. Because of man's sin, nature is as much out of gear as man. Man cannot throw light upon himself any more than he can upon nature. All light comes from the heavens. Man can no more straighten out himself than he can straighten out nature. He can no more stop wars and rumors of wars than he can stop pestilence, famine and earthquakes, while Satan is loose and man, like him, remains a murderer and a liar. In LIGHT ON PROPHECY 221 all recorded history there are less than thre6 hun- dred years when there is no record of war. Only He who can calm the storm on the sea of Galilee, is able to make "wars to cease unto the end of the earth." Only a confederation that can stop earth- quakes can stop wars. When man became a chaos and turned the earth into a chaos, God's plan did not have to be changed. Before He created the heaven and the earth, God planned that a Man, not an angel, should be over His works. But He planned that His Son should be that man (Eph. 1). God did not immediately send His Son into the world to become Man, when the first man sinned. God waited in order to give man a long chance to show what he became, when he became a sinner. All of human history up to the time of the crucifixion of Christ, "the Second Man," was a display of what man had become as a sinner. In the sight of God man's history ceased when he killed God's Son. God expects nothing further from him. From henceforth man is described as being him- self dead in trespasses and sins; while from the third day Christ is announced as risen from the dead and -alive for evermore. Therefore all of God's expectations for man are in Christ risen from the dead. As risen from the dead Christ is called "the Last Man." As such He is the final thought of God for man. This last, risen Man is the man God had in mind when He created the first man. We have never seen a man, and never 222 LIGHT ON PROPHECY shall, until we see Jesus Christ our Lord and Saviour. Christ carried the name of "man" entirely to the glory of God during "the days of His flesh.' ' Then He displayed it upon the cross. Then in forty days of resurrection He unfolded its new. and eternal glories. Now the throne of God's grace, in the glory, is its home, and the power of its ministry. He is the Pattern of every redeemed one. "We shall be like Him"! Disappointed in ourselves and in things around us, we can at any time look up, through His Word, and see sitting on God's throne God's Pattern and Pledge of what we shall be. Think of that! THE RISEN CHEIST IS THE BEGINNING OF THE NEW CREATION. As risen from the dead Christ is not only "the Last Man," but He is the first-begotten from the dead, "the beginning" of the new creation. The work of His new creation is going on, with Him- self in heaven and the Holy Spirit here on earth, in His calling to Himself a heavenly people out from among all nations, while Israel, His earthly people, is scattered among all nations. This is His church, His body and His building, every member of which is a "new creature in Christ Jesus." But earth is to be the sphere of His glories, as well as heaven. For He is to have His glories where He had His sufferings. For He is LIGHT ON PROPHECY 223 the risen Son and Heir of David as well as the sacrificed, and risen, Heir of Abraham. When He has completed His church and completed its salvation by resurrection, and translated it to heaven, He must needs return to bind Satan and cast him into the pit, to redeem and restore Israel to Himself and their land; to establish God's throne, in the house of His father David, in righteousness and peace in the earth; to redeem nature from its curse and groanings, in this " re- generation " ; and to fill the earth with His glory that once filled the most Holy Place of the Taber- nacle, and the Holy of Holies of the Temple. His kingdom over the earth will share in the glory of His new creation. But even this is not final. For after it He creates the new heaven and the new earth, and returns the kingdom to His Father, that God, then and there, may be all in all. In the first creation, God begins it with a heaven and earth, and finishes it by creating a man, Adam, in His own likeness. In the new creation, Christ, "the Last Man," risen from the dead, is the be- ginning of it ; and the end of it is a new heaven and a new earth. Satan will not be there ; neither sin, nor death, nor pain. "And there shall be no night there"! The Bible begins and ends with God! As it then begins with the creation of heaven and earth, the Bible ends with the creation of the new heaven and earth. God's plan for His church is, therefore, not His plan for Israel, nor is it His whole plan for the earth. His church was the theme of God's counsels and eternal pur- 224 LIGHT ON PROPHECY pose, but it is only a segment in the circumference of His revealed Word. THE SEVEN DAYS OF THE NEW CREATION As God had seven days (Gen. 1) in connection with this creation, so, in "the feasts of the Lord," we have revealed to us the seven days of His new creation: God's Calendar of human history. In all of these feasts God has in mind, and is work- ing towards, the day of God, the sabbath that re- mains for the people of God, in the new heaven and earth. The feasts tell out the methods and stages of its accomplishment. Only God can tell us the day in which we live. Four of these feasts are in the spring: Pass- over, Unleavened Bread, First-fruits and Pente- cost. Three are in the autumn: Trumpets, Day of Atonement and Tabernacles. Three of them were linked together — Passover, Pentecost and Tabernacles — as being the three days when all the men of Israel must be at Jerusalem. Passover is the first feast. The death of Christ, "the Lamb of God," is the foundation of redemp- tion and of the new creation. The cry of Christ on the cross rent the veil of the temple, the rocks of the earth, and the graves of the saints. His death was God's judgment upon sin and the crea- tion ruined by it. But His death was also God's immovable foundation for His new creation which can never be ruined. Christ died at Passover. The Feast of Unleavened Bread was the second LIGHT ON PROPHECY 225 feast, and was inseparably connected with Pass- over. Leaven represents sin and error. As there was no sin in Christ, He is the Unleavened Bread of God's household. He who is our salvation is also our spiritual food. He feeds us upon Himself in His Word, and always makes His redeemed people holy, like Himself. The Feast of First-fruits is the third. It was the day following the Passover Sabbath, and was therefore one of the days of the Feast of Un- leavened Bread. On it Christ rose from the dead, "the first-fruits of them that slept.' ' Eedemption is completed in resurrection, and holiness is the power of a risen life. Fifty days after the Feast of the First-fruits came Pentecost, another feast of first-fruits and the fourth and last of the spring feasts. On the day of Pentecost the Lord Jesus in heaven bap- tized His apostles and disciples in Jerusalem with the Holy Spirit sent down from heaven. The Holy Spirit gathered to Christ that day three thousand souls out from many thousands gathered from the ends of the earth in Jerusalem. It was his first-fruits from among the nations. That is all that the Holy Spirit gathers while our Lord is having His Feast of Pentecost. For Pentecost is not God's autumnal harvest. His church is His first-fruits, His out-gathering from Jews and Gentiles. His Pentecost brings Him His church ; but not Israel, nor the world. Summer followed Pentecost. The rains ceased. The streams went dry. The fields were parched. 226 LIGHT ON PROPHECY The shepherds hunted pastures. The wolves fed. At last, late in September, the Feast of Trumpets, the first of the autumn feasts, broke the silence. It is the seventh month: the time for God to complete what He has begun. It was a memorial of the blowing of the trumpets around Jericho, when Israel entered upon her promised inherit- ance. It was also a prophecy of Christ again calling Israel and, in His new covenant, fulfilling His oath to Abraham and His oath to David. Christ will have His Feast of Trumpets, which will proclaim His victories and manifest His glory. The followed the Feast of the Day of Atone- ment. Passover began on the tenth day of the first month and the Day of Atonement was on the tenth day of the seventh month. Thus redemp- tion and atonement are inseparable. Passover was established in the land of Ham, and a door of salvation for a believing Gentile as for the be- lieving Jew. But the Day of Atonement was peculiarly for Israel and was established among them in the wilderness. Alone, and on that day only, and not without blood, God's appointed high priest entered into the Holy of Holies in behalf of Israel, and his coming out again meant God's acceptance of the atonement and His acknowledg- ment of Israel as His redeemed people. No student of the New Testament needs to be told that Christ has passed into the heavenly sanctuary with His own blood. When He has His Feast of the Day of Atonement, the Jews will be in their LIGHT ON PROPHECY 227 "day of Jacob's trouble' ' (Jer. 30), and Christ shall come out of His heavenly sanctuary to earth for Israel's salvation. He will baptize that nation with the Holy Spirit. After His Day of Atonement the Lord Jesus will have His last feast — the Feast of Taber- nacles: the feast of the whole harvest: the con- version of the world: the baptism of the Gentile nations. The baptism of Israel and the nations are both on the other side of the sounding of the trumpets, and not before. THE TIME OF THE MYSTEKTES In the New Testament, after Israel's rejection of Christ .and the Holy Spirit, one reads of many "mysteries": "the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven," "the mystery of Christ and His church," "the mystery of godliness," "the mystery" of the church's translation, "the mystery" of Is- rael's present unbelief, "the mystery of iniquity." There is no need at this time to explain them. Gather them up and connect them with Christ's Feast of Pentecost. Group them there. They belong to the Pentecostal age. THE TRUMPETS OF THE NEW TESTAMENT There is no need here to explain all the trumpets of the New Testament. Simply group them about Christ's Feast of Trumpets, and thus learn of the important part of God's program for the world to be carried out after all the trumpets have 228 LIGHT ON PROPHECY sounded. The nations redeemed then, Christ will govern in righteousness and peace. It is said of all Israel in that day, "they shall all know Me (the Lord Jesus Christ) from the least of them unto the greatest of them" (Jer. 31). And the Lord Jesus shall be King then over all the nations. All nations shall worship Him: "And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem, shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the Feast of Tabernacles." The church is born before the Feast of Trumpets. Israel and the nations are born again after the Feast of Trumpets. Paul said, "I am born out of due time": that is, ahead of the due time for my people Israel to be born again. It is true of each Gentile member of Christ's church gathered out from all nations. We are all born again ahead of our nations. The "due time" for the conversion of nations is after the Feast of Trumpets. The work of the church is to gather out the church. That is all the Holy Spirit has ever done since Pentecost. He has never converted Israel ; and His conversion of all other nations awaits His conversion of Israel (Rom. 11). PASSOVER, PENTECOST AND TABERNACLES The theme of the Old Testament is "the suffer- ings of Christ" in connection with Israel, "and the glories" of Christ, also in connection with LIGHT ON PROPHECY 229 Israel. He had His sufferings in connection with His Passover. He will have His glories, in con- nection with Israel also, when He has His Feast of Tabernacles. Pentecost is not mentioned by Ezekiel, nor in the Gospel of John, where Passover and Tabernacles are both mentioned, because Christ has His Feast of Pentecost while absent from the earth and while Israel is left to her unbelief. While Pentecost is unknown by name in John's Gospel, our Lord, in miniature, walks through it, as He does through Passover and Tabernacles. His Pentecostal program is: "But ye shall receive power, after the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth" (Acts 1:8). In John the Shepherd goes before His sheep. Beginning at Jerusalem, He gathers first-fruits, and goes out into Judea, where John greets Him as Bridegroom of His church; He proceeds through Samaria and passes on into Galilee of the nations (John 3 and 4). While He has His Feast .of Pentecost, our Lord is in heaven, His church is on earth, Satan is the god and prince of this age, and Israel is scattered among the nations. In the age to come (Eph. 1; Heb. 2), the Feast of Tabernacles, Christ will be on earth and His church in heaven, Satan will be in the pit (Rev. 20) and Israel in the holy land. Only the Lord Jesus can bring these things to pass. He says that He will. Passover and Tabernacles being largely the 230 LIGHT ON PROPHECY theme of the Old Testament, we are not surprised to learn that the church is "a mystery": that is, not revealed to Moses and the prophets. It was foretold by Christ (Matt. 16), but fully developed by the Holy Ghost, after the day of Pentecost. Christ chose Paul, and the Holy Spirit used him, for this purpose. Peter knew of the character and glory of the kingdom of heaven when Christ returns. He had been given a vision of it on the Mount of Transfiguration (Matt. 17; 2 Pet. 1). But he did not know of the calling and destiny of the church. From the glory, after Paul's conversion, Christ gave Peter a vision of the heavenly calling and destiny of the church, in the sheet let down and caught up into heaven. There is no one common or unclean in that sheet. 'All are washed in the blood of the Lamb. When He gathers all His church, the sheet will be caught up into heaven. If the church is a mystery, so is its destiny. It is so called by Paul (1 Cor. 15:51-58). The church's destiny is, to be caught up from among the dead and living nations, in resurrection bodies, to meet the Lord in the air (1 Thess. 4: 13-18) ; and, in the "age to come," to reign, from the heavenlies, with Him over the earth (Rev. 5). This is Christ's coming into the air for His church, and not His coming afterwards, with His church, to the earth to redeem Israel and the nations and nature. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 231 BEFOKE CHRIST RETURNS TO THE EARTH The mystery of godliness and the mystery of iniquity must be completed before Christ will stand again upon the Mount of Olives (Zech. 14). 1 ' And, without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness : God was manifest in the flesh, justi- fied in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory" (1 Tim. 3:16). God was manifest in Christ, and now in the church born of the Spirit. Christ was received up into glory before He was received by the Gentiles. The mystery of godliness includes both Christ and His church. "Received up into glory" refers to the destiny of the church. It is conditionless and timeless. After the mystery of godliness is completed, by the church being caught up into heaven, then the mystery of iniquity (2 Thess. 2) will rapidly develop and head up in Satan's Antichrist, the man who will claim to be God. When Satan brings forth his man-God, the God-man, Christ Jesus our Lord, will return to earth and smite him with the brightness of God's glory. Lucifer was a brilliant creature before God's throne (Isa. 14; Ezek. 28). He became the devil by attempting to get out of the realm of his creaturehood into the realm of God. He came and put the same prize before Eve in the garden of Eden. She attempted it by believing Satan's lie, and her first child was, like Satan, a murderer and a liar. She had been created in God's likeness. 232 LIGHT ON PROPHECY But the Lord Jesus (Phil. 2) thought it not a prize for Himself to become God, for He is God. But He thought it a prize to stoop beneath angels, and down beneath the power of Satan, and be numbered with transgressors : to enter the sphere of our death and judgment and identify Himself with us, that He might identify us with Himself for ever. When by death He had put away our sins and condemnation, He arose from the dead, taking with Him His redeemed, and, passing by principalities and powers, placing us in a nearness to God created beings will never have: only His redeemed. Israel ! His glory shall cover thee on the earth. Church of God ! His glory shall shine in you in the heavens. We are daily looking unto Jesus in His grace. We are daily looking for Jesus in His glory ! ' ' Even so, come, Lord Jesus ! ' ' WILL THERE BE ANY TEAES IN HEAVEN, AND WHY? Rev. P. W. Philpott I am to talk to you this morning about the Judgment of Believers' Works. There is a great deal of confusion regarding the judgments spoken of in the Scriptures. Not a few Christian people talk about a " general judgment day" some time in the future ; when all kinds of people will stand before a great judgment throne and find out whether they are sheep or goats. Now I am not saying that sarcastically, though I may have given that impression myself some time when I have been speaking on the Judgment that is sure to come. But this morning we want to be clear. There are at least four judgments spoken of in the New Testament. Three are yet future, while one is past; that is, past for all those who have accepted Christ as their Saviour. That was the judgment of sin and Satan that took place on Calvary, when the Son of God met every claim of justice, every demand of the law, and all the pen- alties of sin, for those who trust in the precious blood of Jesus Christ. You remember that, in the sixteenth chapter of John, when speaking of the coming of the Holy 233 234 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Spirit, the Lord told them that He, the Spirit, would convince the world of sin, of righteousness, and of judgment (not judgment to come), rather a judgment past, "of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.' ' Thirty-five years ago, one night, I became con- victed of sin by the Holy Spirit. A little later I was convicted of righteousness in Jesus Christ. This I accepted, and the very next morning a good layman met me on the way to work. He con- gratulated me on the stand I had taken and then he turned to the fifth chapter of John's Gospel and the twenty-fourth verse. He asked me to read it, and I saw that morning that judgment for sin, as far as I was concerned, was past for ever. "Shall not come into judgment" is the word of Christ to the man who has received eternal life. In Matthew 25:31-46, we have the judgment of the nations. There will be no resurrection in con- nection with that Judgment, just the living na- tions. Then in Revelation 20 :11-15, you have the judgment of the unsaved dead. All who stand before that great white throne are raised from the dead, and they are judged by the things that are written in the books. There is another judgment, it is the judgment of believers' works, when "every man's work will be tried, of what sort it is." This will take place just after the Church has been raptured into the presence of her Lord. In Hebrews 11 : 6, we read that "without faith it is impossible to please Him, for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 235 and that Be is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him." He is a rewarder. As Dr. Pierson has said, "With many disciples, the eyes are yet blinded to this mystery of rewards, which is an open mystery of the Word. It must be an im- puted righteousness whereby we enter, but having thus entered by faith, our works determine our relative rank, place and re ward.' ' The key-note of this Conference has been, "Be- hold He cometh !" but He has told us that when He comes, He will reward every disciple accord- ing to his work (Rev. 22:12). This morning, I read a word that was solem- nizing and sanctifying in its effect: "And all the churches shall know that I am He which searcheth the hearts, and I will give unto every one of you according to his works" (Rev. 2:23). "The churches shall know." In 2 Corinthians 5:10 and Romans 14: 10-12 we are shown that "we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad. So then, every one of us shall give an account of himself to God." I can imagine there may be some tears at that time, for we not only shall face the good things that we have done, but also the things that have been evil in our lives. Last night, I was speaking to you about Mat- thew 24. You remember that when He answered the question of the disciples He finished the ad- dress with two striking illustrations, one of the 236 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Ten Virgins and the other of the Talents. I believe that that illustration of the Ten Virgins is a picture of the test that is coming to Christian profession. I do not think this parable has any- thing to do with those outside of our Church life, making no profession whatever. Those virgins represent persons who are professing at least to be Christians, but half of them are deceived. They have managed to pass all the tests that may be applied by our membership committees and are looked upon as Christians, but when He comes, the discovery will be made that a lamp and garb of a Christian will not be sufficient to take them into the presence of the King. The essential thing in that moment will be a light, and in order to have a light, you must have the oil, which typifies the Holy Spirit. Without the Spirit of Christ we are "none of His" (Eom. 8:9). I fear there are too many to-day that are depending upon church membership and profession, but that day will reveal who are the wise and who are the foolish virgins. The next parable tells of the test that is coming to Christian Service. As servants, we are called before Him, and must give an account of our- selves to God. Then our works shall be made manifest of what sort they are. It is then that a certain King shall make a reckoning with His servants (Matt. 18:23); and Paul tells us who that certain King is, "the Lord, the righteous Judge" (2 Tim. 4:9). That Judgment will in- clude every Christian. "We all," i.e., "them that LIGHT ON PROPHECY 237 are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that call upon the name of the Lord in every place' ' (1 Cor. 1:2). It is also to be in- dividual. " Every one of you." I am not respon- sible for any other man, but God has made me king of my own heart and life. He has also made provision for me to live the life I ought to live, and to do the thing I ought to do; and as an individual, I must answer to Him. Then that judgment is inevitable. " Every one of you must" ; and it is responsible; "give an account of himself to God." This is surely a very solemn word. Now if you will turn to 1 Corinthians 3:11, you will find that judgment seat of Christ in op- eration. You will notice here that it is the super- structure that the builder places upon the founda- tion that is being tested, not the foundation. That already has passed the test. God has laid the foundation (Isa. 28:16). It is a "sure founda- tion." We have nothing to do with that, only that we, as wise master-builders, like the Apostle Paul, should lay in our preaching what God has already laid in fact, the sure foundation, which is Christ the Lord. I was delighted last evening to hear Dr. Riley emphasize so strongly that "there could be no such thing as a church where the deity of Christ was denied." I would go a little further than that, and say that there can be no such thing as a Christian, unless that believer is standing on the deity of Jesus Christ. "He that believeth on 238 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Him is not condemned, but he that believeth not is condemned already,' ' and why? Because he is a drunkard, or a thief, or a liar? No, but " be- cause he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God" (Jno. 3:18). He may be- lieve whatever else he likes. If he denies the deity of the Lord Jesus, he is not a Christian. I am saying that, friends, because it is the Scrip- ture. That is the foundation upon which we build. If not, we will find that, no matter how grand our superstructure may be, it is doomed to fall, be- cause it is not founded on the Eock. It is our building that comes under the fire test. The kind of material that we put in the building is the thing that will tell in that day. You know that the selection of the material lies within the choice of the disciple. Every builder has abso- lute control over the materials with which he builds, and contending motives sway the choice. For instance, the desire for popularity has a ter- rific influence. The desire for fame, or for social standing, the love of money, pleasure or ease. These are great -stubble makers. On the other hand, love to Christ, fidelity, a sense of truth, the recognition of the fact that you are an ambas- sador for Christ — all these have a wonderful effect upon the selection. There -are many voices calling us to-day, but there is only one true voice to the wise master-builder, and that is the voice of the Word. Everything else will pass away, but this will abide forever. A woman came to me the other day with a LIGHT ON PROPHECY complimentary ticket for a celebrated lecture on one of the new religions of our time. Upon my refusal to accept the ticket, she seemed to be greatly amazed and asked for an explanation. "Why," I said, "I would not go there on my life; I am afraid of myself." She could not understand, and remarked that she thought a strong Christian should not be afraid to hear the discussion of any subject. I told her that I was afraid because I would be putting myself upon the devil's territory, and God makes no promise to keep me while I am on that ground. I told her that I did not care to hear this man, because I had heard another Man that fully satisfied me. "My sheep hear my voice, and they know not the voice of strangers." The people that are running after these fads are those who have never heard the true voice. The man who builds the Word of God into his ministry is building gold, silver and precious stones. These alone will stand the fire test. Are there Christian workers here who sometimes are tempted to discouragement? Let me say a word to you. Go forth sowing the precious seed, I mean the seed of the Word, not too many baby stories, not too much sentimental stuff, but faithfully sow the Word. Some may fall on the rocks to die. Some may be caught away by birds of prey. Some will be choked with the thorns, but bless God, "some will fall on good ground and bring forth fruit/' We should not wait until the fire falls, let us prove our work to-day (Gal. 6:4). 240 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Now I wanted to speak to you about our reward, but the time is gone and I will hurry. The Apostle Paul tells us that we are seeking an in- corruptible crown. I confess to you frankly that I want that reward. I will not be satisfied in heaven without it. I wonder if anybody will be happy; I wonder if there will not be a great many people shedding tears as they stand before Him on that day, having nothing to show for their life and ministry on earth. "Not at death I shrink nor falter, For the Saviour saves me now, But to meet Him empty-handed, Thought of that now clouds my brow." First we have the crown of incorruption (1 Cor. 9:24-25). Here the Apostle urges us to run so that we may attain. We do not get the crown for running, mark you; it is for attaining. Second, we have the crown of rejoicing (1 Thess. 2:19). PauP.s joy at the judgment seat of Christ was to be the joy of meeting those whom he had turned from darkness to light through the preach- ing of the Word. No man can expect this crown who has never won .a soul for the Master. "Oh, what joy it will be when His face I behold, Living gems at His feet to lay down; It would sweeten my bliss in that City of gold, Should there be any stars in my crown." Then there is the crown of glory (1 Pet. 4: 1-4). This is for taking care of the flock of God, for feeding the sheep. Do you think a shepherd will receive a reward for tending the flock, if he LIGHT ON PROPHECY 241 never did it? There is also the crown of righteousness (2 Tim. 4:7, 8). This comes for watchfulness, so you see that our love of pre- millennial truth is worth while after all. There is a crown for loving his appearing. Can a man receive this if he is not among the watchers? Then, the crown of life ( Jas. 1 :12). This is given for resisting temptation. I suppose we all have our temptations. Some people would like to have their places changed, that they might be freed from the trial that they daily have to face, but it is well for us to remember that God has a special crown for the woman, for example, who must live with a husband who is a grouch; and may I not say, this crown will also be given to the husband who has a nagging wife but who keeps sweet in the hour of temptation. It is not for succumbing to the temptation, but for resisting it, that we get the crown of life. I urge you in the words of Jesus: "Hold fast that which thou hast; see that no man take thy crown' p (Rev. 3:11). Prebendary Webb-Peploe, one of the Keswick teachers, has said, in speaking of these crowns, "If I can thus be crowned, can I be otherwise than a fool if I am not prepared to sacrifice everything to win them?" Chairman: Mr, Huston: As announced this morning, Dr. Chapman is with us just for a little while this afternoon after hav- ing conducted and addressed the noonday meeting 242 LIGHT ON PROPHECY for business men in the Garrick theatre, and we will ask him to give a brief testimony as to the effect of the message of the Lord's coming in his soul winning work. As you know, Dr. Chap- man has been favored of God to girdle the globe with meetings, and has carried this message with him as he has gone, and is able to give the very best kind of testimony. Dr. J. Wilbur Chapman: I should like first of all to express my keen appreciation of the honor which was conveyed in the invitation which was extended to me to have a share in this program. I had fully in- tended to be one of the speakers, and thought it would be one of the greatest privileges of my ministry. Then a divine providence seemed to prevent my coming. And just on the eve of the making of the program I found I could be here for this little time. So I had the privilege of the midday meeting. I make this explanation because I want my name to stand with the names of others who believe in the premillennial hope of the return of our Lord. I also make this ex- planation because I should like to have the privi- lege of saying what this belief has meant to me. I suppo'se I could best express it in the Scripture which I used at the noonday meeting, which was the blessed hope. I did not always .accept this interpretation of the Scriptures. I knew there was something lacking in my ministry. The Bible LIGHT ON PROPHECY 243 seemed to me to be somewhat confused. I could not, somehow, find out clearly regarding its teachings. But I came under the influence of a very remarkable woman, who was a member of my church, and a member of my household. Some of you will remember her. Mrs. Agnes P. Strain, of sacred memory. It was she who told me that the Lord was coming back, and that He might return soon. Under her skilful direction, I began the study of God's Word with this in mind, and long years ago I came to see this wonderful truth ; and I have no hesitation at all in saying to-day that it completely transformed my ministry. If I have had any success in soul winning, if I have had any ability to turn men to righteousness, I think I must lay it all to the influence of this wonderful truth. It has kept me with my eyes upward. It has kept me with my heart longing for His return. And I, as I said at the noonday meeting, have always believed that the church is an elect body, and that some day the body will be completed, and the house builded, if you change the figure; I have always thought that perhaps sometime in my meeting, or in the meet- ing of another, the last soul might come to Christ and the body be complete. And I have never given an invitation to men and women to accept Christ as their Saviour that I have not had this in mind. This glorious truth has done more for me than any words of mine could express. I was led to it also because of the fact that Mr. Moody was 244 LIGHT ON PROPHECY such a .firm believer in the coming of the Lord. Sometimes men say to us — indeed I read it this past week — that belief in the second coming of Jesus Christ is pessimistic. To believe in His coming would be to cut the nerve of special effort, it would simply mean to sit down and wait and do nothing. But when I recall the names of Moody, and Spurgeon, and Muller, and Murray, and John Wesley, and a man like Dr. Munhall, and a man like Dr. Biley, I tell you that these men, so long as they lived and now that they -are still living, some of them, have been incessant in their service, toiling by day and night. I think you will agree with me when I say that to believe that the Lord i-s coming back does not at all mean that you are to fold your hands and do nothing. I think you will also give me the privilege of saying that I have toiled a bit myself, and my only regret is that in these past years I couldn't have done more. My resolve is, that in these days ahead of me I shall do more, that when He comes He may -find me busier than ever and filled more than ever with a desire to do His will. This great gathering in Philadelphia is one of the most significant events in modern church his- tory and I, with all my heart, praise God for it. Of course you must understand that if you ac- cept this truth and look for the Lord's coming, you cannot make your plans so very far ahead; some of them may be suddenly changed. Per- haps you have heard (I should l:':e to say if you have not heard what I am about to relate I can LIGHT ON PROPHECY 245 vouch for the truth of it), that before the war a devout Christian was talking to the Kaiser, and talking about spiritual matters, and this subject of the Lord's return was presented, when the Kaiser was seen to drop his head in his hand. Then lifting his face and shaking his head, he said, "I could not accept that. That would dis- turb all my plans.' ' And I stand here to-day to say, I wish the Lord would come and smash the Kaiser 's plans. But while He tarries, no people in this world, and I know I speak for them, will be more faithful in upholding the government, in standing for a righteous peace, in giving of money or giving of life for the winning of this war than the people who are represented in this great gathering in this city of Philadelphia. Dr. Chapman closed by leading the Conference in prayer. PRAYER Blessed God, our Father, in the name of Jesus Christ, we offer up our prayers unto Thee. First of all, we come in confession of sin, sins individual, sins national. Oh, Lord, our God, search us and know us, see if there be any wicked way in us. Lay Thy finger upon the spot of weakness, and make us right. We come to Thee, our Heavenly Father, praying for Thy blessing to rest upon our soldiers and our sailors and our men in the air as they are upon the Western front at this moment. The time seems to be so serious, 246 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the crisis in the world's history seems almost to have been reached. Lord God, keep our faith strong; increase our confidence in Thy Word, increase our loyalty and affection and the thought of Jesus Christ. Make the prayer which goes unto Thee from these thousands of people sweep across the seas and its influence stay the onrush of the enemy, give victory to our armies and before this meeting closes this after- noon, our God, send us news from across the sea that right is prevailing and our boys are safe. We are all willing to make sacrifices, God, for the cause of righteousness. We have given our best, our time, our money, our children; they have all been placed on the altar, and now, Lord, just because we believe it would be for the honor and glory of Jesus Christ, for the establishment of righteousness and for the advancement of the kingdom, Lord our God, we pray Thee stop this awful onrush of the men who would over- throw righteousness if they could. This is our prayer. Amen. SPECIAL PRAYEB IN BEHALF OF BOYS AT FEONT Blessed God, we lift our precious boys up be- for Thee. We do not allow ourselves to think of the blow which would fall upon us if the message should come that they have paid the great price, and so, Lord our God, this afternoon we ask Thee to hold our boys and all who stand with them fighting for the right; give victory, we be- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 247 seech Thee — victory, victory — for the honor and glory of Jesus Christ. Amen. Chaikman: Owing to the fact that Dr. Scofield is physically unable to be present in this confer- ence, according to the message read to us on the opening day, his subject at this hour, "The Com- ing Glory, ' ' will be brought before us by the Rev. W. L. Pettingill. THE COMING GLORY By Rev. W. L. Pettingill Dean of the Philadelphia School of the Bible It is a pleasure to talk about the coming glory at any time, and in any place, and for ^anyone, but I count myself particularly happy this afternoon in the opportunity to speak upon this theme, in this place, to this audience, and in the service, under God, of one whom I love as a father. Dr. Scofield has put us all under tre- mendous debt in these last days, and it is my one regret in connection with this great and won- derful conference that Dr. Scofield himself is deprived of the precious privilege, as I know he esteemed it, to be here in person. I thank my God upon every remembrance of him. Now, I am to speak to you about the coming glory, and I reckon that the sufferings of this present time — great though they be — are not worthy to be compared with the glory that shall be revealed in the approaching day. It is accord- ing to the eternal purpose of God that one day this rebellious province in His universe, which is called the earth, shall be reconciled to Him, and that the earth shall be filled with His glory; and 248 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 249 as God lias purposed, so shall God perform. We learned this morning afresh, through that power- ful message brought to us by Dr. Gregg, that the Word of God cannot be broken. God proposed to use the people of Israel, in the very morning of their national history, for bring- ing in the glory. He took them out of Egypt. He brought them through the wilderness, and at Kadesh-barnea He said, "Go in and possess the land." They turned back from Him, and when He threatened to destroy them, and to build up a nation out of Moses' loins, and Moses inter- ceded for them, Jehovah said, in the words re- corded in Numbers 14:20, 21, "I have pardoned according to thy word. Nevertheless, as I live, the earth shall be filled with the glory of Je- hovah.' ' That decree has not yet been accom- plished, but nothing in heaven, or on earth, or under the earth, can possibly hinder our God from doing all that He has said. "God is not a man that He should lie; neither the son of man that He should repent: hath He said, and shall He not do it? or hath He spoken and shall He not make it good?" Our God is a wonderful God. Our God only doeth wondrous things. How wonderful it is that He has saved us, and that He has already "shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ!" No more wonderful thing can He ever do than He did when, by His matchless grace, He gave His Son to die on the cross of Calvary, in order 250 LIGHT ON PROPHECY to bring us to Himself. Justification is an old- fashioned doctrine, but there is nothing more beautiful, nothing more wonderful, nothing more glorious, in all the universe, than justification, by- grace, through faith in the blood of the Son of God. You and I have the right by that blood to enter into God's presence. As it is written, "Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living way, which He hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say, His flesh ; and having an High Priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a true heart in full assur- ance of faith, having our hearts -sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the confession of our faith without wavering (for He is faithful that promised) ; and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and to good works: not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together as the manner of some is; but exhorting one an- other: and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching " (Heb. 10:19-25). The newspaper reports to the contrary notwithstanding, the day appro ache th, and I call you this day to look to- ward that day ; for ye ^re not of the night, but of the day. That day ought not to overtake you unawares. It is to the coming day, with its coming glory, that we now address ourselves. And there are four things about the coming glory that I desire to -say now. They are: (1) that the coming day will bring glory to the Jews; (2) that LIGHT ON PROPHECY 251 the coming day involves glory for the Gentiles; (3) that the coming day involves glory for the church of God; and (4) that, better than all, the coming day involves glory for our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. I. That day will bring glory to the Jews. It is God's purpose, one day, to take up this poor, despised, dispersed, persecuted, punished people, and to make them to be, not the tail, but the head, to lift them out of the dust to become a king- dom of priests unto Him. And no matter how great their guilty separation from Him, no matter how great their degradation in this present time — and I quite agree with you that their guilt is great, that their degradation is great, that their separation from God is great — yet no matter how great all this, all the greater the glory that shall come to them one day, when God has accom- plished His purpose with them. The covenants of God are obligations. God has no temptation to repudiate His treaties as " scraps of paper.' * He remembers His promises. How glad we are to-day that our God is faithful, and that He never appeals to the statute of limitations to relieve Him of doing all that He has promised ! I thank God to-day for what He proposes to do for the Jews. In the 23rd chapter of Jeremiah, verses 5 to 8, it is written: "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth." 252 LIGHT ON PROPHECY In the earth ! Judgment and justice are already in heaven, but there is going to be a bringing about of judgment and justice in the earth. People will insist upon establishing the throne of the Lord Jesus in heaven, or in the believer's heart, but the Word of God says, in the earth. Now see: "In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be called, THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS. Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more- say, The Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt ; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the house of Israel out of the north country, and from all countries whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land. ,, If language means anything — and language does mean something when it has proceeded out of the mouth of God — then the time is surely com- ing when God will bring His people Israel out of all the tends where He has driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land. And, as Amos tells us, when they are thus planted in their own land, they shall never be plucked up any more for ever. In that day, according to Isaiah 27 :6, " Jehovah shall cause them that come of Jacob to take root." Did you ever try to make a Jew take root? The Jew for the present is an air plant. They have tried to plant him everywhere. They tried to plant him in New Jersey. They tried to plant him in Argentina. They tried to plant LIGHT ON PROPHECY 253 him in the Soudan. But all their schemes have failed, for you cannot make him take root ex- cepting in the land which God gave to his fathers, and the land in which God has promised to plant him. God is able to do what men cannot do, and He has said that He will cause Israel to take root downward, and bear fruit upward. Israel shall blossom and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit. II. Then, in the second place — and this has already been touched upon, for it is quite difficult to keep these divisions of my subject from over- lapping — in the second place, in the day that is coming, there will be glory for the Gentile. I mean not now, for the out-called Gentiles, the out- gathered Gentiles, but for "the residue of men, and all the Gentiles upon whom My name is called, said the Lord, who doeth all these things' ' (Ac. 15:13-18). It is always the program of God, as is abun- dantly shown in His Word, to bring blessing to men through the Jews. I cannot, for the life of me, see how a Christian can do otherwise than love the Jew, when he remembers that everything he has in the world worth while came to him through the Jews. Why, this very meeting is held in the name of a Jew, who sits at the right hand of the Majesty on high, the Son of a Jewish mother, according to the flesh. The Book that we have in our hands is a Jewish production under God. "Salvation is of the Jew." What a tre- mendous debt we owe to the Jews ! It is an out- 254 LIGHT ON PROPHECY rage and a shame that we have kept the Jewish gospel from the Jewish people. I would to God that we might be reminded here that the very- gospel of our salvation is to the Jew first, and then to the Greek. Just as blessing has come to us through the Jews, so, though in far greater measure and in far wider scope, shall blessing come to the Gentile world as such, when the Jew has come into his own. May I read now from the 60th chapter of Isaiah, a key-passage, selected out of many pas- sages on this wonderful subject: " Arise, shine; for thy light is come." Who is talking here? Isaiah is talking here. And who is Isaiah? Isaiah was a Jewish preacher. And to whom was he talking? He was talking to his own people, the Jewish people. " Arise, shine! for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee" — and then what? "And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising." Thy rising! The words point to national resurrection. Israel is a dead nation, represented by the dry bones of Ezekiel 37. " * Behold, they say, our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts/ and we are buried among the Gentile nations. Our future is blotted out by our dread- ful past. There is no hope for us. ' ' Well, out of that so-called "hopeless" condition, there has LIGHT ON PROPHECY 255 come salvation unto us. Through their fall, the Gentile world has been made rich. Through their restoration, the blessing that shall come upon the Gentile world is such as is described in Romans 11 as "life from the dead." Their rising, their resurrection, their coming to national life, will bring universal blessing to the world. The Gen- tiles shall come to their light, and kings to the brightness of their resurrection. 0, what will it be like to have the world filled with Jewish evangelists? To have Paul multiplied by a hun- dred and forty-four thousand. Call that language symbolic, if you like, but it means something — a hundred and forty-four thousand is what it says. It is the remnant that shall turn to the Lord during the Great Tribulation, and they will then preach the gospel of the kingdom in all the world as a testimony unto all nations. They will not have to learn any languages — they already know them all. They will not need to go any- where — they are already there. And the mission- ary propaganda of that day will be such as to put our missionary propaganda to shame, if we are not already ashamed of it, which we ought most heartily to be. I want now to turn to one of the Psalms under this head — the 67th Psalm. We are apt to forget that this is a Jewish Psalm Book, and thus lose many of its richest lessons. Here is a Jewish prayer: "God be merciful unto us, and bless us; and cause His face to shine upon us; Selah." What for ? Why should God do this for Israel ? 256 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Listen: "That Thy way may be known upon earth.' ' What is God's way? The Lord Jesus Himself is God's way. He said, "I am the way." "That Thy way may be known upon earth, Thy saving health" — or, as the revision reads, "Thy salvation among all nations. Let the people praise Thee, God; let all the people praise Thee. let the nations be glad and sing for joy: for Thou shalt judge the people righteously, and govern the nations upon the earth. Selah. Let the people praise Thee, God; let all the people praise Thee. Then shall the earth yield her in- crease, and God, even our own God, shall bless us. God shall bless us; and all the ends of the earth shall fear Him." This is God's program, to bring in universal blessing, first for Israel, and then, through Israel, unto the Gentile world. This part of my subject is most tempting, but I must hurry on. III. In the third place, the day that is approach- ing will bring glory to the church of God. I love to think of this. The church of God is glorious even now to those who look upon it with the anointed eye. Of course, you know that when I use the term, "the church of God," I am not using it as it is often used. There are institutions in the world calling themselves churches; but, as Dr. Eiley told us the other day, it is quite impos- sible for some of them to be churches at all. The church of God includes all those individuals in the world who have been born again, and none other. That is the church I am talking about — LIGHT ON PROPHECY 257 ' i the clmrch which is his body. ' ' Now, the church of God is not yet as it shall one day be. For the present, Christians look very much like other folks, except for one thing, and that is their smile. You cannot counterfeit a Christian smile. The world can grin, but it cannot smile. But, beloved, we do not look like we are going to look; we are not finished yet. I meet many dear Christian brethren who try to make me believe they are fin- ished. But, for their sake, I hope it is not so. People talk to me about the full salvation they have already, and when they say it they actually look at me sometimes through spectacles very much like my own. Or they say it through a mouthful of false teeth, and under a bald head, and all that, and they talk about having full sal- vation. Why, bless your heart, man, full salva- tion abolishes all that. You do not suppose, do you, that I am going to have four eyes in heaven? No, I am not ; neither are you. The time is coming when the church of God will be put on exhibition for the principalities and the powers in heavenly places. God is going to hold a great world's fair — a universal fair. It will be a great affair. Romans 8 tells us that "the earnest expectation of the creation waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God" — the word for " manifestation ' ' is "apocalypse"; it speaks of the unveiling of the sons of God. For nineteen hundred years God has been at work preparing His sons for that day; and on that day when everything is ready — and every- 258 LIGHT ON PROPHECY thing will be ready on time with. Him — on that day when He gets all ready, He is going to have all the guests present and He is going to show His family, His family, the sons of God. be- loved, won't it be fine when we see them all to- gether! I do not know how many people this hall will seat — there seems to be quite a crowd of us here — yet it is only a little handful out of the family of God; and in that day we shall shine in the kingdom of our Father in the likeness of His Son. It is the day of the manifestation, the unveiling, the revealing, of the sons of God, and the whole creation is waiting for that wonderful day, because the creation itself also shall be de- livered from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the glory of the children of God. Do you know why we get sick f Yes, even the divine healers get sick, and they die, very much like other folks. That is not in their program, but they do. And what is the trouble with them, and with us? It is because they have not got full salvation. It is because our salvation, though nearer than when we first believed, has not yet ar- rived. We have salvation from the penalty of sin, and from the power of sin wc are getting salvation day by day; but one day we must be saved out of the very presence of sin with all that belongs to it; and among the things that belong to it, and out of which we shall be deliv- ered, is what this Word of God calls the bondage of corruption. You and I live in mortal bodies. We live in corrupting bodies. We live in bodies LIGHT ON PROPHECY 259 that are going to pieces — these earthly houses of our tabernacle are dissolving; but one day we shall be delivered from all that and' we shall have a house, not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. We shall be free from the bondage of corruption. And not only so, but the whole creation also shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption into the liberty of the glory of the children of God. And further — listen! "For we know that the whole creation groaneth and trav- aileth in pain together until now. And not only they, but ourselves also, which have the first- fruits of the Spirit." How sorry I am for men who have not the first-fruits of the Spirit! How sorry I am for men who do not know God, who have not been born again! WTiat do men do in these awful times of war, who do not have what you have to depend upon? Other men are sending their sons also to Europe, who know nothing about God, and know not how to pray, and have nothing to lean upon. How do they endure at all? Even we ourselves, who are happy in God, who have this salvation, who have the first-fruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves are not yet sat- isfied. We groan within ourselves. And what are we groaning about? We are groaning within ourselves because we are "waiting for the adop- tion, to wit, the redemption of our body." A great day of redemption is coming — the day of our exhibition, the day of our revealing, the day of our manifestation, when in body, as well as in spirit and soul, we shall be perfect like Him whose 260 LIGHT ON PROPHECY we are and whom we serve, and whom, having not seen, we love. O, glory be to God for that great day that is coming ! IV. I now come to my fourth point, namely, that in that day there shall be glory for Him, even onr adorable Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. O, beloved, I am tired of hearing the name of the Lord Jesus traduced. I am weary of seeing Him stabbed in the house of His friends. I long to have the day pass when men wearing His livery and calling themselves by His name, transformed as His ministers, may drag His name into the dirt and bring reproach and ignominy upon Him. I am thanking God to-day for the eternal decree of the Father that one day, at the name of Jesus every knee shall bow, of things in heaven, things on earth, and things under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord — Lord! Lord!— to the glory of God the Father (Phil. 2:9-11). That will be glory for Him, and glory like that for Him is glory enough for me. glorious day! This day is described over and over again in the Bible. In the 19th chapter of the book of The Eevelation, there is a wonderful picture of the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. I will read a bit of it here: "And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war." I want to commend that LIGHT ON PROPHECY 261 to my pacifist brethren, "He doth judge and make war. His eyes were as a flame of fire, -and on His head were many crowns; and He had a name written, that no man knew, but He Himself. And He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name was called The Word of God. And the armies which were in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations; and He shall rule them with a rod of iron: and He treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God. And he hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OP KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS." That is the King who is my Saviour — the Man who died for me. And when he comes forth out of heaven upon his white horse, followed by his armies, I am going to be in those armies. Behold, the Lord cometh with all His saints. I am one of them. By His wondrous grace, I am one of them. I should never dare to think of myself as a saint, or call myself a saint, for I must confess that I do not look like one, neither do I always act like one, sometimes I do not even feel like one, but He says I am one. By the grace of God, and by the blood of Jesus, I am what I am. And when all the saints come, this one is coming. "I am in- cluded." I also like the picture presented of Him in the 14th chapter of Zechariah. That chapter opens with the great siege of Jerusalem by the con- 262 LIGHT ON PROPHECY federated armies of the world, led by tlie Beast of that awful time. Poor old Jerusalem! She knows what it is to be besieged. She knows what it is to be slaughtered and trampled upon; and in this 14th chapter of Zechariah there is a pic- ture of that last awful siege before the millennial kingdom shall be set up. It is when everything seems to be lost — the city is broken down and has capitulated, one-half of the people have gone forth already into captivity, and everything seems to be lost — and then it says: "Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when He fought in the day of battle." Now, if I were not going to come with Him on that day, I would rather be in Jerusalem than anywhere else in the world, just to see Him come. Over on the east there is seen by a few — for there will be a few Simeons, and Annas, and the rest, in Jerusalem, waiting for Him and believing His Word — they will be looking toward the east, and they will see there a cloud about the size of a man's hand; and as they look upon it, they see it growing, grow- ing, and they will call one another 's attention to it, and then shall they cry, "Behold, He cometh!" As they watch the cloud, it grows, and grows, and grows, until it finally hovers over the city; "and His feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east." I am glad to have it geographically, scientifically, mathematically located. The mount of Olives is not in heaven, nor is it "in the be- liever's heart," but it is "before Jerusalem on LIGHT ON PROPHECY 263 the east." When His feet strike that mountain, the spot whence He went away — He is going to take up His work right where he left it, the mount of Olives — and when His feet shall strike that mountain, the mount of Olives shall split in two. Do I really believe that? Surely; why not? But someone says, ' i That is impossible. ' ' Why, listen, man, you would not say "impossible," would you, in the same sentence with the name of Jesus Christ, the King of kings and Lord of lords? Why, He made that mountain. If I could make a mountain, I could make it split up any way I wanted to. And so He is going to split it up and make a valley run through it, to get the thing done that He intends to do, "and the Lord shall be King over the whole earth. In that day there shall be one Lord, and His name one." Now, I want to take a moment upon one thing in addition. I know that in a company like this there are many minds confused about the order of events, and they are saying, "We wish some- body would tell us what is to come first, so that we may know what to look for." The first pro- phetic conference I ever attended was at old Shi- kellimy, and Dr. Chapman was there, as were also Dr. Torrey and Mr. Huston. I remember that I sat there wishing that somebody would be very simple and tell me the order of events. Well, I am not zealous about the order of events in detail; but I am here to insist, and I believe that this conference stands for the doctrine, that the first thing to transpire now, is not the coming 264 LIGHT ON PROPHECY of our Lord to the mount of Olives, but the coming of our Lord into the air. "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and re- main shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so shall we ever be with the Lord. Wherefore com- fort one another with these words' ' (1 Thess. 4:16-18). Beloved, we have turned to God from idols, to serve the living and true God, and to wait for His Son from heaven. The Great Tribulation will come after that; and the coming in glory will come after that ; and .the millennial kingdom will come after that; but whatever comes after that, this comes before all; and this is the thing for which we are to be waiting. We are to be waiting for His shout and His coming in the air to catch us up to meet Him there. I rather think I know what He is going to shout. I think I do. You know he has to say something when He shouts. When He stood at the tomb of His friend at Bethany, He shouted, and said, "Lazarus, come forth!" and he that was dead came forth. Imagine a Christian deny- ing the bodily resurrection, after that! Lazarus had to come, and if the Lord Jesus had not called his name, every dead body in that cemetery would have come forth. Well, He knows all our names, but it would take him a long time to call the roll. I think we LIGHT ON PROPHECY 265 have His shout for us in the words by which, in Rev. 4:1, He called John up to heaven. What He said to John was, "COME UP HITHER!" and when He says that, I am going. HAS GOD A PROGRAM? Rev. B. B. Sutcliffe Bible Teacher, Extension Department Staff, Moody Bible Institute, Chicago, III. The subject for this hour is, "Has God a Pro- gram V 9 Listening to the addresses of this Con- ference, one cannot but believe that God has a program, and is moving along step by step to the working out of His purposes. I am to speak of God's program in relation to Israel, in relation to the nations, and in relation to the Kingdom. 1. God's Program in Relation to Israel. Israel, as we have heard, is to be regathered in an unconverted state into her own land. This is something more than her return from Babylon after the seventy years' captivity, as Ezek. 37:15-28 clearly shows, especially verse 22: "And I will make them one nation in the land . . . and one king shall be king to them all: and they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all." Again the Lord says in Amos 9:15, "I will plant them upon their land, and they shall no more be pulled up out of their land which I have given them" (see LIGHT ON PROPHECY 267 also Isa. 11:11, 12; Jer. 33:7, 14-16, etc.). When so gathered into her own land Israel will enter into covenant with the sinister being called Anti- christ, which covenant he will break at the end of three and one-half years. Then will ensne such a time of distress and persecution that its equal has never yet been seen. It is called in Jer. 30 :7, "the time of Jacobs trouble." Dan. 12:1 says it "shall be a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time. ' ' Such will be the awfulness of the persecution and distress in those days that it is said in Matt. 24 :21, that "except those days should be shortened, there should none be saved : but for the elect 's sake those days shall be shortened' ' (see also Zech. 14:1, 2; Matt. 24:15-28, etc.). The breaking of the cov- enant, which gives rise to Israel's persecution, is caused by the idolatry of Antichrist who pro- claims himself to be God, and the refusal of Israel to recognize him as such. Then Antichrist will attempt to blot out Israel and with her all knowledge of God on earth. This indeed has been Satan's desire since God had this peculiar nation. He attempted it through Pharaoh long ago in Egypt, through Haman in the days of Esther, and he will finally try to do it through this Antichrist. Antichrist will appear, after the rapture of the Church, as the leader of the world. He will be a man of education, a man of refinement and cul- ture, a man of wide experience, a man clever enough to draw to himself the highest and the best the world affords in the way of learning, intel- 268 LIGHT ON PROPHECY lectual power and all that which the world con- siders great. As the leader of all the forces of the earth, he will set himself up as God to be worshiped. But the godly remnant among the people of Israel, refusing to give up the worship of the God of their fathers, will break their covenant with him. Hence will follow Israel's time of trouble. Just when it seems as though Israel would be finally exterminated, the Lord from heaven will appear in His second advent to the earth and bring deliverance to His people. So w r e read in Zech. 14:2, 3: "Then shall the Lord go forth and fight against those nations, as w T hen He fought in the day of battle.' ' "In that day the Lord shall defend the inhabitants of Jerusalem" (Zech. 12:1-8; see also Isa. 26; Isa. 66:15, 16; Matt. 24:29-31, etc.). Rev. 19 describes this time and adds that Antichrist and his prophet will be taken and cast alive into the lake of fire. The deliver- ance of Israel is followed by her conversion. Zech. 12:9 to 13:1 says the Lord will pour upon His people the Spirit of grace and of supplication, and there will be opened for the house of David a fountain for sin and for uncleanness. They will see Him as their Messiah (Matt. 24) and seeing Him the nation will be converted, or as Isa. 66:5-13 puts it, the nation will be born in a day. Paul's conversion is an example of Israel's. He was converted as Israel will be, not by the preach- ing of the gospel but by a vision of the risen and LIGHT ON PROPHECY 269 glorified Lord (compare Acts 9; 1 Tim. 1:16; 1 Cor. 15:8, margin). Converted, and all her iniquities subdued, and her sins cast into the depths of the sea (Mic. 7:18-20), Israel will become a praise and fame in every land where they have been put to shame (Zeph. 3:14-20). She will come to the place of religious leadership in the world (Zech. 8:13, 20-23), and finally to the place long ago promised her of national supremacy in the earth. She will be "the head and not the tail" (Deut. 28:13) among the nations, and the kingdom or nation that will not serve Israel shall utterly be de- stroyed (Isa. 60:10-12). II. God's Program in Eelation to the Nations. The nations had their beginning in Gen. 10, 11. The race having turned its back upon God and gone into idolatry, as Josh. 24:2 informs us, God divided it into nations. These nations were formed in idolatry and therein continue. Idolatry is not that which is in the dark groping for the light, but that which has had the light and turns to the dark. We are members of a fallen and a falling race. The world is in deeper spiritual darkness to-day than ever before. Civilization is the exaltation of man, Christianity is the exalta- tion of Christ. Man's exaltation is the world's endeavor, which will end in the rebellion against all that is of God described in the second Psalm. This final rebellion of the nations will be under Antichrist, and will take the form of the attempt to exterminate Israel, by which nation alone God 270 LIGHT ON PROPHECY will be sought after. At the appearance of the Lord for the deliverance of His people the nations will be judged as told in Matt. 25:31-46. They will be separated from one another, according to whether they are sheep or goats. Their judg- ment will be according to their conduct in relation to the Lord's brethren after the flesh, the Jews. Their destiny will be according to their condition, whether righteous or unrighteous. The judgment of the nations is not to determine the question of eternal life or death, but to discover which nations enter into the millennial kingdom. The ones who do come into that millennial kingdom will find Israel, converted and made a praise and fame among them, to be a blessing as she was a curse (Zech. 8:13). They will follow Israel's religious leadership, as Zech. 8:20-23 declares. God has said that all the nations shall know He is the Lord when He is sanctified among Israel (Ezk. 36:22, 23). So the nations wait for blessing until Israel is restored and converted. III. God's Program in Relation to the King- dom. The coming King is He whose name is Jesus. He will be the center of the world's thrones and will sit upon the throne of His glory, as Matt. 25 :31 says. Paul speaks in 1 Tim. 6 :14, 15 con- cerning "the appearing of our Lord Jesus Christ which in His times He will show, who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings and Lord of lords." He will also be the center of the world's homage. He has been given a name LIGHT ON PROPHECY 271 " which is above every name, that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things of earth, and things under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord to the glory of God the Father' ' (Phil. 2:10, 11). He is now on His Father's throne, "from henceforth expecting until His enemies be made His footstool" (Heb. 10:13.) He will also be the center of the world's hopes, and "unto Him shall the gathering of the people be" (Gen. 49:10). "The government shall be upon His shoulder, and of the increase of His government and peace there shall be no end" (Isa. 9 :6, 7). His government will be one of righteousness, justice and equity. Let all rejoice "before the Lord, for He cometh to judge the earth : He shall judge the world with righteousness and the people with His truth" (Psa. 96:13). "O, let the na- tions be glad and sing for joy: for thou shalt judge the people righteously and govern the na- tions upon earth" (Psa. 67:4). "Behold the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall execute judgment and jus- tice in the earth" (Jer. 23:5). It means that a reign of righteousness will yet be on this earth. He, the King .of kings, will rule with a rod of iron and will enforce peace and justice throughout the whole world. The effects of such a -rule are plainly told in Scripture. "He shall judge between the nations and reprove many peoples : and they shall beat their swords into plowshares and their 272 LIGHT ON PROPHECY spears into pruning hooks" (Isa. 2:4; see also Mic. 4:1-3). This world is yet to have an international court of arbitration, from the decisions of which there will be no appeal. There will be just -one Arbiter in that court, but He will be the King of kings. There will be no universal peace in the world until the Lord Jesus Christ sets up this court. If the church could bring in universal peace now in our day, it would be proof that the Bible is false. No greater bit of folly has ever been undertaken than the attempt to have world peace before Christ comes the second time. But, because of the en- forcement of law and the reign with righteous- ness, many will yield obedience while they would like to disobey the King. Psa. 66 :l-4, as well as Psa. 18:43, 44 and other scriptures, show that His enemies will yield Him a feigned obedience. This will continue until the final test comes at the end of a thousand years. At that time Satan will be loosed from his prison and man will, as in the beginning, be called on to choose whether he will serve God or the devil. Many will choose to follow the devil, only to be destroyed by the Word of the King of kings. At last all evil will be removed and there will come the new heavens and the new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness (2 Pet. 3 :10-13). There will be no need of the rod of iron, for all will know the Lord from the least to the greatest. During the millennium it will be a rule with righteousness, but in the new earth right- eousness will dwell. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 273 In brief, God's program is, premillennial when evil is revealed, millennial when evil is restrained, postmillennial when evil is removed. The evening devotional service was conducted by Rev. W. Dayton Roberts, D.D., Pastor, Temple Presbyterian Church, Philadelphia. The Chairman then introduced Rev. Herbert Mackenzie. DOES THIS TRUTH PARALYZE OR ENERGIZE? Pastor Herbert Mackenzie Pastor of the Gospel Church, Cleveland, Ohio, and Secretary of the Erieside Bible Conference About a century ago, Christendom was being bathed in blood by the sword of Napoleon. The world was then passing through its greatest horrors that have been known for ages, and at that time, while Napoleon was creating havoc and hell among the civilized peoples of Europe, God was planning the invasion of heathendom by the undertaking of modern missions. During those days of terrible trial, a number of the modern missionary movements were inaugurated. The London Missionary Society, the Scottish Mission- ary Society, the Church Missionary Society, the Baptist Missionary Society, the American Board of Foreign Missions were organized about that time. All these missionary organizations were founded and their first missionaries sent forth under the inspiration of the Spirit, during those dark days of the world's history. During the Napoleonic era the work of the British and Foreign Bible Society also was started, and the 274 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 275 work of the Sunday schools was inaugurated by Robert Raikes. Carey was then sent by God to India, Morrison was called for China, and MofTatt was led by God to Africa, and one wonders, look- ing upon such a congregation as this, interested in the truth of our Lord's return, whether in these days — when the Kaiser has heated the fires per- haps seven times hotter — God has a purpose through such a gathering as this of again sending forth His hosts into the darkest corners of the earth, entrusting to them the light that it may radiate far and wide until it reaches the remotest bounds of earth. For He has said even unto us, "Go ye into all the world and preach the Gospel to every creature.' ' We all recognize our duty as citizens to do our best for our country and for the world in a crisis so grave as this through which we are passing. We recognize too that we have a Leader who is leading us on in a spiritual conflict; that we have a commission which must be obeyed and completed in order that he may come again and receive us unto Himself. Doctrine always decides duty. It matters much what a man believes, and as we study the doctrine of God's Word as we have studied it during the past three days, we are led to inquire from the Word of God just what he expects of us after receiving the added light and blessing. Doctrine in the plan of teaching always precedes the plan of duty. Doctrine is like a locomotive to which a number of coaches are attached. The doctrine is intended to be the inspiration and gives to us im- 276 LIGHT ON PROPHECY pulse and impetus to obey all the behests of our Lord. The doctrine of God is the foundation de- signed by God, well and truly laid ; and duty is a building which God expects us to rear upon the foundation which He has provided. In the 6th chapter of the Epistle to the Eomans, Paul uses the simile of a mold to express the pur- pose of doctrine. He wrote to those Romans, i 'God be thanked that ye have obeyed from the heart that form of doctrine which was delivered you.'' And the word he used was that which we could correctly translate as a die, a mold or a cast capable of reproducing a likeness, a figure, or an image, just as the die produces an image and the superscription on a coin, or as the engrav- ing or the type prints its likeness upon the sheet of paper, so the doctrine of God is intended to imprint a spiritual superscription upon the serv- ice of the servant of Christ which authenticates his message, which puts a divine seal upon his ministry as well as a Christlikeness into his life. "Take heed unto thyself and unto the doctrine, for in so doing thou shalt both save thyself and them that hear thee." And when we speak of doctrine, we do not speak of doctrines, for God's doctrine is always referred to in the singular in the New Testament. God's doctrine is intended to carry us on, while the doctrines of men, doc- trines devised by men in contrast to the doctrine declared by God, only "carry us away" like wind carries away chaff. It is our business this evening for a few minutes LIGHT ON PROPHECY 277 to look at a few of the scriptures which link up both the doctrine and the duty of the church. For the glory of the doctrine of the glorious appear- ing of the Lord Jesus Christ has a large place in the New Testament and our service is only ac- curate and acceptable to God as it is given shapeli- ness and soundness by our obedience to the doc- trinal die which has been delivered unto us. With your permission I would like to read two or three brief verses of Scripture which indicate what God has in mind for us, and I want to take three brief messages from the last chapters of Scripture written by the apostle Paul, the apostle Peter and by the apostle John. In 2 Tim. 4:1 we read, "I charge thee therefore before God .and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the living and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom. ,, Here we have a statement of the doctrine. There we are charged before God in the light of the doctrine and the duty is stated in the next verse and per- haps is summed up almost completely in three words: ' 'Preach the Word/ ' No man can know the doctrine of the appearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ, without having a burn- ing desire and a deep yearning to "preach the Word" which not only will save but build up His saints upon the most holy faith. The Second Epistle of Peter, the third Chapter the 13th and 14th verses, have a similar sequence. "Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. ,, A statement of 278 LIGHT ON PROPHECY the doctrine to which we have been listening dur- ing this conference and then once more our out- lined duty. "Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot and blame- less." The busiest people today in the Kingdom of God, or rather among the nations who are preaching the gospel of His grace, are those who believe in the imminent return of the Lord Jesus and the wonderful program which follows His coming. The 22d chapter of the Book of Eevelation con- tains a three-fold record of words falling from the lips of our Lord which confirm the promise of His coming. In verse 7 He says, "Behold, I come quickly!" The statement of the doctrine once more, and then, "Blessed is He that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book," a state- ment concerning our duty. I remember a number of years ago a very saintly and a very gifted servant of Christ telling me that with a dimming of the hope, with the fading of the desire for His appearing, there was always failure in his ministry and that he always needed the reviving of the hope in order that he might tighten the bands between himself and his Christ in order that he might be more firmly bound with the cords of loving sacrifice to the horns of the altar of the divine purpose. "Behold, I come quickly." "Blessed is he that keepeth." "Hold fast that thou hast, that no man take thy crown." The twelfth verse repeats the prophecy of His LIGHT ON PROPHECY 279 return coupled with a promise of recompense, for His servants. " Behold, I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be." The work of the servant of Christ is to be undertaken in the light of the coming of Christ. Perhaps we have at times been inclined to be a little bit discontented with the wages we have received, but the Lord Jesus Christ pledges payment of all arrears of wages when He returns. Finally in the 20th verse the third statement from His lips is found concerning His return. "Surely I come quickly." The responsive wait- ing heart .answers with a prayer that we should be praying with ever increasing earnestness if we believe He is coming back and if we love His ap- pearing, i l Even so, come, Lord Jesus. ' ' In this last chapter of Scripture, in the light of the coming we are instructed concerning something that we should keep, something that we should do and something that we should pray. "Even so, come, Lord Jesus. ' ' We are assigned the task this even- ing of answering the question, "Does the prophecy of the Lord's return paralyze or en- ergize in the work of world-wide evangelism V 9 Experience, as you know, is sometimes misguiding, and if we would learn exactly what this blessed hope is intended to accomplish, we need to turn to God's own Word, and I want first to refer you to the 24th chapter of the Gospel by Matthew. In this passage which we intend to read you will see that God brings before us two servants. In the 24th 280 LIGHT ON PROPHECY of Matthew God deals with individuals in twos. You remember He speaks of two men being in the field, and the one shall be taken, and the other left ; two women will be grinding at the mill, and the one shall be taken and the other left, but here He gives us the record of two servants. Eeading from the 44th verse, ' ' Therefore be ye also ready : for in such an hour -as ye think not the Son of Man cometh. Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find -so doing. ' ' You and I have been receiving meat, and when the Lord comes He ex- pects to find us dispensing meat. We are never made to be a temple or a pool for the blessings of God. We are intended always to be channels. God ever expects us to break the bread which has been broken to us. He gave to the disciples that they might break it unto the multitude, but here is a man engaged in serving meat to his master's household and he is watching for his master's re- turn. When his master does .actually appear he is an exceedingly happy man, for that word "blessed" means joyous, and you and I presently are going to be lifted to the height of joy when our Lord returns if He finds us faithful in service and patient in watchfulness. We will be saying, "I will go unto God, unto- God, my exceeding joy," for only God Himself is the joy height of man. Only Jesus Himself is the joy height of the believer. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 281 He then speaks to us about another servant. I want you to notice what He says : "But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord de- layeth his coming; and shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken ; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looked not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites : there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth/ ' What I want you to notice concerning this servant is that he does not deny his lord's return. He does not brush out of his mind altogether the thought that his lord is coming back. The thought which he seeks to dismiss from his mind is that of an early prospect of his lord's return. He says, "My lord delay eth his coming," and with that thought taking root in his mind he be- gins to deal unkindly with his fellow servants and enters into fellowship with the world. There is nothing that will keep us more clearly separated from the world than the momentary expectation of the return of the Lord Jesus Christ. This man said, "My lord delay eth." He only "delay eth" his coming. God forbid that we should suggest that all the servants of Christ who teach His de- layed coming are like this servant whose example is set before us, but we do know that it is a dan- gerous thing for us to suggest to ourselves that our Lord will tarry ere He return, for with the unwatchfulness of this servant came unreadiness, and with unreadiness came unfaithfulness, and 282 LIGHT ON PROPHECY with unfaithfulness came unkindness, and with unkindness came ungodliness, and all this because he had lost the present hope. Those who love His appearing, long moment by moment for His re- turn, for it is the normal outcome of Love to long for the appearing of the loved one. We turn now to the Second Epistle of Peter, the third chapter, the 3d and 4th verses. You re- member well what the apostle says. He tells us there that we should know something first; that is, it is one of the earlier things a believer ought to know concerning Satanic opposition to this truth. ' ' Knowing this fikst, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning. ' ' Frequently there is one word which is the key- word to a book, the keyword to a chapter, the keyword to a verse of Scripture, and it seems to me the keyword here is the word promise. Where is the promise of his coming? A revival of the old Satanic slur and slander aimed at the Promiser. Satan knows that he can never over- throw the fulfilment of the Word of God, the promises of God or the purpose of God, but Satan does believe that he can overthrow your confidence and mine in the veracity of the inspired Scrip- tures. Consequently, " Where is the promise of His coming ?" is the query of the mocker. Lower down in the 13th verse the apostle says, " Never- theless,' ' — in spite of all they say — "nevertheless LIGHT ON PROPHECY 283 we" — not they — u according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness." The attack upon the promise is a renewal of the old Satanic deception employed in Eden : " Hath God said? ... Ye shall not surely die!" Now the Word of prophecy as relates to our Lord's return energizes in the work of world-wide evangelism because it informs us concerning three things. First, concerning God's purpose; second, of His plan for our life ; and third, because of the prospect which is set before us. I want to turn now to the 15th chapter of the Book of Acts and read a brief Scripture frequently referred to dur- ing this Conference, verse 14. "Simeon hath de- clared how God at the first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for His name." Will you notice please that God is simply visiting the Gentiles and that we have two suggestions here : first, a limited period; and second, a limited purpose, a limited time to work and a limited task to perform. He is not dwelling here among the Gentiles as a fixed plan or purpose. He is simply visiting the Gentiles to take out of them a people unto or for His name. The next word is, "And to this agree the words of the prophets ; as it is written. ' ' This was a new revelation. A new Word in prophecy. The Old Testament prophets had nothing to say about this revelation declared by Peter. But, says James, this prophecy of Peter is not out of harmony with what prophets have said. It is just like a 284 LIGHT ON PROPHECY newly written stanza placed in the middle of an old hymn and which is in perfect harmony with the verses which go before and those which follow after it. This testimony regarding the church, this gathering out of the church from the nations of the earth, while it is not revealed to us in Old Testament prophecy, is in perfect harmony with all that the prophets have said concerning the past and future program of the Lord Jesus Christ — there is no contradiction. Then in the next verse we read, "I will return," and the logical result of our belief of this doctrine that God is working among the Gentiles to take out of them a people for His name is, the sooner the desired people are gathered out the sooner He will return, and if that work of gathering them out has been left in your hands and mine, how busy we should be at this business in order to hasten the return of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. "We were referring a few moments ago to the work of modern missions. I believe during the past century that 75 per cent of those whose lives have been spent in producing the century's results upon the mission field have been those men and women who have drawn their inspiration from this fact of a divine purpose among the nations to bring out a selected people who shall comprise the body of the Lord Jesus Christ and upon the completion of which He will immediately return. Those who have bored into the bush of Africa, those who have gone into the jungles of India, those who have encompassed the walled cities of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 285 China during the past one hundred years and have brought to us a century's results and the missionary prospects that we have to-night upon the mission field — 75 per cent of them at least have believed in the near approach of the Lord Jesus Christ. I am wondering if God wants me to say some- thing here which I have never before publicly stated, just by way of suggesting to you the effect this doctrine has had upon my life. Away back in 1897 I was engaged with Mr. Philpott in seek- ing to establish this .testimony to which we have been listening during the past few days, in various centers in Canada, and I remember going into a city to a given work and having around me four or five people. I remember how through that year my heart was groaning to be able to do some- thing for the mission field, and at the end of the first year I calculated the stipend that I had re- ceived from all quarters and I found it to be the sum of about $224.00. Just at that time the Lord laid upon me the burden of doing something for the world, the great world, and I immediately began to pray that He might show me just what He wanted me to do. It seemed perfectly clear that we were to take a missionary offering and although the numbers were few and even although the finances were low and the testimony did not seem to make very much headway, we set apart a day for a missionary offering. Gradually we found ourselves praying for God to send us money, not asking people for money, but for God 286 LIGHT ON PROPHECY to send us money into the hundreds, and I remem- ber on that missionary Sunday morning before I preached that first missionary sermon in that little hall, I was asking God to send us that day $250.00. But at the end of that day He had not only exceeded in one day my salary for one year, but He had given us not less than $296.00. As our Brother Whittlesey was praying a few min- utes ago, the thought came back to me of that first missionary day. That first missionary money within a very few months was used with other sums to send across the seas our first missionary under the board of the China Inland Mission to preach the Gospel to the heathens in China, and I want to say, dear friends, from that day to this, there has never been one year in my life but what God has succeeded in sending us more money in the one day than He has sent for the pastor's salary year by year. To-day in our church in Cleveland I thank God that we are able to say that our missionary income exceeds the entire income of the church for all other purposes. Thus the energizing of the Hope continues in the life of an individual and of a church. Men who are working with God are sure of what they are doing. A man asked me not so long ago what was the greatest thing he could do for God. I said, "The greatest thing that you can do for Him is to do what He is doing." That is what God wants you and me to do ; to long for that for which Christ is longing; and Christ is longing to see a com- pleted body, and that completed body must be LIGHT ON PROPHECY 287 drawn out from all the peoples and tongues and tribes of the earth. Those who know the Lord's purpose do not need any personal appeals. I have never asked an individual for a dollar for missions in 20 years. I have never permitted any of my officials to can- vass any members of the church for a penny for missions. Men whose hearts are touched by the inspiration of the Lord's return need only to be informed of the need and they are satisfied to give their best to the Lord, for they live in the light of the gleams of the coming glory. I have a mechanic in my church who ten years ago, when I first went there, was very complacently giving from $2.00 to $5.00 a year for missions. He was perfectly satisfied with what he was doing. But after a year or so the light began to break in. A man who was only receiving mechanic's wages and a married man with a family, purchasing in these days Liberty Bonds and giving to all the other humanitarian enterprises connected with the war. After a little while we found that he was giving $50.00 a year and a little later we discov- ered that he was giving $100.00 a year, and this year he has given over $300.00 to hasten the return of the Lord Jesus Christ. Second, this Word of God, this Blessed Hope, is instructing us concerning the plan of God for our service. Somebody has said that Judaism and the heathen religions have respect for boundaries and are content to let everybody else alone, but the man who knows the plan of God is not 288 LIGHT ON PROPHECY willing to let anybody alone. It does not matter how near He may be or how far away the man may be who needs the Gospel. I have come to the conclusion examining my own heart that we can never be like Christ or Christlike until we love the world. For Christ loved the world and no man can begin to be like Him until in some measure he too can say, "I love the world." Will you turn with me to the first chapter of the book of Acts. I want to read the last words of the Lord Jesus Christ before His ascension, and I want to read the first words of revelation uttered after He had ascended. Probably a mo- ment or so before He went away He uttered these words: "But ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you and ye shall be wit- nesses unto me. ' ' And those disciples knew what He meant by witnesses, for that word meant mar- tyr testifiers. Those men knew when He uttered that word that this testimony to which they were called, this witness which was to be their work, was to be of more value to them than their own lives. There are boys, perhaps your boys, your brother, your friend, who will lay down their life, or are willing to lay down their lives for their country, and there is something wrong with you and with me if our lives are of more worth in our sight than the witness which He has left to our trust. The disciples were told in those last words that they should be witnesses unto Him "both in Jerusalem and in all Judea and in Samaria, and unto the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 289 uttermost part of the earth. And when He had spoken these things, while they beheld, He was taken np; and a cloud received Him out of their sight. While they looked heavenward two men stood by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus . . . shall so come in like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven. ' ' You notice the accurate sequence in dispensational procedure. Just before Jesus left, He gave His disciples a commission. Just after He had gone, messengers from heaven gave a promise of His return. Between the commission at the one end and the coming at the other, there must be the completion of the work which has been entrusted to us. Do we know that a thousand million souls are waiting to-night for the light you and I have been receiving in this conference? and that twio and a half million a month have been passing away out from the fields of heathenism during our generation out from this life into the next without hearing a word of the Gospel? Two and a half millions a month since the beginning of the war alone gives to us an appalling total exceeding the entire population of the United States. All the munitions employed and all the conflicts in Europe are not able to overtake the awful death and dev- astation and eternal destruction being wrought because a church is paralyzed through lack of measuring up its duties to the doctrine which it has been taught. 290 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Years ago, I was traveling through Central Soudan. I found there from tne west coast up to Lake Chad about 40 tribes waiting for the Gospel. Only one tribe of the 40 had the complete record of the Scriptures. Forty tribes in ignorance, in idolatry, in nakedness, in superstition, steeped in paganism, with a thousand Moslem teachers and traders sent out to convert them from paganism to Mohammedanism; to one Christian missionary being sent out by the entire church of God. I walked an average of 17 miles a day for 7 days without finding a trace of any person who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ. Thousands of vil- lages and .scores of towns are waiting, waiting, WAITING, while you and I are enjoying the ful- ness of His blessing, sitting at His feet and.looking into His blessed face. This Conference testimony cannot fail to scatter us to the ends of the earth in obedience to the heavenly vision. My time has gone. I want, however, to say this, that there is a Prospect. Somebody has spoken here about rewards. Somebody has said in this conference something about taking a crown and laying it at His feet. I know of no surer way of securing a crown to lay at His feet than by gain- ing it in the work of soul winning; of making known to the world the glories of His cross. Will you remember this to-night ? There was a moment in the life of the Lord Jesus when He stood before that earthly judge, when He took the curse from beneath our feet and He permitted His enemies to take those thorns and entwine them into a LIGHT ON PROPHECY 291 crown and place it upon His brow, and when you and I look upon His blessed face, we shall see the marks made by the crown of thorns. He loved us enough to take earth's curse from be- neath our feet and lift it to His blessed brow. Oh, what a delight, that some day we may be able to take the crown which He has placed upon our head and consider that the highest that He can give to us for our service is only worthy for the feet of Him whose shoe latchet John tells us we are unworthy to unloose. WHAT MANNER OF PERSONS OUGHT WE TO BE? Address by Dr. Wm. B. Riley Mr. Chairman, Brethren and Sisters: I am keenly sensible of my honor, in being privileged to close this matchless conference by discussing WHAT MANNER OF PERSONS OUGHT WE TO BE? The subject is found in the third chapter of Peter's Second Epistle. The apostle's objective, in this chapter, is easily evident. He is forced to the defensive by critics! The theme of this Conference was Peter's theme. He would stir up "the minds of his brethren by way of remembrance" and that which he would have them recall is the word of holy prophet and apostle, and also of Lord and Saviour, about the Second Coming. Peter was not only an apostle, but also a prophet — a seer. God, who "is a Revealer of secrets," had brought the future within the apostle's vision. Even the last days were to him like the open pages of a book, and looking into them, he saw "the scoffers" who would come. The words he puts into their mouths: "Where is the promise of his coming?" etc., his arguments against their LIGHT ON PROPHECY 293 infidelity, and his positive declaration of divine truth, might, each and all, be considered under three suggestions. In this discussion, permit us to fellowship with Peter's convictions and express these three points in the possessive case: Our Creed, our conduct, our Christ. OUR CREED The time has come when thinking Churchmen recognize the fact that the Second Coming of Christ is creating and completing a definite fel- lowship. The men who entertain "The blessed hope" are bound together in a peculiar brother- hood: a brotherhood of increasing sweetness and deepening strength. No single denomination of the many that go to make up modern Protestant- ism, is »as definite in its fellowship and as distinct in its doctrinal teaching as is the brotherhood of premillennialism. In consequence of that fact, permit us to make three remarks, and then elaborate each in turn. 1. The Second Coming is now being specially emphasized. "Whether we have come to the last days or not, no man can dispute the fact that we have come to the days when the number of Biblically in- structed men and women who entertain what the apostle Paul called "That Blessed Hope" is enor- mous and is rapidly increasing. The most marked religious movement of the 294 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 20th century is the revival of Chiliasm. The Bible training school is its educational expression; the Bible Conference, now indefinitely multiplied in numbers, is its expression in assembly; the thou- sands of pulpits interpreting the Scriptures from this standpoint, and the increasing wealth of lit- erature devoted wholly to the definition and defense of this doctrine, are the effective medium of this propaganda! While denying the charge that "the movement is heavily financed' ' and resenting, with the con- tempt it deserves, the indictment of disloyalty to the interests of human government, we frankly confess our deliberate determination to employ voice, pen, press, in fact every agency at our command to make known the greatest doctrine of all Scripture, namely, the coming of our Lord. No longer shall this precious truth be left to the erratic and the irresponsible! Through the lips of sane men, and by the pens of the most scholarly the Church of God knows, and by the lives of the most saintly, this Gospel of the King- dom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations. The only apology the advocates of this faith have to present to the public is one of tardiness. It is nothing short of amazing when a woman, in middle life, born and brought up in a Christian house and, for 25 years, living as the wife of a Christian minister of national reputation, asks, in all guilelessness, as one such recently did, "What is this doctrine about the 'Second Com- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 295 nig'? and what is the word employed, 'premil- lennialism , — or something of that kind?" Before a question like that the advocates of this great hope ought to hang their heads for shame and determine, once and for all, that God shall no longer be compelled to wink at the times of such ignorance. When the dean of a theological seminary known, by both office and name, in more than one continent, attempts to discuss the subject, " Will Christ Come Again?" and reveals, in multiplied sentences, an utter ignorance of the premillen- nialist's position, the advocates of this blessed hope should not so much blame him as blame themselves. Too long have we been silent on the one theme, to which more of sacred Scripture is devoted than to any other subject about which inspired men ever employed tongues or pens! But the thousands that have waited on this great Conference, the throngs that packed and overflowed the Moody Church, requiring at times three additional assembly rooms to accommodate them, when four years since the Prophetic Con- ference was held in Chicago, the literal millions that attend upon the multiplied Bible assemblies and Churches to hear the men who know this truth, the sudden rise and unprecedented growth of Bible Training Schools, these all indicate the final awakening of ministers and laymen alike to that most precious and long neglected teaching, the Second Coming of Christ. LIGHT ON PROPHECY To-day it is in the ascendant, and, for the first time since Daniel Whitby diverted men from this truth, it is accredited deserved emphasis. 2. Along with this new emphasis there has risen a passionate opposition; Peter's prophecy is finding a literal fulfilment, and opponents are saying, " Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation." One opponent of this truth, apparently troubled by the consciousness of his own choleric spirit, introduces his discussion with an apology to the feelings of the good people he intends to hurt. In a single city, recently, on three great public occa- sions, the chosen speaker of the hour, discussing in each instance a subject altogether aside, turned from his theme long enough to hold the second coming to scorn. Go to the book stores and ask for volumes on the Millennial Hope and when the salesman shall have stacked up twenty or more before your face, you will find that well-nigh one-half of them are written from the standpoint of opposition, and while in most instances the titles would lead you to expect a sane and spiritual discussion of the subject, quite often the sub-title is a scoff, as, for instance, "THE MILLENNIAL HOPE, A Phase of War-Time Thinking.' ' The most amazing fact, in this connection, is found in the circumstance that the line of argu- ment against the Lord's reappearance has as per- fectly paralleled Peter's prophecy, as though the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 297 writers had either never heard of this apostolic prediction, or knowing it, feared not in the least to take the part assigned them. In illustration, think of a statement like this: "A modern man has various reasons for doubting the validity of present-day reconstructions of mil- lennial hopes. In the first place, mistrust is aroused by the utter failure of all past millennial programs to produce promised results. The apoc- alyptic visionary was never privileged to see his impending kingdom of heaven established upon earth. "All early Christians ' millennial expectations have similarly miscarried. . . . And yet even to-day some Christians continue to pursue the mil- lennial mirage, vainly looking for a catastrophic end of the world instead of throwing themselves heart and soul into the task of improving the existing order, whose permanence is attested by centuries of disappointed millennial hopes.' ' Who could longer dispute Peter's inspiration? If Daniel was granted a vision of empires to come, and so described them that now, at the end of more than 2500 years, the greater part of his prophecy has become history, certainly Peter was permitted to see the day, these 2000 years distant, when men should rise saying, * ' Where is the prom- ise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. . . . But, be- loved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, 298 LIGHT ON PROPHECY and a thousand years as one day." Children must have promises made them speedily ful- filled; mature men can wait and keep the spirit of expectancy. The extent to which opposition to this truth may yet be carried we little dream. When the suggestion is made that the Government "investi- gate the teachings of the premillennialists ,, with a view to lodge, if possible, some indictment of disloyalty, it is not difficult to imagine the day when another portion of Gospel word shall find fulfilment, c * And brother shall deliver up brother, and father shall deliver up child," and God's saints shall have another opportunity to suffer with Him who suffered for them. But all this only gives pith and point to my third remark concerning our creed. 3. The Second Coming of Christ is as sure as the promise of God. "The Lord is not slack concerning his promise as some men count -slackness ; but is longsuffering to usward, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned* up." Peter's whole appeal rests upon the plain dec- laration -of -divine Scriptures. "We would base our contention upon nothing else; we would bring our judgment from no other .source! It is Peter's LIGHT ON PROPHECY 299 convictions we share; the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it; we verily believe it will stand fast. What if men do scoff? What if passers-by wag their heads and say aha! aha! Noah met all that, and yet went on building the Ark. One hundred and twenty years is a long time to wait and watch for a flood that shall deluge the earth and destroy unbelievers. Scoffing against his prophecy must have seemed the safest of all procedures and the scoff itself came to sound like the only sanity; and yet, unless the tradition of every nation is mistaken and our sacred literature utterly mis- leading, Noah's prophecy was fulfilled and a drowned world demonstrated the dependableness of the divine Word. For hundreds of years the prophets continually asserted the .first coming of Christ, but history was -so slow in running into that mold of inspi- ration, childish men ceased to regard what the in- spired prophets had spoken. When it eventually found fulfilment, one could count on the fingers of a .single hand all the expectant of the earth. Let the past prepare us 'against the days that are ahead and remind us of a truth often enough illustrated; that " though heaven and earth pass away, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass away from the law till all things be accom- plished.' ' Dr. Arthur Pierson reminds us that when in 1$84 the Transit -of Venus was occurring, some German scientists at Aiken, S. C, had drawn an elliptical circle upon a great stone from which they 300 LIGHT ON PROPHECY made their observations. Later they presented -a request to that city that -this particular stone might remain undisturbed until 120 years had passed and another Transit of Venus had oc- curred, at which time the then living scientists might make their observations and compare them with the work of 1884. Dr. Pierson remarked that 120 years is a long time. " Every throne of earth would have been emptied of occupant after occupant, ' ' but, said he, " prompt to the year, to the day, to the hour, the minute, the transit of Venus will be on, for such is the accuracy of science.' ' Eead Zechariah's description of the first ap- pearance of Jesus in his triumphal entry into Jerusalem, "riding upon an ass, even upon a colt, the foal of an ass," and remember this, that over 700 years intervened between the declaration -and the deed. Generation after generation passed, countless kings came and went; governments perished from the earth to be replaced by other forms ; the little sentence, for the most part, was forgotten by Bible .students, or if they remembered it at all, the men of their day reminded them that literalism was insanity, and that Scripture should be interpreted spiritually. And yet, in perfect ac- cord with the Word of God, it occurred. He rode into Jerusalem upon an ass, "even a colt, the foal of an ass." The minor sentence concerning His first appear- ance was never overlooked of God, forgotten, or fulfilled after some spiritual and unexpected way ; LIGHT ON PROPHECY 301 but literally, .accurately, exactly. So will it be again ! ' ' His feet shall stand upon the mount of Olives" and "His law shall -come forth from Jeru- salem' ' and His .scepter "shall extend from sea to sea, and from the rivers to the ends of the earth.' ' This is out creed! But our creed, if it is worth anything to us, or has any value for the world, must eventuate in conduct. What then ought to be OUR CONDUCT? "Seeing then that all these things shall be dis- solved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God?" If it were permissible to change the phrasing of Holy Writ, I would like to write this text, "See- ing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner -of persons ought WE to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dis- solved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat?" (2 Pet. 3:11-12). In the judgment -of Peter, premillennialism con- tains in itself -a definite, -spiritual appeal. If we follow, him to the end of the argument in this matter, we will find that he expects this teaching to eventuate in definite and desirable practice. He thinks the hope of the Second Coming should eventuate in sanctity. He argues this hope is to 302 LIGHT ON PROPHECY voice itself in sacrificial service, and he maintains that this hope should establish both mind and soul. The hope of the Second Coming should eventu- ate in sanctity. ' * Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought 'we' to be in all holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God!" Truth is important to the individual holding it or to the people hearing it, in proportion as it is translated into practice. The times upon which we have fallen exhibit a turning away from " sound doctrine,' ' but even this defection from the faith is not so serious a hindrance to the cause of Christ as is the present day defection in con- duct. The worst heresy possible is not one of creed, but rather of character. That there is an intimate relation between false thinking and false living no man questions, and if we are to impress the world with the value of the "second coming' ' propaganda, we will only do so by a diviner practice. Upon this subject the Scriptures leave us in no uncertainty. We are enjoined to " sincerity' ' in view of the Second Appearance, "that we may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ." We are enjoined to sobriety in view of the Sec- ond Appearance, since the day of the Lord Com- eth as a thief in the night, "let us watch and be sober" (1 Thess. 5:6). We are enjoined to "purity" in view of the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 308 Second Appearance. "And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure" (1 John 3:3). We are enjoined even to the "mortification of fleshly lusts" in view of the Second Appearance. "When Christ who is our life shall appear, then shall we also appear with him in glory. Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth" (Col. 3:4, 5). We are enjoined to holy conversation and god- liness, in view of the Second Coming (2 Peter 3:11-13). In the language of the inspired apostle, "time would fail" me to tell of the victories that are related to this doctrine, as conclusions are related to premise, as result to cause. But I recommend the reading of W. E. Blackstone's book on "Jesus is Coming," where you will find a catalogue of forty practical doctrines that rest with the coming of Christ. Historically, sanctity has commonly been a con- sequence of this faith! Ignatius of Antioch was a holy man. He entertained this hope. Poly- carp, the disciple of John, was a holy man. He entertained this hope. His friend and companion, Papias, not only taught this truth, but lived as became a man who entertained it. In fact, the Church Fathers, with few exceptions, were men known by two outstanding characteristics, viz., their confident expectation of the return of the Lord and the holy, spiritual character of the lives they led. 304 LIGHT ON PROPHECY That the relationship of doctrine to practice is not destroyed by the progress of time, becomes evident when one recalls the names of John Bun- yan, Eichard Baxter, John Jewel, John Knox, John Milton, Samuel Butherford and Thomas Chalmers, Paul Gerhardt and Michael Hahn, and in later time of Horatius Bonar, George Whitfield, while with the modern school of Chiliasts, suc- cessors in this faith might be illustrated from the lives of such men as Charles Spurgeon, George Muller, Andrew Murray, J. Hudson Taylor, Arthur T. Pierson and A. J. Gordon. We are confident that other pastors could bear an exact testimony with Dr. James M. Gray of Chicago, who declares that in his experience as a pastor he had found the members of his church who knew this truth to live spiritual lives and to be devoted to spiritual things. They also made up the most intelligent of his Bible students, man- ifested special power in prayer, . exercised self- denial in giving, were most deeply interested in Home and especially in Foreign Missions, under- stood the great truths concerning the Holy Spirit and lived altogether the most consistent lives. We may wisely hold such conferences as this for the propagation of this precious truth, but we should well know that after all, the practice of godliness on the part of those who entertain and teach it, will be the finally effective power in rendering it popular in the Church of God. Once more then, in the language of Peter, "What manner of persons ought 'we' to be in all LIGHT ON PROPHECY 305 holy conversation and godliness, looking for and hasting unto the coming of our Lord." This hope should voice itself in sacrificial ser- vice. "Nevertheless we, according to His prom- ise, look for' new heavens and a new earth, where- in dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless" (2 Pet. 3:13, 14). The opponents of this precious truth have tried to make it appear that it paralyzes the individual endeavors of men, converting them into lazy look- ers for a catastrophic end of the present social order and an easy introduction of the Utopian dream. But upon this matter, history has a right to be heard, and its pages are replete with results. I speak not alone for my own denomination, but from a somewhat wide knowledge of the pas- tors and outstanding churches of other denomina- tions, and I affirm it to be my observation in sev- eral countries and upon at least two continents that the most diligent service to the King <of kings and the most self-sacrificing spirit in His behalf are found in those pulpits and pews where this precious hope is known. The denominational annuals would be a positive proof of this fact, and the statement would obtain not alone with reference to the larger gifts to Home and Foreign Missions and the establish- ment of desirable Christian institutions ; but even in the realm of social service — such as giving to the poor, providing for the hungry, clothing the 306 LIGHT ON PROPHECY cold, visiting the sick, sympathy with the soldier, with the bereaved, showing brotherhood to the imprisoned and love for the social outcast, the advocates of premillennialism have never been surpassed. It is an illustration worthy of mention that one man in my church who holds this doctrine most intelligently and advocates it most ardently lives sixty miles distant, and owns a little farm of ten acres worth not more than $5000. He is a keeper of bees and of royally bred chickens. He comes to church about four times a year, namely, at conference or special meeting times, and re- mains a week at a stretch. When ten years ago I baptized him he amazed me by sending the treasurer $300.00 to be used for special missionaries on foreign fields, and with each returning season, he increases my amazement. When last February I was ready to enter my pulpit to make the annual appeal for foreign missions, the treasurer stole softly into my study and said: " Pardon me; but I thought this little bit of paper might be an inspiration''; and he handed me a check for $846.00, which, at a later time, was increased to the thousand mark. If this hope "cuts the nerve of missions," would God that every man in my church had his nerve cut in the same manner. For a long time faithful folk have been praying that God would put it into the heart of some millionaire to give millions for foreign missions. Not long ago the prayer was answered and an honored citizen of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 307 Pennsylvania turned over two million dollars to be used for foreign missions. Yes, Peter, " dili- gence' ' in the service of our God should be the result of this blessed hope. But Peter finds a third result which should be always and everywhere manifested. This hope should establish the mind and the soul. He writes: "Ye therefore, beloved, seeing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away with the error of the wicked, and fall from your own steadfastness' ' (2 Pet. 3:17). This statement is to be interpreted in the light of the context, for in the 16th verse Peter speaks of those who stumble from this doctrine because there are some things hard to be understood in it, and being unlearned about it, and unstable, wrest the Scriptures to their own destruction as they do also other Scripture. Have you ever thought of the point of Paul's reasoning in the 15th of First Corinthians? It is after he has elaborated "the blessed hope," the resurrection of the believer's body and the conse- quent fellowship of all saints that he says, "Therefore, my beloved brethren, be ye stead- fast, unmovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labor is not in vain in the Lord." Steadfastness of faith; immutability in creed, the apostle claims as natural consequences of the great second coming truth, and we have reason to-night to thank God that church history is giv- 308 LIGHT ON PROPHECY ing proof that advocates of that faith are not even failing in this evil time. In thirty years in the ministry I have not known a single man who entertained at one and the same time the blessed hope of the Lord's return and yet called into question either the deity of Jesus Christ, the inspiration of the book, or the final and utter authority of either. Dr. B. H. Carroll, of Texas, the real founder of the public school system of that state, the mov- ing spirit in the establishment of the great Waco or Baylor University, the father and founder of the Southwestern Theological Seminary, the most matchless preacher it has ever been my privilege to hear open his mouth in the name of the Lord, was commonly counted a postmillen- nialist, and so esteemed himself. The last time it was my privilege to look upon his dear face he held my hand and with trembling voice said, "Biley, we have never seen eye to eye concerning the millennial period, but I want to say to you again as I said to you some years ago, that I hold in unfailing affection, the premillennial brethren, and I declare it my conviction that in loyalty to the Word of God as well as to the deity of Christ, they are not equaled by any company of men the world has known ! ' ' Yes, it stabilizes both mind and soul! But ere I conclude, let me join again with the great Apostle in a brief tribute to LIGHT ON PROPHECY 309 OUR CHRIST He, after all, is the basis of our creed and He alone is the adequate inspiration of conduct! I regret the necessity of abbreviating when I speak of Him. Peter does not conclude this argument until he pays tribute to Him ; but he knows how to unite his praise to Christ with an appeal to Chris- trans! "But grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and forever. Amen." How rich the sugges- tions which we may bring from this verse ! But it clearly involves the necessity of our spiritual growth. Of Christ's grace we should have an increased experience. Kegeneration is essential to spiritual existence, but is only the beginning. The "grace that is in Christ" is equal to much more than a mere beginning. The mother who brings the babe to birth has in her own being the infant's suste- nance, and the Christ who, by the Holy Ghost, begets us into a new life, has in Himself all spirit- ual sufficiency. Our ascended Lord has "gifts" for men and a Christian who anticipates His descent should utilize those gifts and mark growth for himself. This growth is extended by increasing knowl- edge of Him. In the judgment of the apostle, to the experience of His grace we should add the acquisition of His "knowledge." In fact, Peter aforetime said, "Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of S10 LIGHT ON PROPHECY Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue" (2 Pet. 1:2-4). Finally, to His name we should bring expres- sions of never-ending glory. "To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen. ' ' It is impossible to dwell upon the riches of His grace and increase in the knowledge of Him, without coming to the point where one is com- pelled to glorify Him. Matthew Bridges, reflecting upon what Christ has been, what He is, and what He is to become* calls upon men to break forth into praises and voices himself after this .manner. Shall we not conclude this — the greatest premillennial conven- tion yet held* on any continent — by joining with him in saying: "Crown Him with many crowns, The Lamb upon the throne, Hark, how the heavenly anthem drowns All music but its own! Awake, my soul, and sing Of Him who died for Thee; All hail Him as thy matchless King, Through all eternity. "Crown Him the Lord of years, The Potentate of time, Creator of the rolling spheres Ineffably sublime. Crown Him, the Lord of Love; Behold His hands and side, Which wounds, yet visible above In beauty glorified: LIGHT ON PROPHECY sn "No angel in the sky Can fully bear that sight, But downward bends his burning eye At mysteries so bright. Glassed in a sea of light Whose everlasting waves Reflect His form — the Infinite Who lives and loves and saves." THE RETURN, THE RESURRECTION, AND THE RAPTURE Rev. William B. Riley, D.D. Pastor of the First Baptist Church of Minneapolis; President of the Northwest Bible School; Bible teacher and lecturer. Of all the privileges accorded me in this great Conference, I most highly esteem the opportunity of speaking to yon, my fellow preachers. These three great words, the Return, the Resur- rection, and the Rapture, deserve each a separate and extended discussion. The only reasons, therefore, for trying to bring them within the limits of a single discourse exist in two circum- stances. First, the -other discussions brought to this Conference have involved very many of the features of both the return and the resurrection; and secondly, Paul, by the pen of inspiration, links these all together in both logical and doctrinal order. With that marvelous brevity which is the soul of inspiration, he presents them in five short verses: "But we would not have you ignorant, brethren, concerning them that fall asleep; that ye sorrow not, even as the rest, who have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also that are fallen asleep in Jesus 312 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 313 will God bring with Him. For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we that are alive, that are left unto the coming of the Lord, shall in no wise precede them that are fallen asleep. For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven, with a shout, with the voice of the arch- angel, and with the trump of God ; and the dead in Christ shall rise first ; then we that are alive, that are left, shall together with them be caught up in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord" (I Thess. 4:13-17). This inspired statement is to the whole subject of the return, the resurrection, and the rapture, what the architect's preliminary sketch is to the finished structure. In each instance it remains for the workers to fill in, and to fill up. A good student will, in a Spirit-led research of the Word, find material at hand for the completion of the great doctrines that Paul here briefly, yet boldly, outlines. As the stones wrought into the temple of God were each ready for its place, requiring not the touch of the hammer, but rather, a per- fect knowledge of the plans and careful placing; so the man who works on these great doctrines, with Paul's plan before him, will find no need to change, carve, or unnaturally constrain the sacred sentences of Scripture. When properly put together, they give perfect proof of the divine plan, and provide an unanswerable argument for premillennarianism. Men have sometimes sought to set Peter, or Paul, or John, against Jesus ; but 314 LIGHT ON PROPHECY on this subject it will be seen that inspired servants and divine Lord speak together. In the presentation of these great themes to the Thessalonians, Paul speaks of the second com- ing, the first resurrection, and the supreme rapture. THE SECOND COMING IT IS TO BE BOTH LITERAL AND PER- SONAL. To speak of the Lord's return as a mere figure of speech that is to know no literal fulfilment, is little less sacrilegious than the total denial of inspiration. To identify that return with the coming of the Holy Spirit, or with the experience of death, is to despise the Master's own differentiations. He was extremely careful to distinguish between the office of the Son and that of the Spirit. The Son was manifested in the flesh — * * The Word became flesh and dwelt among us" (John 1:14) ; the Spirit was contrasted with the flesh — "That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit" (John 3:6). The Son's office was that of sacrifice and substitution — "The good Shepherd layeth down his life for the sheep" (John 10:11) ; the Spirit's office was that of illumination — in- struction — "But the Comforter, even the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, .and bring to your remembrance all that I said unto you" (John 14:26). The Son's personal absence from the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 315 earth He declared to be a necessity to the Spirit's appearance in the church — "It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I go, I will send Him unto you" (John 16:7). If the plain references to the return of the Lord do not involve a personal coming, language has lost its meaning. For the comfort of His dis- ciples, sorrowing over His approaching departure, He said, "If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again. ' ' In the same discourse He said, "I will not leave you desolate: I will come unto you. ' ' The angels that attended Him in the ascen- sion said to the anxious onlookers, "Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye looking into heaven? This Jesus, who was received up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye beheld Him going into heaven' ' (Acts 1:11). It is little wonder, then, that Paul, writing to the Thessalonians, employs the phrase, "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven, with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God. ' ' There is not a hint in Scrip- ture that the Lord is ever to be identified with death — which the Bible denominates an "enemy" to be eventually "destroyed" (1 Cor. 15:26). This attempt is, as Ottman suggests, a shift, by which .some have sought to blunt the keen edge of Scripture. That Christ is representatively pres- ent in the world by the Spirit, no man disputes; but that there is another coming "for which we look," a revelation of His presence, which "every 316 LIGHT ON PROPHECY eye shall see," is the contention of the Book. Our hymnology — than which no truer theology has ever been written — sets that hope to sweetest harmony; and yet to tear the expectation of a personal return out of your best hymn-book would not leave it in such tatters as would be that more blessed Book— the Bible — when you had torn the same from its sacred pages. THE TIME IS INDEFINITE; THE EVENT, IMMINENT. "Of that day and hour knoweth no one, not even the angels of heaven, neither the Son, but the Father only." But, "Be ye ready; for in an hour that ye think not the Son of man cometh.' ' It is little wonder that Paul — perfectly familiar with his Lord's speech — should have written to Titus, concerning the grace of God, which had appeared, bringing salvation to all, "in- structing us, to the intent that, denying ungodli- ness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly and righteously and godly in this present world ; look- ing for the blessed hope and appearing of the glory of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ" (Tit. 2:12-13). The wisdom of making this great event im- minent, and the date of it indefinite, exists in the fact suggested by Baines, namely, that disciples were to be so living in the hope of it, that they would not be surprised if it occurred, while not so confidently dating it as to suffer disappoint- ment in its delay. The argument that this event could not be "at hand" nearly two thousand years ago, and yet so remote as time has proven LIGHT ON PROPHECY 317 it to have been, ignores alike the difference be- tween man's and God's computation of time, and the transcendency of the event. If, with God, ' ' a thousand years are as a watch in the night when it is past," we see no difficulty in the Spirit's expression, "the time is at hand." Again, the proportions of this event are such as to make that language not only permissible, but accurate. In the far West -a carload of passengers were excited by the announcement, "We are com- ing to Shasta; look!" Windows were pushed up, men and women put out their heads, to behold that snow-capped peak, full before them. And yet, as one put it, " I rode on and on, from a little after break of day until high noon, and still we had not reached its base ; and when the Western sun had dipped far toward the horizon, glancing backward, we beheld its bold, beautiful peak, glorious with the vesture of the sun. ' ' You could not have said that of a hill. A hill a mile away is not at hand; but one hundred and fifty miles away, and Shasta is "at hand." The second ap- pearance of Jesus, as compared with the most important of human events, is so splendidly trans- cendent that no wonder those seers, realizing something of its mighty significance, should have lost the sense of distance and time, and exclaimed, "The day of the Lord draweth nigh!" or else, speaking for that Spirit who does not measure time by minutes and hours, but rather as it re- lates itself to eternity, say, "The Lord is at hand" (Phil. 4:15). 318 LIGHT ON PROPHECY HIS COMING WILL PERFECTLY AC- CORD WITH PROPHECY. For some time there has been a discussion in the premillennarian ranks as to whether the "any moment' ' theory of the second appearance could be retained; one school contending that that is a necessity of the interpretation of Scripture, and another that we can certainly recognize the fulfilment of prophecy, and that some portions of this, not having oc- curred already, must come to pass before we see in the heavens the "sign of the Son of man." This problem finds its solution in the very fact that the last letter of prophecy, named as pre- liminary to the Lord's appearance, may have its perfect fulfilment, and yet most professed Chris- tian men fail so to mark the movements of time as to clearly recognize the perfecting of the divine plan. When Jesus appeared the first time, how few there were that saw in the Babe of Bethlehem the completion of prophecy ! The visit of the -star- led men from the East and the inquiry of the song-surprised shepherds seem to have found an answer in the faith of Simeon and Anna and in the fears of the criminal Herod, but to have left unmoved multitudes of men that were supposed to be the great Scripture students of the day. Again, the certainty of a lapse of time between the coming of Christ for His people and His com- ing to the earth with them, cannot be disposed of by dubbing it "a theory created to meet a difficulty of the premillennarian view." There are two comings described in the twenty-fourth of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 319 Matthew that are so absolutely unlike as to de- mand an explanation. That explanation is found in the fact that Christ comes for His saints (1 Thes. 4:16-17, and 2 Thes. 2:1); an appearance which is apart from "the coming o*f our Lord Jesus with all His saints ,, (1 .Thes. 3:13), to take His throne and "judge the world in righteous- ness"; .and to this period the Tribulation seems unquestionably assigned. The conversion of the Jew is at its close, and the "wars and rumors of wars, earthquakes, convulsions of nature,' ' etc., both naturally and scripturally belong to the same time! The full proof of these assertions I have pub- lished in "The Evolution of the Kingdom." But for the present, let the Word of the Lord' Jesus in- struct us, "For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass away, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass away from the law, till all things be accomplished" (Matt. 5:18). Dr. Arthur Pierson tells us that in 1884, when the transit of Venus was occurring, some German scientists, at Aiken, S. C, had drawn an elliptical circle upon a great stone, from which they made their obser- vations. Later, they presented a request to the city that this stone might remain undisturbed until one hundred and twenty years had passed and another transit of Venus had occurred, at which time the then living scientists might make their observations and compare them with the work of 1884. Pierson reminds us that one hun- dred and twenty years is a long time ; every throne 320 LIGHT ON PROPHECY will have been emptied of occupant after occu- pant, and the map of the world will have been made over; for aught we know, the march of the millennium may have begun ; but prompt to the day, the hour, the minute, the transit of Venus will be on. Such is the accuracy of science ! But again and again the even greater accuracy of prophecy has been put past dispute. Read Zechariah's description of the first appearance of Jesus in His triumphal entry into Jerusalem, "riding upon an ass, even upon a colt the foal of an ass," and remember this, that over seven hundred years intervened between the declaration and the deed. Generation after generation had passed; almost countless kings had been born to the various thrones of the earth; the little sen- tence, for the most part, was forgotten by even Bible students; and yet, in perfect accord with the Word of God, it came to pass. So it will be again when ' i His feet shall stand upon the Mount of Olives," and "His law shall come forth from Jerusalem," and His scepter shall extend "from sea to sea and from the river unto the ends of the earth," "for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it." THE FIKST RESURRECTION- IT WILL BE CONCURRENT WITH THE SAVIOUR 'S APPEARANCE. « < The Lord Him- self shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of LIGHT ON PROPHECY 321 God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first.' • The word "first" here simply assigns the resurrec- tion of the righteous dead — when the " corrupti- ble puts on incorruption ,, — to precedence over the marvelous change of the living saints — when "the mortal puts on immortality. ' ' The rest of the sentence, however, makes the return of the Lord and the resurrection of the saints concurrent events — the latter the instant resultant of the former. At the last trump that resurrection will occur u in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye" (1 Cor. 15:52). "Then they that are Christ's at His coming" (1 Cor. 15:23). A. J. Gordon truthfully remarks, "Any doctrine of the resur- rection dissociated from the Advent, must be false; . . . no atonement apart from the cross; no resurrection apart from the coming." It is "at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ that there is to be a gathering together unto Him" (2Thes. 2:1). IT WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE SAVIOUR'S VOICE. "The Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first. " It is doubtful if there be a great event of the future that has not already been enacted upon a small scale — an adumbration of that which is to come ; it is equally to be questioned if there be a great truth that has not found its symbols in some circumstances of the past. The resurrection is no exception ! The resuscitations of the New Testament are the 322 LIGHT ON PROPHECY shadows of the resurrection. They were accom- plished, every one, by the Saviour's voice. To the widow's son He said, " Young man, I say unto thee, arise ; and he that was dead sat up and began to speak" (Luke 7:14-15). To Jairus' daughter, "I say unto thee, arise. And straightway the damsel rose up and walked" (Mark 5:41-42), while to Lazarus, who had lain "four days in the grave, He cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth; and he that was dead came forth" (John 11:43). It is said that Calhoun was unwilling to die until they should bear him again to the Senate chamber, that he might listen to Clay's voice once more — the voice he regarded as the most eloquent known to the tongue of man. But the voice of Christ will be so much more eloquent that by it the dying shall be revived and the dead quickened into life again. "The dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God ; and they that hear shall live. ' ' THE FIEST RESURRECTION WILL CON- CERN ONLY THE SLEEPING SAINTS. "The dead in Christ ' ' are all that are mentioned as hav- ing any part in this resurrection (1 Thes. 4:16). The explanation is at hand. "The rest of the dead lived not until the thousand years should be finished. This is the first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection" (Rev. 20:5-6). It will re- quire a more ingenious man than has yet employed tongue or driven pen to disprove the two resurrections of Scripture. The number of instances in which the first and second resur- LIGHT ON PROPHECY 323 rections are spoken of, the easy explanation of such passages as Daniel 12:2 and John 5:28, together with the meaningful phrase "the resurrection clearly elective" — form the chain of argument which such men as Baines, Blackstone, Gordon, Brookes, West, and others too numerous to mention, have forged on the anvil of the Word. The translation of Daniel 12 :2 by Tregelles, "And many from among the sleepers of the dust of the earth shall awake. These (that awake) shall be unto everlasting life. But those (the rest of the sleepers who awake later) shall be unto shame and everlasting contempt,' ' instead of being "a theory created by a premillennarian to carry his point, and absolutely unknown to* commentators," as one writer at least contends, is approved by such eminent rabbis as Saadia Haggion and Eben Ezra and employed by some of the best com- mentators, while the refusal to let the word "hour," in John 5:28-29, refer to at least as long a period as has already been covered by its use in John 4 :23 and 5 :25, reveals an indisposition to be convinced. However, the utter absurdity of straining, or spiritualizing Scripture is only reached when one opponent of two resurrections comes to treat Rev. 20 :4-6, and contends that the first resurrection, there spoken of, is not that of persons at all, but of "principles," an interpreta- tion which, as one has already suggested, would present the spectacle of "principles" being be- headed "for the witness of Jesus," "principles" refusing to worship the beast, "principles" with 324 LIGHT ON PROPHECY foreheads and hands on which they decline to receive a mark, and "principles" over "which the second death hath no power," but which shall be "priests of God and oT Christ." Following this to its logical conclusion, "the rest of the dead" must also be "principles," so that we could have no resurrection of persons at all. It is no argument against two resurrections to remind us that for centuries "reverent students of the Bible" knew nothing of it, any more than it is against the Great Commission, which, for the same length of time, was overlooked, neglected, and, when brought to light, ardently disputed. But to accept this biblical doctrine is to receive an inspiration to holy living such as that which characterized Paul, who, cutting loose from all things that bound him to the world, affirmed his willingness to count them all but loss, "if by any means he might attain unto the OUT-RESUR- RECTION FROM THE DEAD." THE SUPREME RAPTURE Returning to our preliminary sketch again, we find the apostle describing it in these words: "The dead in Christ shall rise first; then we that are alive, that are left, shall together with them be caught up in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air : and so shall we ever be with the Lord." Three features of the rapture are here clearly suggested. It will be signalized by the re-wedding of body and spirit ; it will be characterized by the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 325 change of the mortal and the corruptible, and it will consummate the communion of the saints and the Saviour. IT WILL BE SIGNALIZED BY THE RE- WEDDING OF BODY AND SPIRIT. The clear significance of the phrase "even so also them that are fallen asleep in Jesus will God bring with Him," is to the effect that "the spirits of just men made perfect' ' are now with God. But their bodies lie buried in sea and on land. Our coming Christ will bring the spirits down with Him, and at the sound of His voice the graves shall give up their dead. And when the body and the spirit, divorced by the last enemy, meet in the presence of our Master, He, by His word, will so wed them together that neither man nor devil will ever again divide them asunder. If one could conceive the glory that shall clothe these bodies of ours, when, redeemed from humiliation, they are "conformed to the likeness" of our Lord, and the splendor that shall mark our " spirits' ' — "made perfect" — he would somewhat realize the meaning of the eternal marriage of the two. This is the hour, and the event, of which the apostle wrote to the Romans — "The earnest expectation of the creation waiteth for the revealing of the sons of God, . . . for we know that the whole crea- tion groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now ; and not only so, but ourselves also, who have the firstfruits of the Spirit, even we ourselves groan within ourselves, waiting for our adoption, to wit, the redemption of our bodies." It is little 326 LIGHT ON PROPHECY wonder, therefore, that an Old Testament prophet, who was speaking to quicken Israel — "dead in trespasses and in sins' ' — should have expressed the very thought that will characterize that glad hour when the voice of the Son shall proclaim the approaching rapture; and men shall know the more remote and more blessed meaning of Isaiah's words, "Awake and sing, ye that dwell in the dust, for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out her dead" (26:19). We have read Ingraham's "Prince of the House of David," and have tried to imagine the joy of that marriage occasion when Lazarus, whose recent decease had thrown every partici- pant into pitiful sorrow, now resuscitated, lends, by his living presence, such surpassing happiness as no wedding party had ever before experienced ; but we confess frankly that the joy of the hour when all perfected spirits and all glorified bodies shall be joined by the word of the Lord Jesus can- not be compassed by the imagination ! EAPTURE is the word. IT WILL BE CHARACTERIZED BY THE CHANGE OF THE MORTAL AND THE COR- RUPTIBLE. "The dead shall be raised incor- ruptible, and we shall be changed. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality. So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall come to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory." What an LIGHT ON PROPHECY 327 hour! At that moment those that have come out of their graves, in the full realization of their eternal conquest, will almost tauntingly ask of their defeated foe, "0 grave, where is thy vic- tory ?" while those that have not slept, but, by the coming of Christ the Master, have put on their immortality, will voice their conscious triumph in the speech, "0 death, where is thy sting V 9 and sing their joy in the sentence, " Thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.' ' Dr. Gordon's comparison, "The charcoal and the diamond are the same substance ; only that one is carbon in its humiliation and the other carbon in its glory ; so is this tabernacle in which we now dwell, in comparison with our house which is from heaven," is not only full of beauty, but biblically justified. When, however, one comes to speak of the saints perfected in body, soul and spirit, there are no objects of earth with which to liken them. Jesus said, "They are equal unto the angels and are sons of God, being sons of the resurrection" (Luke 20:36). IT WILL CONSUMMATE THE COMMUN- ION OF THE SAINTS AND THE SAVIOUR. The phrase "shall together with them be caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall we ever be with the Lord" involves a twofold communion — the communion of one with another, and of all with their Lord. The close- ness of that communion, and the sweetness of that fellowship finds no expression sufficient, short of the marriage relation. "They that were ready 328 LIGHT ON PROPHECY went in with him to the marriage feast' ' (Matt. 25 :10). It is little wonder that on the consumma- tion of this event there should be heard the voice of a great multitude as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunder, saying, "Hallelujah, for the Lord our God, the Almighty reigneth; let us rejoice and be exceeding glad. And let us give the glory unto Him, for the marriage of the Lamb is come and His wife hath made herself ready" (Rev. 10:6-7). We confess frankly that when all of this imagery of prophetic promise passes before one's mind, he begins to understand the spirit and speech of Samuel Rutherford, who, while he languished in prison -at Aberdeen, divided his time between singing God's praises on the one side, and pleading for the re- appearance of His Son on the other, and we marvel not at his speech: "0 fairest among the sons of men; why stayest thou so long away? O heavens, move fast ! O time, run, run, and hasten the marriage day! for love is tormented with delays!" THE GOSPEL FOR WAR TIMES Rev. W. B. Riley, D.D. Mr. Moderator and Brethren of the Ministry: I have elected to speak to yon to-day on the war- gospel, and I ask yonr thought to Matt. 24:14: 1 ' This gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all the nations; and then shall the end come." The question of whether there be a "gospel for war times" is one too important to be despised and too insistent to be dismissed. The minister of the present moment cannot be indifferent to the crisis into which the world has come, and the consequent demands being made upon the church of God. Prof. T. G. Soares says: "There are two immediately possible attitudes for the minister to-day. One is to preach the old gospel, and the other is to curse the Kaiser. One is to go on in the performance of one's pulpit duty as if nothing was happening; and the other is to become a patriot orator. In <one case you say that religion is more important than any changing human in- terest; and you will lead men to a salvation that is unaffected by the tragedy of the hour. In the other case you say that winning the war is the supreme interest to which everything, including religion, must give way." In his judgment, 329 330 LIGHT ON PROPHECY "either of these courses is an abdication of the pulpit"! If "preaching the old gospel," then, becomes an abdication of the pulpit, some of us would not hesitate to pay the price for that privilege, pre- ferring a dry goods box on a street corner with that gospel to a carpeted pulpit in a sanctuary without it. But, at the same time, we insist that the old gospel is not inadequate to the crisis to which we have come; and that its true exponents and veritable prophets have a definite and needful message for a sinful world, weltering in the blood of its slain. The declarations of Scripture are never best interpreted by an utter detachment from all con- text. When Jesus anticipated the very hour to which we have come, of "wars and rumors of wars"; when He saw "nation rising against na- tion, and kingdom against kingdom"; when, with prophetic vision, He sat in the midst of "famine and pestilence and earthquake," and realized that all of these were but "the beginning of sorrows"; when He remembered the agony to which His own brethren in the flesh — the Jews — and many of His own faithful followers, were to come; when He saw the hatred that would one day be engendered and the destroying one of another that would be ac- complished; when He reminded Himself that these things would take place on a day when "false prophets" would be multiplied, and multitudes of plain people would be "deceived" by other gospels, that were not other; when He looked to LIGHT ON PROPHECY 331 the beginning of the twentieth century, where iniquity should conquer and "the love of most should grow cold" — having it all fall upon His vision, He then said, "And this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all the nations; and then shall the end come." To three things He definitely refers in that text — The War-Gospel; the Age- Witness; and the Age-Windup. Within the limitations of our time, I may get through with only one of these: THE WAR GOSPEL In the judgment of many of us, there is a spe- cific gospel for this special hour. Yesterday, when the world was at peace, the gospel of grace — whether it received it or not — deserved the ascendency; to-day, when the kingdoms of this world are in the clash of battle and the confusion of bloodshed, when their future is as uncertain as their merits are unstable, it is the time to preach "the gospel of the kingdom." The defi- nition of "the gospel of the kingdom" we defer till later; but certain characteristics of the same deserve to be set in order. Certain characteristics of the old gospel are needed now as never before. To three of these we call attention. It is a gospel that exalts the divine Christ rather than human culture. For something like fifty years the drift of the age has been in the wrong direction; and for twenty-five years past, the influence of Darwinism has been increasingly 332 LIGHT ON PROPHECY felt, and the result has been an ever increasing laudation of Adam — the sinful man — and a cor- responding depreciation of Christ — the saving Man. In no country in the world have these counter-philosophies marked such progress as in Germany! There Darwinism has found its most ardent followers; "kultur" its most capable expo- nents and defenders; and there the claims of Christ have been most seriously called into ques- tion, and the "faith once for all delivered " most effectually de-vitalized. Dr. Shields, of Toronto, remarks: "It will be generally conceded that no nation in the world has surpassed Germany in her educational zeal. As an illustration of the thor- oughness of her system, I may tell you that in 1901, of more than one-quarter million recruits, only 131, or less than one-half of one per cent, were found to be illiterate. No nation has given more attention to higher education than Germany. She has more than twenty universities, and in the winter of 1907-8 there were in these nearly 47,000 students, ' ' and that number later increased. For a full century her one objective has been "kultur"! That she has realized that objective is now pain- fully evident to the entire world. Within recent years certain Americans have been " daffy' ' over one word — ' i Efficiency. ' ' For its full meaning we may look to the constitution of the German army, and as the culture of the Jewish scribe and the effectiveness of the Eoman soldier once combined to nail Christ to the cross, so Modernism — the in- tellectual boast of the centuries — and Militarism LIGHT ON PROPHECY 333 — the acme of mechanical accomplishment — have alike triumphed in Germany, and have combined to strike Christianity the most deadly blow it has received since the day when Augustine united a sick church with a stinking State. Prof. Herbert Williams, of Oxford, declares that Friedrich Nietzsche was perhaps "the one Euro- pean thinker who has carried the evolution prin- ciples and ethics to their logical conclusion." And he names him as the most orthodox expo- nent of Darwinian ideas the world has known. But Prof. Williams reminds us also that Nietz- sche saw clearly that, to be successful, evolution ethics must involve "the transvaluation of all values and the demoralization of all ordinary morality," and he says that Nietzsche "accepted frankly the glorification of brute strength, su- perior cunning, and all the qualities necessary for success in the struggle for existence. ' ' Multitudes of men in America, England, and other parts of the civilized world, crazed with the desire to be counted "cultured," have received Nietzsche's philosophy and become its apostles. They do not even now see that Bernhardi, when he contends that, ' ' since Germany is the most civilized nation in the world, she is the only one fitted for leader- ship and entitled to supremacy," is but taking the logical step of putting that philosophy into practice and bringing into the world again the philosophy that once embruted men, de-virtued women, and destroyed nations; namely, that "Might is right," or "the survival of the fittest." 334 LIGHT ON PROPHECY It is a philosophy that strikes truth to the earth, exiles righteousness from civilization, and, as another has said, "leaves justice weaponless, blind and bleeding on the field over which battle has passed; and honor like Tamar, who, in token of the shame of her violation, with ashes on her head, her garments rent, lays her*hand upon her head and passes out of the presence" of men, sobbing as she goes. If the damnable, dastardly deeds of German "kultur" do not awaken the .unthinking world to the realization of the fact that brutal man is unfitted to rule it, then we have a fresh demon- stration of the fact that the human mind is too fallen to ever right itself and the human heart too prostitute to be instructed even by unspeak- able suffering. And yet, at the very time when the page of history is such a blot of blood that one cannot even read from it "the signs of the times," a man has the effrontery to stand up in a pulpit and in the name of "Modernism" ask us to sing with Swinburne, "Glory to man in the highest," saying, "'For man is the master -of all things"; and, in order to give poetical afflatus to his hereti- cal philosophy, measures it off in feet, expressing it in verse: "Spirit of Man, ascend thy throne! Men, cities, nations, wait for thee; Wan captives cry, dull toilers groan — Hearken! Arise, and set them free. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 335 Before all pride of rank and race, Beyond all pomps that flourish now, Beneath all shams, all commonplace, Above all empires, Man, are thou!" It is a doctrine of devils! Again, the old gospel is a gospel of divine redemption versus human democracy. For full two thousand years the best instructed Bible stu- dents the world has known have anticipated the day when kingdoms and autocracies should perish from the face of the earth. They have read Daniel, and, looking into past history, they have seen how the Babylonian empire passed, as he foretold; how the Medo-Persian took its place, as he declared it would; how the Greco-Macedo- nian came in the very order symbolized by the belly and thighs of brass; and how at last the Roman, that iron monarchy, arose, and then, as the legs of a man, divided and established a capi- tol at Constantinople in the east and one at Rome in the west, and how out of that empire little kingdoms came, as the toes grow from the feet; and they have known that the vision was not ended. The time is yet to come when ' ' the Stone cut out of the mountain top" — the place of the divine residence — "without hands" — no human power having aught to do with its appearance — will be cast against "the kingdoms of this world" and "grind them to powder," and they will be swept from it as the chaff parts from the thresh- ing-floor before the rising breath of the evening wind. 336 LIGHT ON PROPHECY But now we have a new philosophy to the effect that when the kingdoms pass away A DEMOCRACY is to take their place, and we are told that its value is such that we can afford to purchase it with the blood of our boys if it take the last of them from the land. If our great and noble Pres- ident has breathed a single sentence that is likely to make his name immortal, it is this, namely, "Make the world safe for democracy." With that sentiment we have no controversy; but who will rise, and when will he come, to make democracy safe for the world? The w T orld has long had its democracies, and we admit that, on the whole, they have been more satisfactory than autocracies. But if the man has never yet been born who, apart from God, could guide his own steps aright, how can any thinking man imagine that when you multiply him into thousands and millions, power will be imparted by the mul- tiplication; and "the enmity against God," which belongs to the old nature, will be reduced, if not destroyed, by addition? Unless the democracy that now seeks as- cendency in the world aomes into the hands of men who are redeemed by "the blood of the Son of God," we shall be no more safe under its su- premacy than the Armenians are safe in the hands of the unspeakable Turk, or Belgians are safe in the captivity of the country which has kept the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 337 profession of godliness, but whose leaders have crucified afresh and put to an open shame the Christ of the Gospels. For full twenty-five years I have listened to a never-ending refrain in favor of "a rsocial gospel/ ' and have given hours of fleshly weariness and mental disgust to famed orators who repudiated "the shed blood" while they pleaded for the service of man to man — asking for higher salaries, fewer tenement houses, finer education equipments, more adequate appli- ance of mechanical devices, and, above all, flowers in the front yards and gardens against back walls. I should be a brute not to desire these things for every faithful citizen; but I should count myself a sacred fool to suppose they could ever be made a substitute for the gospel of the shed blood which atones for sin, and while entertaining such thought I could never turn my mind to Germany without an intellectual rebuke. Her people have been well cared for; poverty has not cursed them; education has not been lacking; entertainment has been provided for all classes; they have had their flowers in the front yards and their gardens at the back walls. But their leaders have denied the deity of Christ; they have disputed the authority of the Bible; they have dethroned God and put the spirit of Germany in His seat; and while doing it they have lifted "the lid off hell" and permitted that evil caldron of the universe to pour its fumes of living death and its lava streams of destruction. Since entering the ministry I have ceased not to declare the necessity of redemption; 338 LIGHT ON PROPHECY but this day of war has impressed me with that need as never before, and I feel impelled to plead with my brethren in the ministry not to permit the modern voices to lead them to substitute de- mocracy for the divinely appointed plan of divine BEDEMPTION, lest just when we think we are honoring Christ we discover we have enthroned the Antichrist. And yet once more : This old gospel is an appeal to sacrificial versus selfish living. Its noble Founder came "not to be ministered unto but to minister, and give His life a ransom for many." Thomas Tiplady has written a most readable book entitled, "The Cross at the Front." In that he makes a plea for such a chivalrous religion as our citizen soldiers are certain to require, and he re- minds us of the fact that the first and finest expression of Christianity is love. ' ( God is love ' ' ! "Love is the fulfilling of the law"! Love is Christ's acme of all virtues! According to Chris- tianity, of "faith, hope and love, these three, the greatest of these is love"! And he tells us that if we love we shall not be self-seeking. And he tells us the truth! And yet ministers rise up and say, "See what a religion we have; and how much of it! Look at the sacrifices men are making now in defense of the weak of the earth, in help of the helpless ! See big England and great America stand by their bleeding little sister — Belgium — and defend her with their lives!" God forbid that I should speak aught that would detract from the true glory *of genuine heroes, or take from the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 339 heroism that is in the defense of helpless nations; but, on the other hand, let us not practice a self- defense and join it so easily to self-applause. England well knew that if she went not to Bel- gium's defense her own borders would be invaded; and America has come slowly to the conviction that if she joined not the Allies she would fight with Germany alone when once that brute force had finished with her close neighbors; and what- ever the magnitude of our heroism, we can hardly claim that it is unselfish. Had it been wholly unselfish, it would not have been so tardy in its expression! I thank God for the work of the Red Cross ! I count it an evidence of the salt of Chris- tianity in modern society. I thank God for the ministry of the Y. M. C. A.! It is God's medium of ameliorating human suffering. I thank God for ministers who offer their services to govern- ment as soldiers and chaplains, combined. By their presence and their preaching, more of morals will be retained and Christ will be better known at the battle-front. But I cannot forget that we have long had equal occasion of heroism and have neglected it, and equal opportunity of sacrifice and have despised it, because our profession of Christianity has not been sufficiently sincere to make it, like its Lord, sacrificial. Many a Lon- doner is giving millions now to Wage war against Germany, who, five years ago, walked into his palace at night and forgot the thin, pale faces of East End children; forgot the ragged, starving mothers, who slept not because hunger was a mor- 340 LIGHT ON PROPHECY tal agony; and unpaid fathers, who faced a monthly deficit that made it impossible properly to feed and keep the child at school. Thomas Tip- lady says, "I had a stray dog in my tent to-night and offered her buttered toast and she declined it; but where in East London is a child that would turn away from buttered toast? When at Christ- mas time we gave them bread spread with jam, and cheap cake, they stuffed themselves like ravenous wolves and then, by stealth, hid what they could under their clothing." And Thomas Tiplady adds, ' i The faces of those children haunt me as the horrible sights on the Somme have never done and can never do." Who that has lived in New York or Chicago has lacked opportunity of chivalry and self-sacrifice? For years our foreign mission boards have pleaded for more money and the Macedonian cry has been a wail coming to us from every country; and yet men have gone on hoarding millions, not much disturbed; and churches have been compla- cent and content with contributing pennies and nickels and dimes to the unwelcome contribution box that glided past the noses of comfortably seated pew-renters; and now that the time has come when the Government taxes everything we have, and the world-war compels us to put up our thousands and millions, we would much like to congratulate ourselves with the idea that we are a great and generous and unselfish people; but, unfortunately, the facts of yesterday face the LIGHT ON PROPHECY 341 effrontery of to-day, and if it were less bigoted it would not boast, but often blush with shame. Has it ever occurred to us that when the great day of the final judgment comes, Jesus may say, "I was in the trenches and you sent Me no socks; I faced the French winter and ye had knitted Me no sweaters; My ears w,ere bitten with frost and you forgot to provide Me a helmet/ ' but it is set- tled He will say, "I was an hungered and ye gave Me no meat; thirsty, and ye gave Me no drink. I was a stranger and ye took me not in; naked and ye clothed Me not; sick and in prison and ye visited me not." Let no auditor dare to say that I have spoken aught against adequate and sacrificial provision for the soldiers. My own lads are among them, two from my family and one hundred from my church. I could not endure to have them neg- lected. One hundred of my young men and women are in the battle-line ; I should be ashamed to min- ister to my church if it for one moment forgot them, and I should not forgive myself if one of them were hungry and cold and I did not share in the sacrifice essential to his comfort; but what I am trying to burn into the hearts of men and blister my own heart with at one and the same time, is this fact, viz., that every church in the world and every Christian man on earth is daily situated in the midst of sacrificial opportunities, and in proportion as we accept the Spirit of Jesus Christ, the selfishness that has been our weakness and that threatens even to work our personal and 342 LIGHT ON PROPHECY collective ruin, we will put away, and will wage that greater war against the devil and all his agencies, with all our might, for, however we may hate the German atrocities, we cannot forget that they are but a single feature of the age-long and world-wide war that Satan wages against God and righteousness. Our greatest war is not with the Kaiser and Germany, it is with the devil and hell; and the old gospel — the Book — is our only effec- tive instrument of battle. I could wish for time to develop the other points mentioned: THE WOBLD-WITNESS Let me just outline in conclusion. The minis- terial mind will see the possibilities. "This gos- pel of the kingdom (Christ's kingdom) shall be preached. ' ' 1. That witness should be in the language of the Word and the power of the Spirit. 2. That witness will only be borne by true and intelligent believers. 3. That witness will, however, be carried to the world's borders. "Then shall the end come." THE AGE-WINDUP 1. It will for ever end Satanic sovereignty. 2. It will abolish human government. 3. It will establish Theocracy in the earth. * * The mouth of the Lord hath spoken it. ' ' QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Noon Session, Thursday, May 30, 1918. Conducted by Rev. W. B. Riley, D.D. WRITTEN QUESTIONS Brethren, I come to-day, as you understand, I think, not to make any address at all, but to answer some questions that have been submitted in writing. The number is not great, and I think I may be able to take them up in a very brief time. Ques. 1. "What is the best point of contact to discuss the gospel of the second coming with the higher critics V 9 Ans. The point of Bible teaching! It is the only point or basis on which to proceed. I don't think it much worth while to engage in debate if the Bible is ruled out. The whole question is a Bib- lical question; that is why it is amazing to me for an international man to write upon the sub- ject, "Will Christ Come Again !" and never quote a text. I thought this was a matter of Biblical discussion, and I still believe it. Ques. 2. "Will you define the difference be- tween the kingdom of God, and the kingdom of heaven ?" Ans. I do not think there is any difference! The phraseology in the New Testament covering these points uses the terms interchangeably. The 343 344 ' LIGHT ON PROPHECY kingdom of God looks to government, the king- dom of heaven refers to the character of that king- dom, and yet you will find them employed inter- changeably. Ques. 3. "Can the church hasten or delay the coming* of the Lord? If so, please explain." Ans. We have already given proof to the world that we can delay it! I do believe we can hasten it. I think there is a divine program, but human instrumentalities are involved in the question. Dr. Maclnnis referred to the fact that Christ is waiting for the church to do the work assigned to it. I am quite confident that what we have done here, these three days, has to do with hastening the return. I am equally confident, too, that one on a foreign mission field or any one doing the work of God in any way has something to do with His return. This gospel of the king- dom shall be preached in all the world for a wit- ness, and then shall the end of this age come, and Christ with it. We call people out ; we hasten His coming! Ques, 4. "Are there prophecies that must be fulfilled before He can come?" Ans. A study of that Book will show you that some remarkable things will yet come to pass; perhaps the most of them after the church is caught away, and a readjustment of national alli- ances occurs, such as will not come until that time. History may then move so rapidly as to amaze men in the utter fulfilment of the last word of prophecy. LIGHT ON PROPHECY 345 Ques. 5. "Are not people baptized in the Holy Spirit to-day in the same way as on the day of Pentecost, which was evidenced then by speaking with other tongues?" Ans. I think I know what this writer is driving at ! If I had a copy of my pamphlet here, ' ' Speak- ing with Tongues,' ' I would give it to him. I believe tongues came at that time as one result of the Spirit. I do not find in my Bible anywhere that tongues are an essential sign of the Spirit, upon which the Spirit's presence or power de- pends. I do find that the 14th chapter of First Corinthians, the one chapter in the New Testa- ment devoted wholly to tongues, says some things that I have not seen regarded as yet in the so- called tongues movement. Among other things, it says this: that not more than three of those who have received tongues are to speak in any one meeting, and they are not to speak except an in- terpreter be present, and when they speak they are to speak in order and not two at a time. And I have not seen many cases where those three in- stances were regarded. I believe in the gift of tongues. I believe it will come again. I find also, that according to the same apostle, instead of being the absolute, essential proof of the Spirit, it is mentioned as one of the least of the gifts of the Spirit — ' ' to be able to speak five words in a known tongue is better than ten thousand in &n unknown tongue.' ? I think there have possibly been in the movement some instances of genuine tongues. I 34G LIGHT ON PROPHECY have had occasion to scientifically demonstrate that there is spurious work in it. Ques. 6. "Is the church synonymous with the kingdom V Ans. Never! I do not exactly know what you mean by that; but I think you will find it an abso- lute fact, that your Bible never identifies the church with the kingdom. They are different words and are always so used. One of them, the church, grows up in the world, is growing now, and has been since the days of Pentecost — and even the plans for it, in Israel, for that matter. The other is set up, and it is a different word that is employed with reference to its coming into being. One of them, the church, is of the present. Dr. Lummis, the great Methodist scholar, says that, while there are many instances of references to the kingdom in the future, and some tenses that are indefinite in describing it, there is not in your whole Testament one single instance of its being spoken of in the past tense, as a thing already accomplished. The kingdom is a future thing; that is why the Lord taught us to pray, "Thy kingdom come." But He followed it with a defi- nition which destroys its identity with the church. "Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven." That is the definition of the kingdom. The king- dom is not made up of flesh and blood. They can- not inherit the kingdom of God. The church is made up of flesh and blood. A rich man cannot enter into the kingdom; he can get into the church with little difficulty. Church and kingdom are LIGHT ON PROPHECY 347 never identified in the Word. People confuse them. Make a study of this matter, and differen- tiate where the Bible does. The church will be more powerful when that discovery is made ! Ques. 7. ' ' In what place of the earth will Jesus be during the millennium V ' Ans. In every place, I suspect. I imagine that His rulership will be from Jerusalem. I am dis- posed to think, as a rule, the Scriptures say what they mean and mean what they say, and yet I am not disposed to imagine He is kept there in His risen body. He exhibited ubiquitous ability by His risen presence that He did not have in His earthly body. Ques. 8. "Will all human government cease during the reign of Jesus f " Ans. Yes, except that which is subsidiary to Him. He will be solitary King. But His saints will reign with Him. That is human government. They will have places and power of authority. Ques. 9. "Will the world continue to be popu- lated !" Ans. Yes; I used to think that the world was going to be destroyed. I studied the language on that! Peter tells us that it is going to be destroyed by fire, but he also said that it had been destroyed by water. That did not put it out of existence. Simply wiped the old generation off the earth, and I am confident that the earth itself will be indestructible. Science says nothing can be de- stroyed. That is exactly why annihilation is not in the Word of God, as it is not in science. You 348 LIGHT ON PROPHECY can change its form, but "one generation follows another and the earth abideth for ever." Ques. 10. "If the Lord came for His saints this moment, what time would elapse before He re- turned to reign? " Ans. I think without doubt if you study the Scriptures, you will find it stated clearly enough that our Lord will come first for His saints, and later with them. I will come to that later. In the second appearance of the Lord, after the saints are taken, there is a period of three and a half years in which the Antichrist is doing his devilish work on the face of the earth — 1260 days, spoken of as three and a half years ; forty and two months, and time, times and half a time. All of them are the same, according to the Jewish calendar. A period of tribulation in which the real character of the Antichrist will be discovered. Back of that time he will be so smooth a citizen that the world will wonder after him and the nations will receive him with acclaim, and the greatest democracy, apparently, that the world ever had, will come to pass, and men will be delighted until his real character is revealed, and that will be revealed, I think, after the church is taken away. By per- secutions, bloodshed, death, he will continue until Christ Himself shall reappear with His saints and destroy him. Ques. 11. "Please state the strongest proof from the Scripture regarding the two stages of the second coming of Christ — the coming for, and the coming with, the saints.' ' LIGHT ON PROPHECY .349 Arts. I am not particularly anxious to debate. The church is not to go through the Tribulation, although I think we may see some dark things on the earth before it is caught away. Scriptures in favor of the escape from the Tribulation seem to me to be Daniel 12:1; Isa. 26:20-21; 1 Cor. 15:51-53; 1 Thess. 4:17; Luke 17:31-37; Eev. 12:6; and Eev. 3:10. Ques. 12. "In the light of hope of the near return of the Lord, and considering the fact that our citi- zenship is involved, should ministers have any- thing to do with politics? Should they vote?" Ans. I vote with a vengeance, and I fight for sobriety with all the ability that is in me. I have had three debates in my life. One was a liquor fight in my city. We won the fight, defeated the opposition, and knocked out a portion of the sa- loon section of the town; and I would do it again if I were back there. When I read articles from brethren saying we have another and a higher mission, I confess to you I hardly know who is the right man. We are citizens of this earth, and yet at the same time we have a citizenship in heaven. Paul had a citizenship in heaven. Yet when time to use it, he referred to his Koman citizenship and employed it to the utmost. We have to regard the dual citizenship. Men who live correctly will produce more results than all the voters that go to the polls. I do not think Christ ever voted. It is difficult to prove that He had anything to do with politics of His day. Yet the 350 LIGHT ON PROPHECY life of Christ lias changed the politics of the cen- turies. Ques. 13. "Is there any Bible testimony con- cerning the so-called ten lost tribes?" Ans. I don't know! Ques. 14. "Seeing the Holy Spirit came when the Lord Jesus went away, will He, the Holy Spirit, be withdrawn from the world when the Lord returns! " Ans. I don't think so. The Spirit was in the world before Jesus went away. A special baptism of the Spirit was promised with reference to His ascension, and it came. Those who listened to Dr. Gregg will not need to ask this. In the last days the first nation to receive a baptism will be the Jewish nation. He will then also pour out His Spirit upon all flesh, and I am inclined to think that is going to be the way in the millennial period. What a time, when the devil is in the pit and the Spirit of God is poured out on all flesh! Every tongue will confess to His glory. As a lad about eighteen years of age, I was in Cincinnati, visiting some cousins. They said, "William, would you like to hear a preacher from Kentucky preach !" I listened to the minister. He was about three inches taller than I am, straight as an Indian, with black hair, and he said, "Brethren, when I get through with my ministry here, I am going to hell to preach to the spirits in prison and lead them to heaven." I was amazed! I never heard anything like it. The longer I think about it, the less it impresses me — favorably. It LIGHT ON PROPHECY 351 is hard to win souls in Minneapolis, and it is worse in St. Paul. Excuse me from the endeavor in hell. Ques. 15. "Will Jesus deliver up the kingdom to the Father when He comes ? ' ' Arts. The kingdom is not, until Jesus comes; it is not the Father's when He comes, but when He has reigned a thousand years. When He has con- summated His endeavor on earth! It is at the end, not at the beginning. Ques. 16. "You said that the words kingdom and church were never synonymous. ' Ye must be born again, or ye cannot see the kingdom of God. ' Does not that refer to the church of God?" Ans. Not at all! Unregenerate men get into the church easily. But they cannot enter the king- dom! Ques. 17. "What are you going to do with the teaching that is abroad at the present day, that the church has no right to pray the Lord's Prayer in these days — that that is for the Jews ? ' ' Ans. I have never taken that position, so I do not have anything to do with that. Ques. 18. "Is the Lord to be continually visible during the thousand years?" Ans. I suspect so; I know of no reason why He should not be. Ques. 19. "My question is this: Will there be any sin, sorrow, and death during the millen- nium ?" Ans. Yes. I will give you proof. There can be sin, sorrow, and death during the millennium. First, 1 Corinthians 15 says, He shall reign ' ' until 352 LIGHT ON PROPHECY He lias put down all rule and all authority and all power." Eule and authority and power, put down by Christ, must be rule and authority and power that oppose Christ or it would not be put down. He is going to put it down. Second, God's Book contains an absolute program, and you never hear Him say that there will be no sin, no sorrow, no death, in the 20th chapter of the Book of Eevelation. The moment you have had that judg- ment over, heaven breaks — 21st chapter — eternity begins, and for the first time it is stated that there shall be no sickness, sorrow, nor pain, nor any more death. Ques. 20. "In Ezekiel 38 to 39, does Germany figure at all, as was indicated yesterday V 9 Ans. Well, this much may be said on that sub- ject. I was profoundly interested yesterday. A while ago, when I had no reason in the world to believe that Eussia would break from the Allies, I gave myself one week, when I was on a train most of the week, to constant study of the proph- ecies along that line, and" I said to Mrs. Eiley that there is one striking thing about this business. If these prophecies are clear to me, it looks like Germany is there in the "North Country," arid Eussia is tied up with her. Ques. 21. "Whom do you think the harlot woman mentioned in the gospel is?" Ans. I don't know. Some contend that it is Eome. I think some features of Eome, but more than Eome ! Ques. 22. "In the hymn which we sing, LIGHT ON PROPHECY 353 'All hail the power of Jesus' name, Let angels prostrate fall. Bring forth the royal diadem And crown Him Lord of all,' do you believe Jesus' name is the antecedent of Him? Does it mean that Jesus Himself shall be crowned Lord of all? I thought the Father would be crowned Lord of all. ,, Ans. Both. Christ will be crowned Lord of all for one thousand years, until He has subjected all to Himself, then He will turn over all to God the Father, and Himself become subject, so the Word says. See 1 Cor. 15:24. THE LORD'S RETURN Rev. J. Wilbur Chapman, D.D. Former Moderator of the General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church in the U. S. A. A BRIEF NOONDAY ADDRESS DELIVERED AT THE GARRICK THEATER Of course everybody who believes in the Lord at all believes in His coming back again to earth to reign upon the earth. There are some who say, however, that He is coming after the world is prepared for Him, and that therefore the gospel must be preached and His kingdom set up, and being set up He will come to take His throne. There are others who believe that the world can only be made better by His personal return, and that when He comes the world will be as God intended it should be. His throne will then be established. He will overthrow unrighteousness and will be crowned King of kings and Lord of lords. I personally accept the second view ; to hold to the first would certainly cause one to be very much discouraged, for with all the preaching that we have done, with all our foreign missionary 354 LIGHT ON PROPHECY 355 work, with all the churches established, we find practically the entire world at war and there never has been such sorrow and so many heart-breakings as to-day. I did not always hold to my present position. I was never taught very much about the Lord's return when I was in preparation for the ministry, and it was not until after I was in the pastorate that I came in touch with a wonderful woman who was a member of my household and of my church as well: Mrs. Agnes P. Strain, and she it was who gave me my first instruction in what has ever since been to me a blessed hope. It has been the inspiration of my ministry and it is a blessed hope to me because it has inspired me in my evangelistic work. Some people say that to believe in the Lord's near return is to cut the nerve of Christian effort, but this could hardly be true when we realize that this was the belief of John Wesley, of C. H. Spurgeon, of D. L. Moody, of A. J. Gordon, and of a multitude of other men who still live and work. Indeed, I do not know of any men in all the world who are more diligent in season and out of season than the so-called premillennarians. I believe that the church is an elect body, and that some day the body will be completed, or, to change the figure, the house will be completed; and when the last one comes home, then the Lord will come back again. And I have not preached a sermon in years without thinking, as I have been preaching, that perhaps I may have the privilege at this time 356 LIGHT ON PROPHECY of leading the last one home, and so I have preached with special zeal. The true believer in the Lord's return accepts the Bible as the inspired Word of God; believes in the deity of the Lord Jesus Christ; is loyal to the church; and is of course loyal to the Gov- ernment. This is a blessed hope also to me because at any moment the Lord may come back again, and should He come, sorrow will cease, wars will be at an end, troubles will be for ever over, loved ones will be united. I do not know when He is coming; the Bible does not say, and I dare not theorize. "It may be at morn when the day is awaking, When sunlight through darkness and shadow is breaking, That Jesus will come in the fulness of glory, To receive from the world His own." We sometimes hear people say that such and such a thing is certain as death. Death is by no means certain. J do not at all know that I shall die. I know that God's Word tells me that "the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first." Then I am told that "we which are alive . . . shall be caught up ... to meet the Lord in the air: so shall we ever be with the Lord." "Oh joy, oh delight, should we go without dying, No sickness, no sadness, no dread, and no crying! Caught up through the clouds with our Lord into glory, When Jesus receives His own." LIGHT ON PROPHECY 357 It is a blessed hope to me because it settles ques- tions for me which otherwise I could not settle at all. I should be confused regarding the judg- ments did I not believe in the Lord's near return. I never expect to stand in judgment for my sins. Why should I? for He was judged for me. As a matter of fact there are four judgments. One took place when He hung upon the cross in my stead. The other is to take place when His own stand face to face with Him and they are judged, not for their sins, but for the works they have done, whether they be good or evil. Another is to take place when He will gather all the nations before Him; but it is to be noticed that in this judgment there is no mention of anyone that is dead. Another is to take place at the great white throne, when the dead, small and great, stand before Him; but it is to be noticed that here there is no mention of anything that is living. I should not know what to do with the Jew except for this blessed hope. Believing in my Lord's return and in all the truth that ac- companies it, I know that the Jew will go back to Jerusalem in unbelief; indeed, he is going back now; and I also know that finally when the Lord comes and they look upon Him whom they have pierced, then a nation shall be born in a day, the Jew will recognize Him as the Messiah and turn to Him in faith. I could wish for my friends no greater joy than that which is mine in the thought that He is com- ing back and may come soon. I do not think it 358 LIGHT ON PROPHECY has ever made me fanatical; I do not see how it could. This is a blessed hope to me because "every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself even as He is pure. ' ' It does not mean every man that hath this hope in himself, but in Jesus as the Son of God, and in His near return. The thought that He is coming back again keeps one pure, for how could we be worldly and indifferent if at any moment He might appear? So I am look- ing for Him and longing for Him, and as I look and long, I toil the best I know how. I can think of no one truth that would bring more zeal to the minister, more power to the church, more joy to the children of God, than the thought that the Lord might soon return again to this earth. So I'm watching and I'm waiting Each moment of the day, For it may be morn or evening When He calleth me away. And it makes the day go faster And its trials easier borne, When I'm saying every moment: To-day the Lord may come. I am glad to have my name associated with those who have called this great Conference. I am glad for the thrill of these wonderful meet- ings. I have felt nothing like it in years, if indeed ever before in my life. I think our Lord is greatly honored by what has been said in the various addresses. I only regret that I have been LIGHT ON PROPHECY 359 unavoidably detained from many of the sessions of the Conference. I honestly believe that there has been no more significant gathering of Chris- tians in a generation. With all my heart I find myself saying, "Lord Jesus, come quickly." I cannot help but think that our Lord is soon to return. There are un- mistakable signs of some great crisis not far re- moved, and I like to think that they are but the signs of His coming. The angels said to the wondering disciples gaz- ing heavenward: "In like manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven," He shall return. He said Himself that He was coming back. St. Paul, St. Peter, St. John and hosts of others in Biblical times believe it. Why should not I have this blessed hope? Some day, I know not when, our Lord shall come; And when He comes I know He'll take us home. So keep us trusting, Lord, whate'er befall, And make us ready when we hear the call. It may be He will tarry through the night, Or it may be He'll come with morning light ; But whether it be day or night, He'll come, And when He comes I know He'll take us home. But if His coming is not very near, And if He wills that we should tarry here, Of this one thing I'm sure — I know it well — It will be heaven just to do His will. Dear Lord, we long to see Thy blessed face; Our feet are often weary in the race. We wait Thy coming, when each day is done. Lord, tarry not, oh, tarry not, but come. j. w. a 360 LIGHT ON PROPHECY PNE OF THE CONVENTION PRAYERS "He did it; I couldn't have done it." Rev. Dr. D. M. Stearns, pastor of the Church of the Atonement at Germantown, was speaking. One of the managers of the Conference was con- gratulating him upon his appearance on the plat- form, as it had been feared that the infirmities of age and his recent illness would prevent his at- tendance. The old veteran soldier of the Cross gave God all the glory in his reply, and that the Holy Ghost was upon him in remarkable power was evident from his prayer. Every heart was thrilled with the conviction that God was giving him the words he should speak as he offered this petition : 1 ' Our Heavenly Father, God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. Oh, we do thank Thee for Thy Word, which is * forever settled in heaven,' written by the Holy Spirit, and we thank Thee, God, for telling us in Thy Word of Thine eternal purpose, of Thy plan to fill the earth with Thy glory. We thank Thee for telling us there is just one thing to do if we are redeemed, and that is, to live to make Thee known as quickly as possible, and to make known this great salvation, so that Thy church, Thy body, shall be completed and the marriage of the Lamb come. We cannot help thinking, although we do not know really, but we cannot help thinking that the redeemed in glory LIGHT ON PROPHECY 361 have just one great topic. It does seem so to us. If we are wrong, forgive us, but it seems that there must be just one topic to the redeemed in heaven — the approaching marriage of the Lamb. May it be our great privilege to live wholly for Him who loved us and gave Himself for us, and to make known this great salvation everywhere, so that in all the world, all the 'whosoevers' may come, who shall form Thy bride ! We thank Thee for the redeemed in glory, some of whom we have known, who have lived to tell these things, and have passed over and are waiting there while we are waiting here. We thank Thee for the redeemed on earth. We thank Thee that we have the forgive- ness of sin, that our names are written in heaven, that we are joint heirs with Jesus Christ, that He is longing to show us the glory which the Father gave Him. Blessed Lord, we thank Thee for those words in His prayer on the last night on earth: 'The glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them,' and ' Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am,' to behold Thy glory. Oh, we thank Thee for the love of Thy heart, revealed to us on that last night ere Thou wast crucified. We know Thou canst not fail ; we know Thou art not discouraged ; we know the church will be builded: Thou hast said it, every member of Thy body shall be gathered in. and Thou wilt come in Thy glory with Thy re- deemed to set up Thy kingdom, to bind the devil, to shut him up for a thousand years, to convert Israel, to make Israel a righteous nation, the first 362 LIGHT ON PROPHECY on earth, and through them Thou wilt fill the earth with Thy glory. We thank Thee for telling us; we never could have thought it out. Thou hast made it so plain. And we thank Thee with all our hearts for this time, when so many people are hearing these truths right here, and in other Con- ferences that shall be held in our land. We thank Thee for the testimonies of yesterday. May there be a special anointing upon all that shall speak today ! May they lose sight of every one but Thee ! We thank Thee for a special anointing upon all who speak today and upon all who have had any hand in bringing about this Conference. We pray Thee, grant unto each one of us, that we may go out as missionary Christians, seeing nothing worth while but to know Thee better, and to live to have others know Thee, and thus hasten the completion of Thy church. We pray Thy blessing upon the millions of Gospels and Testaments be- ing scattered among our soldiers. Lord, make bare Thy holy arm in the eyes of the nations, that the ends of the earth may see Thy salvation. Thou hast told us, 'See that ye be not troubled.' May we not be troubled, but be strong in the Lord! — every moment, every hour, every day, in Thy hand for Thy pleasure. May the Spirit have full control in these services and Thy will be accom- plished ! We ask it in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. Amen. ' '